Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 859

SERVICE MANUAL

Field Service

1050/1050P/
1050e/1050eP
Info MA: Neu Juli 2007
Genderte Seiten (lt. Seitenzahl im Dokument):
3,9,29,29-1,32,35,194,195,214,215,378,381,383,
385,385-1,385-2,413,418,419,567,716,719,723,
724,726,752,819,820,821,822,823
Info HJG: Neu September 2007
Genderte Seiten (lt. Seitenzahl im Dokument):
315, 434, 436, 445

2006.11
Ver. 3.0

FIELD SERVICE TOTAL CONTENTS


SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS ..............................................................S-1
IMPORTANT NOTICE ................................................................................................S-1
DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER, WARNING AND CAUTION .........................S-1
SAFETY WARNINGS .................................................................................................S-2
SAFETY INFORMATION ...............................................................................................S-11
IMPORTANT NOTICE ..............................................................................................S-11
INDICATION OF WARNING ON THE MACHINE .....................................................S-12
MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT ....................................................S-16
Composition of the service manual ................................................................................. C-1
Notation of the service manual ....................................................................................... C-2

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P/1050e/1050eP


OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 7
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ........................................................................................... 317
TROUBLESHOOTING................................................................................................ 533
APPENDIX.................................................................................................................. 651
* For particulars, see the contents of the main body.

DF-603
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 5
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 27
* For particulars, see the contents of DF-603.

PF-701/PP-701
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 3
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 51
* For particulars, see the contents of PF-701/PP-701.

FD-501
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 5
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 49
* For particulars, see the contents of FD-501.

LS-501/502
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 5
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 23
* For particulars, see the contents of LS-501/502.

FS-503
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 5
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 39
* For particulars, see the contents of FS-503.

SD-501
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 9
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 63
* For particulars, see the contents of SD-501.

PB-501
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 3
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 55
* For particulars, see the contents of RC-501.

RC-501
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 3
* For particulars, see the contents of PB-501.

IC Unit
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 3
ADJUSTMENT / SETTING ........................................................................................... 23
TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................................................................. 25
* For particulars, see the contents of IC Unit.

ii

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS


Read carefully the Safety and Important Warning Items described below to understand them before doing service work.

IMPORTANT NOTICE
Because of possible hazards to an inexperienced person servicing this product as well as the risk of damage to
the product, Konica Minolta Business Technologies, INC. (hereafter called the KMBT) strongly recommends that
all servicing be performed only by KMBT-trained service technicians.
Changes may have been made to this product to improve its performance after this Service Manual was printed.
Accordingly, KMBT does not warrant, either explicitly or implicitly, that the information contained in this Service
Manual is complete and accurate.
The user of this Service Manual must assume all risks of personal injury and/or damage to the product while servicing the product for which this Service Manual is intended.
Therefore, this Service Manual must be carefully read before doing service work both in the course of technical
training and even after that, for performing maintenance and control of the product properly.
Keep this Service Manual also for future service.

DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER,


WARNING AND CAUTION
In this Service Manual, each of three expressions "

DANGER", "

WARNING", and "

CAUTION" is defined

as follows together with a symbol mark to be used in a limited meaning.


When servicing the product, the relevant works (disassembling, reassembling, adjustment, repair, maintenance,
etc.) need to be conducted with utmost care.

DANGER: Action having a high possibility of suffering death or serious injury


WARNING: Action having a possibility of suffering death or serious injury
CAUTION: Action having a possibility of suffering a slight wound, medium trouble and
property damage

Symbols used for safety and important warning items are defined as follows:

:Precaution when using the copier.


General precaution

Electric hazard

High temperature

:Prohibition when using the copier.


General prohibition

Do not touch with wet hand Do not disassemble

:Direction when using the copier.


General instruction

Unplug

Ground/Earth

S-1

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

SAFETY WARNINGS
1.

MODIFICATIONS NOT AUTHORIZED BY


KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Konica Minolta brand products are renowned for their high reliability. This reliability is achieved through highquality design and a solid service network.
Product design is a highly complicated and delicate process where numerous mechanical, physical, and electrical aspects have to be taken into consideration, with the aim of arriving at proper tolerances and safety factors.
For this reason, unauthorized modifications involve a high risk of degradation in performance and safety. Such
modifications are therefore strictly prohibited. the points listed below are not exhaustive, but they illustrate the
reasoning behind this policy.

Prohibited Actions
DANGER
Using any cables or power cord not specified by KMBT.

Using any fuse or thermostat not specified by KMBT. Safety will not be
assured, leading to a risk of fire and injury.

Disabling fuse functions or bridging fuse terminals with wire, metal clips, solder or similar object.

Disabling relay functions (such as wedging paper between relay contacts)

Disabling safety functions (interlocks, safety circuits, etc.) Safety will not be
assured, leading to a risk of fire and injury.

Making any modification to the product unless instructed by KMBT

Using parts not specified by KMBT

S-2

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

2.

POWER PLUG SELECTION

In some countries or areas, the power plug provided with the product may not fit wall outlet used in the area. In
that case, it is obligation of customer engineer (hereafter called the CE) to attach appropriate power plug or
power cord set in order to connect the product to the supply.

Power Cord Set or Power Plug


WARNING
Use power supply cord set which meets the following criteria:
- provided with a plug having configuration intended for the connection

AC230V

to wall outlet appropriate for the product's rated voltage and current,
and
- the plug has pin/terminal(s) for grounding, and
- provided with three-conductor cable having enough current capacity,
and
- the cord set meets regulatory requirements for the area.
Use of inadequate cord set leads to fire or electric shock.

AC208V

240V

Attach power plug which meets the following criteria:


- having configuration intended for the connection to wall outlet appropriate for the product's rated voltage and current, and
- the plug has pin/terminal(s) for grounding, and
- meets regulatory requirements for the area.
Use of inadequate cord set leads to the product connecting to inadequate power supply (voltage, current capacity, grounding), and may result
in fire or electric shock.
Conductors in the power cable must be connected to terminals of the plug
according to the following order:
Black or Brown:

L (line)

White or Light Blue:

N (neutral)

Green/Yellow:

PE (earth)

Wrong connection may cancel safeguards within the product, and results
in fire or electric shock.

S-3

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

3.

CHECKPOINTS WHEN PERFORMING ON-SITE SERVICE

Konica Minolta brand products are extensively tested before shipping, to ensure that all applicable safety standards are met, in order to protect the customer and CE from the risk of injury. However, in daily use, any electrical equipment may be subject to parts wear and eventual failure. In order to maintain safety and reliability, the CE
must perform regular safety checks.

1.

Power Supply

Connection to Power Supply


WARNING

?V
Check that mains voltage is as specified.
Connection to wrong voltage supply may result in fire or electric shock.

Connect power plug directly into wall outlet having same configuration as
the plug.
Use of an adapter leads to the product connecting to inadequate power
supply (voltage, current capacity, grounding), and may result in fire or
electric shock.
If proper wall outlet is not available, advice the customer to contact qualified electrician for the installation.
Plug the power cord into the dedicated wall outlet with a capacity greater
than the maximum power consumption.
If excessive current flows in the wall outlet, fire may result.
If two or more power cords can be plugged into the wall outlet, the total load
must not exceed the rating of the wall outlet.
If excessive current flows in the wall outlet, fire may result.
Make sure the power cord is plugged in the wall outlet securely.
Contact problems may lead to increased resistance, overheating, and the
risk of fire.

Check whether the product is grounded properly.


If current leakage occurs in an ungrounded product, you may suffer electric shock while operating the product.
Connect power plug to grounded wall outlet.

S-4

kw

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Power Plug and Cord


WARNING
When using the power cord set (inlet type) that came with this product,
make sure the connector is securely inserted in the inlet of the product.
When securing measure is provided, secure the cord with the fixture properly.
If the power cord (inlet type) is not connected to the product securely, a
contact problem may lead to increased resistance, overheating, and risk
of fire.

Check whether the power cord is not stepped on or pinched by a table and
so on.
Overheating may occur there, leading to a risk of fire.
Check whether the power cord is damaged. Check whether the sheath is
damaged.
If the power plug, cord, or sheath is damaged, replace with a new power
cord or cord set (with plug and connector on each end) specified by
KMBT.
Using the damaged power cord may result in fire or electric shock.

Do not bundle or tie the power cord.


Overheating may occur there, leading to a risk of fire.

Check whether dust is collected around the power plug and wall outlet.
Using the power plug and wall outlet without removing dust may result in
fire.

Do not insert the power plug into the wall outlet with a wet hand.
The risk of electric shock exists.

When unplugging the power cord, grasp the plug, not the cable.
The cable may be broken, leading to a risk of fire and electric shock.

S-5

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Wiring
WARNING
Never use multi-plug adapters to plug multiple power cords in the same outlet.
If used, the risk of fire exists.
When an extension cord is required, use a specified one. Current that can
flow in the extension cord is limited, so using a too long extension cord may
result in fire.
Do not use an extension cable reel with the cable taken up. Fire may
result.

2.

Installation Requirements

Prohibited Installation Place


WARNING
Do not place the product near flammable materials or volatile materials that
may catch fire.
A risk of fire exists.
Do not place the product in a place exposed to water such as rain.
A risk of fire and electric shock exists.

When not using product for a long time


WARNING
When the product is not used over an extended period of time (holidays,
dust collected around the power plug and outlet may cause fire.

Ventilation
CAUTION
The product generates ozone gas during operation, but it will not be harmful
to the human body.
If a bad smell of ozone is present in the following cases, ventilate the
room.
a. When the product is used in a poorly ventilated room
b. When taking a lot of copies
c. When using multiple products at the same time

S-6

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Fixing
CAUTION
Be sure to lock the caster stoppers.
In the case of an earthquake and so on, the product may slide, leading to
a injury.

Inspection before Servicing


CAUTION
Before conducting an inspection, read all relevant documentation (service
manual, technical notices, etc.) and proceed with the inspection following
the prescribed procedure in safety clothes, using only the prescribed tools.
Do not make any adjustment not described in the documentation.
If the prescribed procedure or tool is not used, the product may break
and a risk of injury or fire exists.
Before conducting an inspection, be sure to disconnect the power plugs
from the product and options.
When the power plug is inserted in the wall outlet, some units are still
powered even if the POWER switch is turned OFF. A risk of electric shock
exists.

The area around the fixing unit is hot.


You may get burnt.

Work Performed with the product Powered


WARNING
Take every care when making adjustments or performing an operation
check with the product powered.
If you make adjustments or perform an operation check with the external
cover detached, you may touch live or high-voltage parts or you may be
caught in moving gears or the timing belt, leading to a risk of injury.
Take every care when servicing with the external cover detached.
High-voltage exists around the drum unit. A risk of electric shock exists.

S-7

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Safety Checkpoints
WARNING
Check the exterior and frame for edges, burrs, and other damages.
The user or CE may be injured.
Do not allow any metal parts such as clips, staples, and screws to fall into
the product.
They can short internal circuits and cause electric shock or fire.
Check wiring for squeezing and any other damage.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or fire.
Carefully remove all toner remnants and dust from electrical parts and electrode units such as a charging corona unit.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of product trouble or fire.

Check high-voltage cables and sheaths for any damage.


Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or fire.

Check electrode units such as a charging corona unit for deterioration and
sign of leakage.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of trouble or fire.
Before disassembling or adjusting the write unit (P/H unit) incorporating a
laser, make sure that the power cord has been disconnected.
The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of loss of eyesight.

Do not remove the cover of the write unit. Do not supply power with the
write unit shifted from the specified mounting position.
The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of loss of eyesight.
When replacing a lithium battery, replace it with a new lithium battery specified in the Parts Guide Manual. Dispose of the used lithium battery using the
method specified by local authority.
Improper replacement can cause explosion.
After replacing a part to which AC voltage is applied (e.g., optical lamp and
fixing lamp), be sure to check the installation state.
A risk of fire exists.

S-8

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Safety Checkpoints
WARNING
Check the interlock switch and actuator for loosening and check whether
the interlock functions properly.
If the interlock does not function, you may receive an electric shock or be
injured when you insert your hand in the product (e.g., for clearing paper
jam).
Make sure the wiring cannot come into contact with sharp edges, burrs, or
other pointed parts.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or fire.
Make sure that all screws, components, wiring, connectors, etc. that were
removed for safety check and maintenance have been reinstalled in the original location. (Pay special attention to forgotten connectors, pinched cables,
forgotten screws, etc.)
A risk of product trouble, electric shock, and fire exists.

Handling of Consumable
WARNING
Toner and developer are not harmful substances, but care must be taken
not to breathe excessive amounts or let the substances come into contact
with eyes, etc. It may be stimulative.
If the substances get in the eye, rinse with plenty of water immediately.
When symptoms are noticeable, consult a physician.
Never throw the used cartridge and toner into fire.
You may be burned due to dust explosion.

S-9

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Handling of Service Materials


CAUTION
Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet.
Drum cleaner (isopropyl alcohol) and roller cleaner (acetone-based) are
highly flammable and must be handled with care. A risk of fire exists.

Do not replace the cover or turn the product ON before any solvent remnants on the cleaned parts have fully evaporated.
A risk of fire exists.
Use only a small amount of cleaner at a time and take care not to spill any
liquid. If this happens, immediately wipe it off.
A risk of fire exists.

When using any solvent, ventilate the room well.


Breathing large quantities of organic solvents can lead to discomfort.

S-10

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

SAFETY INFORMATION
IMPORTANT NOTICE
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration implemented
regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1, 1976. Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in the United States.

This copier is certified as a "Class 1" laser product under the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard according to the Radiation
Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968. Since radiation emitted inside this copier is completely confined
within protective housings and external covers, the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user
operation.

S-11

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

INDICATION OF WARNING ON THE MACHINE


Caution labels shown below are attached in some areas on/in the machine.
When accessing these areas for maintenance, repair, or adjustment, special care should be taken to avoid burns
and electric shock.
For metric area:

This product employs a Class


3B Laser Diode that emits an
invisible laser beam. The cover
should not be opened when
the power is turned on.

This area generates high votage. Be


careful not to touch here when the
power is turned on to avoid getting an
electric shock.
1050sa001e

S-12

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS


For inch area:

This product employs a Class


3B Laser Diode that emits an
invisible laser beam. The cover
should not be opened when
the power is turned on.

This area generates high votage. Be


careful not to touch here when the
power is turned on to avoid getting an
electric shock.
1050sa050e

S-13

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

This product employs a Class


3B Laser Diode that emits an
invisible laser beam. The
cover should not be opened
when the power is turned on.

1050sa002e

S-14

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

CAUTION
The paste tank
unit is very hot.
To avoid getting
burned DO NOT
TOUCH.

1050sa005e

CAUTION:
You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any caution label to keep yourself away from. Do not remove caution labels. And also, when the caution label is peeled off or soiled and
cannot be seen clearly, replace it with a new caution label.

S-15

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF


AN ACCIDENT
1. If an accident has occurred, the distributor who has been notified first must immediately
take emergency measures to provide relief to affected persons and to prevent further damage.
2. If a report of a serious accident has been received from a customer, an on-site evaluation
must be carried out quickly and KMBT must be notified.
3. To determine the cause of the accident, conditions and materials must be recorded
through direct on-site checks, in accordance with instructions issued by KMBT.
4. For reports and measures concerning serious accidents, follow the regulations given in
"Serious Accident Report/Follow-up Procedures."

S-16

Composition of the service manual


This service manual consists of the following sections and chapters:

<Theory of Operation section>


OUTLINE:

System configuration, product specifications, unit configuration, and


paper path

COMPOSITION/OPERATION:

Configuration of each unit, explanation of the operating system,


and explanation of the control system

This section gives, as information for the CE to get a full understanding of the product, a rough outline of the
object and role of each function, the relationship between the electrical system and the mechanical system,
and the timing of operation of each part.

<Field service section>


OUTLINE:

System configuration, and product specifications

MAINTENANCE:

Service schedule *, maintenance steps,


list of service tools and directions for use *,
firmware version up method *,
and removal/reinstallation methods of major parts

ADJUSTMENT/SETTING:

Utility mode *, service mode *, security *, mechanical adjustment and


POD corresponding adjustment

TROUBLESHOOTING *:

List of jam codes, their causes, operation when a jam occurs and its
release method, and list of error codes, their causes, operation when a
warning is issued and estimated abnormal parts.

APPENDIX *:

Parts layout drawings, connector layout drawings, timing chart, overall


layout drawing

This section gives, as information required by the CE at the site (or at the customer's premise), a rough outline of the service schedule and its details, maintenance steps, the object and role of each adjustment, error
codes and supplementary information.

The details of items with an asterisk "*" are described only in the service manual of the main
body.

C-1

Notation of the service manual


1. Product name
In this manual, each of the products is described as follows:
(1) IC board:

Standard printer

(2) KonicaMinolta bizhub PRO 1050/1050P/1050e/1050eP:Main body


(3) PS-502 PostScript3 Option:

PS3 Option

(4) Microsoft Windows 95:

Windows 95

Microsoft Windows 98:

Windows 98

Microsoft Windows Me:

Windows Me

Microsoft Windows NT 4.0:

Windows NT 4.0 or Windows NT

Microsoft Windows 2000:

Windows 2000

Microsoft Windows XP:

Windows XP

When the description is made in combination of the OS's mentioned above:


Windows 95/98/Me
Windows NT 4.0/2000
Windows NT/2000/XP
Windows 95/98/Me/ NT/2000/XP

2. Brand name
The company names and product names mentioned in this manual are the brand name or the registered
trademark of each company.

3. Electrical parts and signals


Those listed by way of example below are not exhaustive, but only some instances among many.
Classification Load symbol

Ex. of signal name

Description

IN
PS
Sensor

PS

Door PS1

Sensor detection signal

SIG
102 PS
24V
Solenoid

SD

DRV
SOL
24V

Clutch

CL

DRV
SOL

Motor

Drive signal
Power to drive the clutch
Drive signal

24V

Power to drive the motor

CONT

Drive signal

DRV1
DRV2
D1
D2

C-2

Power to drive the solenoid

Drive signals of two kinds

Classification Load symbol

Ex. of signal name

Description

_U
_V
_W
DRV1

Drive signals (control signals) of three kinds

DRV2
DRV3
D1
D2
D3
D4
DRV A
DRV A
DRV B

Drive signals (control signals) of four kinds

DRV B

Motor, phases A and B control signals

A
Motor

/A
B
/B
AB
BB
CLK, PLL

PLL control signal

LCK, Lock, LD

PLL lock signal

FR

Forward/reverse rotation signal

EM, Lock, LCK, LD

Motor lock abnormality

BLK

Drive brake signal

P/S

Power/stop

S/S
SS

Fan

Others
Ground

FM

Operating load start/stop signal

CW/CCW, F/R

Rotational direction switching signal

ENB

Effective signal

TEMP_ER

Motor temperature abnormality detection signal

24V

Power to drive the fan motor

CONT, DRIVE

Drive signal

HL

Speed control signal (2 speeds)

EM, Lock, LCK, FEM

Detection signal

TH1.S, ANG

Analog signal

SG, S.GND, S_GND

Signal ground

PG, P.GND

Power ground

C-3

Classification Load symbol

Serial communication

Ex. of signal name

Description

DCD

Data carrier detection

SIN

Serial input

SOUT

Serial output

DTR

Data terminal operation available

GND

Signal ground (earth)

DSR, DSET

Data set ready

RTS

Transmission request signal

CTS

Consent transmission signal

RI

Ring indicator

TXD

Serial transmission data

RXD

Serial reception data

4. Paper feed direction


When the direction in which paper is fed is in parallel with the longer side of paper, the paper feed direction
like this is referred to as the longitudinal feed.
And the paper feed direction that is perpendicular to the longitudinal feed is referred to as the transverse
feed.
When specifying the longitudinal feed, "S (abbreviation for Short Edge Feeding)" is added to the paper size.
For the transverse feed, no specific notation is employed.
However, when only the longitudinal feed is specified for one and the same paper size with no specification
made for the transverse feed, "S" is not added even when being fed longitudinally.

<Example>
Paper size
A4
A3

C-4

Feed direction

Notation

Transverse feed

A4

Longitudinal feed

A4S

Longitudinal feed

A3

SERVICE MANUAL

Field Service

1050/1050P/
1050e/1050eP
Main body

2006.11
Ver. 3.0

Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.

Revision mark:
To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the corresponding page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left ass they are.

Revision due to the addition of a new optional unit (PB)

2006/11

3.0

2005/04

2.0

2004/10

1.0

Date

Service manual Ver.

Revision mark

Revision due to the minor changes for enhancing its reliability


Revision due to the addition of a new option (SD, RC)
Issue of the first edition
Descriptions of revision

CONTENTS

CONTENTS
bizhub PRO 1050/1050P/1050e/1050eP
OUTLINE
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1

Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

2.2

Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

2.3

Type of paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

2.4

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

2.5

Machine data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

2.6

Operating environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

MAINTENANCE
3. PERIODIC CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.1

Life value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

3.2

Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

3.3

3.4

3.5

Maintenance item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.3.1

Main body. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

3.3.2

DF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

3.3.3

PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

3.3.4

FD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

3.3.5

LS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

3.3.6

FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

3.3.7

SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

3.3.8

PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

3.3.9

RC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Replacement parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31


3.4.1

Main body. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

3.4.2

Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

3.4.3

Spot replacement parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Maintenance procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.5.1

External section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

3.5.2

Photo conductor section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

3.5.3

Developing section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

3.5.4

Toner supply section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

3.5.5

Cleaning/toner recycle section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

3.5.6

Paper feed section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

3.5.7

Vertical conveyance section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

3.5.8

ADU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

3.5.9

Fusing section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

3.5.10

Paper exit section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

4. SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
4.1

Service material list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

4.2

Jig list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

4.3

Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

4.4

Mail remote notification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

CONTENTS

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

4.4.1

Outline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

4.4.2

Operating environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

4.4.3

Major functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

4.4.4

Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

4.4.5

Operating instructions of the mail remote notification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

4.4.6

Mail sending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205


5.1

ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
5.1.1

5.2

Outline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

5.1.2

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

5.1.3

Installation of the ISWTrns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

5.1.4

Usage of the ISWTrns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

5.1.5

Error list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

5.1.6

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

Internet ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227


5.2.1

Outline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

5.2.2

Operating environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

5.2.3

Major functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

5.2.4

Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

5.2.5

Internet ISW using the Web Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

5.2.6

Notes for use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

5.2.7

Internet ISW using the touch panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

5.2.8

Authentication of the proxy server in Internet ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

6. OTHERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
6.1

6.2
6.3

6.4

6.5

6.6

Items not allowed to be disassembled and adjusted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240


6.1.1

Scanner section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

6.1.2

CCD unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

6.1.3

Writing section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

6.1.4

Developing unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

6.1.5

Transfer/separation charger unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

6.1.6

Main body (write position adjusting shaft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

List of parts to be disassembled and reassembled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249


Disassembling/reassembling procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
6.3.1

Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

6.3.2

Scanner section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

6.3.3

Writing section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

6.3.4

Paper feed section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

6.3.5

Registration section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

6.3.6

ADU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

6.3.7

HDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Commercially available parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296


6.4.1

Status indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

6.4.2

Coin vendor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

PCS corresponding parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304


6.5.1

PCS corresponding parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

6.5.2

PCS corresponding parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

6.5.3

Procedure for reinstallation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

6.5.4

Periodic maintenance of the PCS corresponding parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

CMS corresponding parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313


6.6.1

ii

CMS corresponding parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

CONTENTS

6.6.2

CMS corresponding parts list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

6.6.3

CMS corresponding parts counter management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
7. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT / SETTING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
7.1

Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

8. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318


9. UTILITY MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
9.1

List of utility modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

10. SERVICE MODE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323


10.1

Setting method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323

10.1.1

Start and exit service mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323

10.2 List of service mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324


10.3

Machine adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

10.3.1

Tray adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

10.3.2

Magnification adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

10.3.3

Timing adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

10.3.4

Centering adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

10.3.5

Warp adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

10.3.6

Non-image area erase check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

10.3.7

ADF adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

10.3.8

Recall standard data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

10.4

Process adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

10.4.1

High voltage adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

10.4.2

Drum peculiarity adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

10.4.3

Drum peculiarity manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349

10.4.4

User paper setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349

10.4.5

Recall standard data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349

10.5

Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350

10.5.1

PM count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350

10.5.2

Data collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

10.5.3

Copy count of part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372

10.6

Machine condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380

10.6.1
10.7

List output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420

10.7.1
10.8

I/O check mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380


List output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420

Test mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421

10.8.1

Test pattern output mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421

10.8.2

Test pattern density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428

10.8.3

Running test mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428

10.9

System setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429

10.9.1

Software DIPSW setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429

10.9.2

Telephone number setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448

10.9.3

Serial number setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449

10.9.4

Setting date input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449

10.10 ROM version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450


10.11 CS Remote Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
10.11.1 Outline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
10.11.2 Setup procedure of the CS Remote Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
10.11.3 List of combinations of E-Mail CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification system. . . . . . . 454

iii

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

CONTENTS

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

10.11.4 Detailed setup procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455


10.11.5 Software DIPSW setting for CS Remote Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
10.11.6 Mail address setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
10.11.7 Modem First Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
10.11.8 Receiving the initial connection mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
10.11.9 Setup confirmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
10.11.10 Maintenance call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
10.11.11 Center call from manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
10.11.12 Confirm communication log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
10.11.13 Initialization of RAM for CS Remote Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
10.11.14 Error code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
10.11.15 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
10.12 ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
10.13 Finisher adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
10.13.1 Staple Finisher adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
10.13.2 Multi folder (hole-punch) adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
10.13.3 Multi folder (Fold) adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
10.13.4 Multi folder (PI) adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
10.13.5 Stacker adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
10.13.6 Saddle stitcher adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
10.13.7 Perfect binder adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
10.13.8 Recall standard data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
10.14 Machine manager setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
10.14.1 Manager authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
10.14.2 Machine manager password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
10.15 CE Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
10.15.1 CE authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
10.15.2 CE password setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
10.16 IP HDD format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
11.1 Paper feed section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
11.1.1 Tray centering adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
11.1.2 Separation pressure adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
11.1.3 Pick-up roller load adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
11.1.4 Pick-up roller height adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
11.1.5 Paper feed pick-up amount adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
11.1.6 Paper lift plate skew adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
11.2 REGISTRATION SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
11.2.1

Registration roller paper skew adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510

11.3 ADU section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511


11.3.1 Pre-transfer roller nip pressure adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
12. ADJUSTMENT FOR POD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
12.1 Before using the adjustment for POD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
12.2 The front and back registration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
12.2.1

The front and back registration (printer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513

12.2.2

The front and back registration (scanner) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516

12.2.3

The front and back registration (ADF). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517

12.2.4

The front and back registration by user (by paper brand) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518

12.2.5

The front and back registration by user (for fine adjustments). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519

12.3 Image density adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520

iv

CONTENTS

12.3.1

Darken image density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520

12.3.2

Lighten image density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521

12.4

Transfer jitter adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522

12.5

Overlay printing adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525

12.6

User setting of each paper brand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530

12.7

Settings for feeding carbonless paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530

TROUBLESHOOTING
13. JAM CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
13.1

Jam code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533

14. MALFUNCTION CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559


14.1

Malfunction code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559

APPENDIX
15. ELECTRICAL PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
15.1

Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651

15.2

DF-603 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674

15.3

PF-701 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678

15.4

FD-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683

15.5

LS-501/502. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691

15.6

FS-503 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695

15.7

SD-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700

15.8

PB-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713

16. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728


16.1

Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728

16.2

DF-603 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738

16.2.1
16.3

PF-701 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740

16.3.1
16.4

Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747

SD-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749

16.7.1
16.8

Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745

FS-503 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747

16.6.1
16.7

Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741

LS-501/502. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745

16.5.1
16.6

Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740

FD-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741

16.4.1
16.5

Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738

Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749

PB-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 751

16.8.1

Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 751

17. TIMING CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753


17.1

Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753

17.2

DF-603 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 755

17.3

PF-701 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 757

17.4

FD-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 758

17.5

LS-501/502. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 766

17.6

FS-503 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 770

17.7

SD-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 773

17.8

PB-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 779

18. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM


18.1

Main body 1/4

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

CONTENTS

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

18.2 Main body 2/4


18.3 Main body 3/4
18.4 Main body 4/4
18.5 DF-603
18.6 PF-701
18.7 FD-501
18.8 LS-501/502
18.9 FS-503
18.10 SD-501 1/4
18.11 SD-501 2/4
18.12 SD-501 3/4
18.13 SD-501 4/4
18.14 PB-501 1/4
18.15 PB-501 2/4
18.16 PB-501 3/4
18.17 PB-501 4/4
19. PAPER SETTING
19.1 Relationship between the optimum value and the control of each of setting items by paper brand
(U.S.A. paper) (for fusing hard roller)
19.2 Relationship between the optimum value and the control of each of setting items by paper brand
(U.S.A. paper) (for fusing soft roller)
19.3 Relationship between the optimum value and the control of each of setting items by paper brand
(European paper) (for fusing hard roller)
19.4 Relationship between the optimum value and the control of each of setting items by paper brand
(European paper) (for fusing soft roller)
19.5 Conversion table of paper weight

vi

1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

OUTLINE
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
A. System configuration

[3]

[4]

[14]
[8]

[1]

[2]

[5]

[9]

[13]

[10]

[6]

[12]

[7]
[11]

1050to1001ea

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

[1]

Main body

[9]

Expanded memory: 256 MB (EM-701) for

[2]

Large capacity paper feed unit (PF-701)

[3]

Double sided original auto feeder (DF-603) *1

[10]

Side cover *2

[4]

Flat stapling finisher (FS-503)

[11]

Hand cart (LC-501)

[5]

Punch and multi folding finisher (FD-501)

[12]

Simplified perfect binding machine (PB-501)

[6]

Large capacity stacker (LS-501)

[13]

Saddle stitching trimmer finisher (SD-501)

[7]

Large capacity stacker (LS-502)

[14]

Overlay printing kit (PP-701)

[8]

Toner recycle cut kit (RC-501)

the image controller

*1

In the case of the 1050P, no scanner/DF function is provided.

*2

Attach the side cover when PF-701 is not connected. The side cover is available as the service parts.

B. Option coupling formation


NOTE
The option can be connected. However, be sure to take note of the AC connection mode.

Coupling combination of the main body and the finisher option


LS-502

AC power to be connected to

Main body

Main body

Main body

Main body

FD-501

SD-501

External (FD-501/SD-501)

Main body

FD-501

PB-501

External (FD-501/PB-501)

Main body

FD-501

SD-501

FS-503

Main body

FD-501

SD-501

PB-501 External (FD-501/SD-501/PB-501)

Main body

Main body

FD-501

FS-503

SD-501

External (SD-501)

FS-503
LS-501

External (FD-501)

External (FD-501/SD-501)

LS-501

FS-503

External (1st tandem LS-501)


External (2nd tandem LS-501)

10

Main body

LS-501

LS-502

External (LS-501)

11

Main body

LS-501

FS-503

External (LS-501)

12

Main body

LS-501

PB-501

External (LS-501/PB-501)

13

Main body

14

Main body

SD-501

PB-501

External (SD-501/PB-501)

15

Main body

SD-501

FS-503

External (SD-501)

16

Main body

LS-501

SD-501

External (LS-501/SD-501)

17

Main body

FD-501

LS-502

External (FD-501)

18

Main body

FD-501

PB-501

External (PB-501)

LS-501

FS-503

NOTE
Any coupling formation other than the above is unavailable.
PF-701 can be either connected or disconnected.

External (FD-501/LS-501)

2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
2.1

Type

Type:

Console type (floor-mounted type)

Copying method:

Indirect electrostatic method

Original stand:

Fixed

Original alignment:

Left rear standard

Photosensitive material:

OPC

Sensitizing method:

Laser writing

Paper feed trays:

Two trays (1,500 sheets x 2, 20lb, 80 gsm)


PF-701 (2,000 x 3, 80 gsm) *1

*1

The PF-701 is optional.

2.2

Functions

Original:
Maximum original size:
Copy size:
Tray /1, /2:

*1

Sheet, book, solid object


A3, or 11 x 17

Inch: 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11R, 51/2 x 81/2, A3, B4,
A4, B5, B5S, 8 x 13, 81/4 x 131/4, 81/4 x 13, 81/2 x 13, wide paper *1
(up to 324 mm x 460 mm), standard index paper
Metric:A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x
11, 8 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4 , 81/4 x 13, 81/2 x 13, wide paper (up to 324
mm x 460 mm), standard index paper
ADU:
A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S, A5, 12 x 18, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 51/2
x 81/2, 81/2 x 11R, 8 x 13, 81/8 x 131/4, 81/4 x 13, 81/2 x 13, wide paper (up to
324 mm x 460 mm)
When use wide paper as a cover paper in the perfect binding mode: up to 307 mm x 460 mm

Magnification:
Fixed magnification:

Special magnification setting:


Zoom magnification:
Vertical magnification:
Horizontal magnification:
Warm-up time
First copy out time
Continuous copy speed:
Continuous copy count:
Copy density selection:
Resolution:
Scan:
Write:
Memory:
Interface section:

Inch: x 1.000, x 2.000, x 1.545, x 1.294, x 1.214, x 0.785, x 0.772,


x 0.647, x 0.500
Metric:x 1.000, x 2.000, x 1.414, x 1.224, x 1.154, x 0.866, x 0.816,
x 0.707, x 0.500
3 types
x 0.250 to x 4.000 (at the step of 0.1%)
x 0.250 to x 4.000 (at the step of 0.1%)
x 0.250 to x 4.000 (at the step of 0.1%)
Hard roller: Less than 6 min. (under 20C, at rated voltage)
Soft roller: Less than 8 min. (under 20C, at rated voltage)
Hard roller: Less than 3.0 sec.
Soft roller: Less than 9.0 sec.
105 copies/min. (for A4/81/4 x 11)
Up to 9,999 sheets
AE/AES, manual (9 steps), user density (2 steps)
600 dpi x 600 dpi
600 dpi x 600 dpi
256 MB (DRAM) + 10 GB (HDD1)
RJ45 Ethernet, Serial port (RS232-C): Main body right side

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Serial port (USB Type B), Parallel port: Mounted on the Image processing board (IPB)

No. of originals to be stored:

More than 10,000 sheets


Under the following conditions:
Original: FAX#4CHART/A4
Density: Manual 5
Mode: Text/photo

2.3

Type of paper

Plain paper *2:

60 g/m2 to 90 g/m2, high-quality paper

Special paper *3:

OHP film, label paper, *4


coated paper, 60 g/m2 to 90 g/m2 recycled paper,
40 g/m2 to 60 g/m2, 16lb, high-quality paper (thin), *5
91 g/m2 to 300 g/m2, 25lb to 72lb, high-quality paper (thick) *6

*2

Standard specified paper:

*3

Inch:

Hammermill Tidal MP (75 g/m2),

Metric:

Konica Minolta Profi (80 g/m2),

Special paper/recommended paper:


Thick paper:

Inch:

HM-Cover65lb (176 g/m2), XeroxDigitalLasr65lb (176 g/m2),


DomterCdor65lb, COUGARCOVER65lb (176 g/m2)

Metric:

RDEREY200 (200 g/m2), RDEREY160 (160 g/m2), NEUCOLORCOPY (200 g/m2), XeroxColotech (200 g/m2), Xerox3R91798
(160 g/m2)

Thin paper:
Label paper:
Coated paper:

Inch:

Domter16lb (Doqupach16lb)

Metric:

Clair Mail (60 g/m2)

Inch:

AVERY 5160

Metric:

AVERY DSP24

Inch:

KROMEKOTE PLUSLASER HIGH GROSS 183 g/m2 (Smart


Paper Company),
Futural Laser 105 g/m2 (Stora Enso Paper Company)

Metric:

*4

Label paper is loaded and fed one sheet at a time.

*5

Carbonless paper is only for the A4S size in the simplex mode.
Carbonless paper and recycled high-quality paper are only for character image.
Carbonless paper output is only for the main tray output of the FS-503.
245 g/m2 to 300 g/m2 paper is available only for the middle stage tray of the PF-701.

*6

2.4

Maintenance

Maintenance:

Once every 750,000 prints

Machine service life:

40,000,000 prints or 7 years (whichever earlier)

2.5

2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Machine data

Power source:
Power consumption:

Inch:

AC208V to 240V 10%, 60Hz

Metric:

AC230V 10%, 50Hz

Inch:

Less than 3600W (full option)

Metric:

Less than 3450W (full option)

Weight:

1050/1050e: Approx. 330 kg (with DF provided) /


1050P/1050eP: Approx. 310 kg

Dimensions:
1050/1050e:

W 895 mm x D 775 mm x H 1190 mm

1050P/1050eP:

W 895 mm x D 775 mm x H 1020 mm

1050/1050e + PF-701 + FD-501 + FS-503:

W 2902 mm x D 775 mm x H 1190 mm

1050P/1050eP + PF-701 + LS-501 + LS-502:

W 3292 mm x D 775 mm x H 1020 mm

(with no operation board included in each case)

2.6

Operating environment

Temperature:

10C to 30C (50F to 86F)

Humidity:

10% RH to 80% RH

NOTE
The information herein May be subject to change for improvement without notice.

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

Blank page

3. PERIODIC CHECK

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

MAINTENANCE
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.1

Life value

A. Life value of materials


Item

No. of prints

Driving time

Drum

1,000,000

220h

Definition of driving time


The time during which the drum is being driven.
Idling time* is included in this time period.

Developer

1,000,000

220h

The time during which the developing roller is being


driven.
Idling time* is included in this time period.

B. Life value
The life value is a value for the number of prints or a value for the drive time, whichever is earlier.
The relationship between the driving time mentioned above and the actual number of prints has certain conditions. It is decided according to the amount of copy time and also idling time*. Accordingly, the number of prints
can vary substantially for the same amount of rotation time.
*

Idling time: Time period during which the drum or developing roller is rotating with no image created.

Reference: Relationship between the number of prints and the drive time
220 hours drive at A4 continuous output of 11 sheets per job is equivalent to 1,000,000 prints.
Caution:
Developer/drum replacement icon is generated only by print count or running time. The trigger
can be switched between print count and running time by setting of the DIPSW 15-7 in the service
mode.

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.2

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Schedule

Guarantee period (7 years or 40,000,000 prints)


Service item

No. of

Main body

Maintenance 1
Every 750,000 prints

z
z

Maintenance 2
Every 1,000,000 prints

z
z

z
z

z
z

z
z

z z xxxzxxx z

53
times
39
times

xxxzxxx

xxxzxxx

13
times

xxxzxxx

8 times

xxxzxxx

6 times

Maintenance 8
Every 10,000,000 prints

z z xxxzxxx

3 times

Maintenance 9
Every 15,000,000 prints

xxxzxxx

2 times

z
z
z

Maintenance 7
Every 6,000,000 prints

Maintenance 1
Every 750,000 prints

xxxzxxx

Maintenance 6
Every 4,500,000 prints

DF

Maintenance 5
Every 3,000,000 prints

Maintenance 2
Every 2,250,000 prints

Maintenance 3
Every 4,500,000 prints

PF

xxxzxxx

Maintenance 4
Every 2,250,000 prints

xxxzxxx

xxxzxxx

xxxzxxx

53
times
17
times
8 times

xxxzxxx

xxxzxxx

8 times

Maintenance 4
Every 10,000,000 prints

z z xxxzxxx

3 times

Maintenance 5
Every 15,000,000 prints

xxxzxxx

2 times

Maintenance 3
Every 4,500,000 prints

xxxzxxx

53
times
17
times

17
times

xxxzxxx

7 times

Maintenance 3
Every 10,000,000 prints

z z xxxzxxx

3 times

LS

Maintenance 1
Every 15,000,000 prints

xxxzxxx

2 times

FS

Maintenance 1
Every 2,250,000 prints

17
times

26
times

xxxzxxx

Maintenance 1
Every 750,000 prints
Maintenance 2
Every 2,250,000 prints

FD

executions

Maintenance 3
Every 1,500,000 prints

Maintenance 1
Every 750,000 prints

Maintenance 2
Every 5,250,000 prints

Maintenance 2
Every 3,000,000 prints
Maintenance 3
Every 5,250,000 prints

xxxxxx

3800
3825
3850
3900
3950
3975

0
75
100
150
200
225
250
300
350
375
400
450
500
525
550
600
650
675
700
750
800
825
850
900
950
975
1000
2000

x 10,000 prints

xxxzxxx

53
times

z
z

xxxzxxx

13
times

xxxzxxx

7 times

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Service item

No. of

SD

Maintenance 1
Every 750,000 prints

Maintenance 2
Every 1,500,000 prints

Maintenance 3
Every 8,000,000 prints

PB

Maintenance 1
Every 750,000 prints

53
times

xxxzxxx

26
times

xxxzxxx

4 times
1 time

xxxzxxx

53

xxxzxxx

6 times

z z xxxzxxx

3 times

Maintenance 4
Every 20,000,000 prints

RC

executions

times

Maintenance 3
Every 10,000,000 prints

Maintenance 2
Every 10,000,000 prints

Maintenance 2
Every 6,000,000 prints

Maintenance 1
Every 750,000 prints

xxxzxxx

Maintenance 4
Every 20,000,000 prints

xxxxxx

3800
3825
3850
3900
3950
3975

0
75
100
150
200
225
250
300
350
375
400
450
500
525
550
600
650
675
700
750
800
825
850
900
950
975
1000
2000

x 10,000 prints

1 time

z
z

xxxzxxx

53
times
3 times

z z xxxzxxx

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.3

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Maintenance item

Caution:
For cleaning of the tools used, be sure to use a vacuum cleaner appropriate for cleaning toner.

NOTE
For the part number of periodically replaced parts, see "Parts guide manual."
For the replacement procedure of periodically replaced parts, see "3.5 Maintenance procedure".
3.3.1

Main body

A. Maintenance 1 (Every 750,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1

Preparations

Image check

Photo conductor

Cleaning of the photo

section

conductor section

Cleaning/

Toner seal board

recycle section

Cleaning blade

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

z
z

Vacuum cleaner

Cleaning pad
z

Setting powder

Blade set mode


(in service mode)
14RT56011F
56UA5351#

Cleaning of the inside of

Vacuum cleaner

the cleaning unit


z

Cleaning of the inside of


the recycle pipe
4

Charger

Cleaning of the back

Cleaning pad/drum

plate

cleaner/cotton
swab/blower brush

Charger control plate

56UA2508#
Charger wire
56UA2509#
Charger wire vibration
proof rubber
55VA2527#
Charger cleaning unit
55VA-255#
C-clip
45AA2040#
5

Developing

Cleaning of the devel-

section

oping suction section


Replacing of the suction

Vacuum cleaner
z

filter
56UA3108#
Cleaning of the developing section

10

Vacuum cleaner

No.

Unit

3. PERIODIC CHECK
Description

classification
5

Developing

Reinstallation to the

section

photo conductor sec-

Quantity

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

tion
6
7

Cleaning pad

Cleaning of each sensor

Blower brush

Cleaning of the pre-

Drum cleaner/

Writing

Cleaning of the dust-

section

proof glass

ADU

transfer roller
Cleaning of the loop

cleaning pad
z

roller
Cleaning of the ADU

exit roller
Cleaning of the ADU

conveyance roller /2
Cleaning of the ADU

conveyance roller /3
Cleaning of the ADU

conveyance roller /4
Cleaning of the ADU

conveyance roller /1
Cleaning of the ADU

reverse roller
Cleaning of the ADU

reverse/exit roller
Cleaning of the ADU

acceleration roller
Cleaning of the paper

exit roller /1
Cleaning of the paper

exit roller /2
Cleaning of the fusing

exit roller
Cleaning of the convey-

ance section
8

Registration

Cleaning of the paper dust

section

removing brush for the

Vacuum cleaner/
blower brush

registration roller /Lw


Cleaning of the paper dust

removing brush for the


registration roller /Up
Cleaning of the registra-

Blower brush

tion sensor section


Cleaning of each sensor

11

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK
No.

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
9

Transfer/sep-

Cleaning of the back

aration

plate

charger

Cleaning of the transfer

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

Cleaning pad/drum
cleaner/cotton
swab/blower brush

assist sheet assembly


Discharge wire

56UA2613#
Transfer presser rubber
56AA1783#
Transfer cleaning
assembly
56GA-276#
Separation cleaning
assembly /1
56GA-277#
Separation cleaning
assembly /2
56GA-278#
C-clip
45AA2040#
10 Fusing
section

Cleaning of the fusing

Roller cleaner/

claw /Up

cleaning pad/drum
cleaner

Cleaning of the fusing


claw /Lw
Cleaning web

56UA5351#
Fixing cleaning web
counter reset
(in service mode)
11 Paper feed

Cleaning of each sensor

Blower brush

Cleaning of the paper

Vacuum cleaner/

section
12 Vertical
conveyance

dust removing brush

section

Cleaning of each sensor

13 Paper exit
section

blower brush
z

Blower brush

Blower brush

Drum cleaner/

Removal of the paper


exit section
Cleaning of the paper
exit sensor
Cleaning of the main
body paper exit roller

14 Scanner
section

15 Toner supply
section

12

Cleaning of the original

cleaning pad
z

glass

Blower brush/drum
cleaner/cleaning

Cleaning of the slit glass

pad

Cleaning of the toner

Vacuum cleaner/

bottle insertion opening

blower brush

No.

Unit

3. PERIODIC CHECK
Description

Quantity

classification
16 Main body

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

Cleaning of the cover/

Drum cleaner/

machine internal
17 Final check

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

cleaning pad
z

Check of the image and


the paper through (with
various types of adjustments included)

PM counter reset
(in service mode)

B. Maintenance 2 (Every 1,000,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

Preparations

Image check

Photo conductor

Replacing of the drum

section

DR010

every 1,000,000

Sensitive drum

prints or 220 h. of

Replace it once for

counter reset (in ser-

driving time, which-

vice mode)

ever is earlier.
z

Cleaning of the photo

Drum cleaner/clean-

conductor section

ing pad/vacuum
cleaner

Replacing of the drum

claw
57GA2919#
3

Cleaning/

Cleaning of the clean-

recycle section

ing unit

Cleaning pad/
blower brush/vacuum cleaner

Developing

Cleaning of the devel-

section

oping section

Cleaning pad/vacuum cleaner


z

Developer

Main body

every 1,000,000

Developer counter

prints or 200 h. of

reset (in service

driving time, which-

mode)

ever is earlier.

Cleaning of the cover/

Drum cleaner/

machine internal
6

Final check

Replace it once for

DV010

Check of the image

cleaning pad
z

and the paper through


(with various types of
adjustments included)

13

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

C. Maintenance 3 (Every 1,500,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1

Toner supply

Agitator plate assem-

section

bly /1

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

Cleaning pad

56UA-347#
z

Agitator plate assembly /2


56UA-348#
2

Cleaning/

Cleaning of the clean-

recycle section

ing unit
Toner guide brush

Vacuum cleaner/
Cleaning pad

assembly
56UA-574#
Scattering prevention
felt
55VA5568#
Seal plate /Fr
56UA-559#
Seal plate /Rr
56UA-558#
3

Transfer/

Replacing of the trans-

separation

fer assist sheet assem-

charger

bly
56UA-281#

Fusing

Fusing roller /Up

section

56UA5304#

Tri-flow (soft roller)

(hard roller)
56UA5470#
(soft roller)
Heat insulating sleeve
45405339#
Fusing bearing /Up
45407504#
Fusing roller assembly
/Lw
56UA-528#
Fusing claw /Lw
25AA5329#
Fusing claw /Up
56UA5453#
Fusing cleaning sheet
assembly
56UA-547#
Cleaning of the fusing
heating roller

14

Cleaning pad/blower
brush

3. PERIODIC CHECK

D. Maintenance 4 (Every 2,250,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1

Paper feed

Pick-up roller

section

55VA-484#
Paper feed roller

2
2

55VA-483#
Separation roller

55VA-483#

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

Actual replacement
cycle: 500,000

z
z

E. Maintenance 5 (Every 3,000,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1

Photo conductor

Replacing of the drum

section

temperature sensor

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

56GA-209#
2

Cleaning/

Toner seal board

recycle section

56UA-568#
Toner guide plate
assembly
56UA-561#

Fusing

Fusing heater lamp /1

section

55VF8302#
55VB8302#

Fusing heater lamp /2


55VF8303#
56UA8303#

Fusing heater lamp /3


55VF8304#
55VA8304#

Fusing heating roller


55UA5307#
Heating roller bearing
56UA7507#
Heat insulating sleeve /
Lw
26AA5315#
Thermistor /2
55VA8804#
Thermistor /4
55VA8806#
4

Toner supply

Toner supply sleeve /1

section

55VA-334#
Toner supply sleeve /2
55VA-335#

15

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK
F.

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Maintenance 6 (Every 4,500,000 prints)

No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1

Vertical

Pre-registration clutch /1

conveyance

56AA8201#

section

Pre-registration clutch /2

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

Actual replacement
cycle: 3,000,000

56AA8201#
Vertical conveyance
clutch
56AA8201#
Paper dust guide brush
assembly
55VA-574#
2

Main body

Ozone filter /A
56UA1121#
Ozone filter /K
56UA1128#
Conveyance suction filter
56UA1129#
Developing suction filter
56UA1122#

Cleaning of the cover/

Drum cleaner/

machine internal

cleaning pad

G. Maintenance 7 (Every 6,000,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1

Charger

Charger unit

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

56UA-250#
2

Developing

Developing suction

section

assembly
56UA-325#
Developing unit
56UA-300#

ADU

Cleaning of the ADU

Blower brush

paper reverse sensor /1


z

Cleaning of the ADU


paper reverse sensor /2
Paper exit roller /1

56UA47432E
Paper exit roller /2 assem-

cycle: 6,000,000
1

bly
56UA-035#
ADU acceleration roller
56UA4740#

16

Actual replacement

No.

Unit

3. PERIODIC CHECK
Description

Quantity

classification
3

ADU

ADU reverse/exit roller

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

56UA4741#
ADU reverse roller

Actual replacement
cycle: 6,000,000

56UA4741#
ADU conveyance roller /1
56UA47442E
ADU conveyance roller /2
56UA47442E
ADU conveyance roller /3
56UA4595#
ADU conveyance roller /4
56UA4683#
ADU exit roller
56UA4683#
Fusing exit roller
56UA4595#
4

Registration

Registration roller /Up

section

56UA46061E
Registration bearing
56UA7602#

Transfer/

Transfer/separation

separation

charger unit

charger

56UA-270#
TSL
55VA8308#

Fusing

Fusing gear

section

56UA7783#
Web motor
56GA8017#
Fusing actuator
56UA5383#

Paper exit

Cleaning of the paper

section

exit sensor
Main body paper exit

Blower brush

roller
56UA45571E
8

Cleaning/

Cleaning gear /A assem-

toner recycle

bly

section

56GA-556#

17

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

H. Maintenance 8 (Every 10,000,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1

ADU

Reverse gate

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

56UA4760#
2

Vertical

Conveyance roller /1

conveyance

56UA4413#

section

Conveyance roller /2

Actual replacement
cycle: 10,000,000

Actual replacement
cycle: 6,000,000

56UA44141E
Conveyance roller /3
56UA44641E
Pre-registration roller /1
56UA44111E
Pre-registration roller /2
56UA44111E
Conveyance exit roller
56UA4412#
Pre-registration bearing
56UA7603#
Paper dust guide brush
gear assembly
56UA-478#
3

Toner supply

Pump unit /Rt

section

56UA-790#
Pump unit /Lt
56UA-780#

I.

Maintenance 9 (Every 15,000,000 prints)

No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1

Paper feed

Paper feed clutch /1

section

56AA8201#
Paper feed clutch /2

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

cycle: 3,000,000
1

56AA8201#
Separation clutch /1
56AA8201#
Separation clutch /2
56AA8201#
2

Cleaning/

Cleaning gear /B

toner recycle

55VA7921#

section

18

Actual replacement

3.3.2

3. PERIODIC CHECK

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


DF

A. Maintenance 1 (Every 750,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1

Preparations

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

Original through check

Cover

Paper feed

Pick-up roller

Drum cleaner/

section

Paper feed roller

cleaning pad

Paper feed assist roller

Cleaning pad

Registration roller

Pre-handling rubber

Original count sensor

Original size sensor /Lt

Original size sensor /Rt

Conveyance

Original registration

section

sensor /Lt

Blower brush

Original registration
sensor /Rt
4

Read

Original conveyance

section

sensor

z
z

Original skew sensor /


Rr

Original skew sensor /Fr

Paper exit

Mirror on the driven

section

roller assembly
Original reverse sensor

Reverse jam sensor

Original reverse/exit

sensor
6

Final check

Paper through check


z

Cleaning of the cover

Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad

B. Maintenance 2 (Every 2,250,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1

Paper feed

Separation roller

section

13GA4606#

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

Actual replacement
cycle: 400,000

19

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

C. Maintenance 3 (Every 4,500,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1

Paper feed

Pick-up roller

section

13GA4604#

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

Actual replacement
cycle: 800,000

Paper feed roller

15AS4605#
Paper feed assist roller
15AS4601#
Torque limiter
13GA-135#

3.3.3

PF

A. Maintenance 1 (Every 750,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

Preparations

Paper through check

Tray section

Cleaning of each sensor

Conveyance

Cleaning of each sensor

Blower brush

section
4

Final check

Paper through check


z

Cleaning of the cover

Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad

B. Maintenance 2 (Every 2,250,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1

Tray section

Pick-up roller

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

55VA-484#
Paper feed roller

cycle: 500,000
3

55VA-483#
Separation roller
55VA-483#

20

Actual replacement

3. PERIODIC CHECK

C. Maintenance 3 (Every 4,500,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1

Conveyance

Pre-registration clutch /1

section

56AA8201#

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

Actual replacement
cycle: 3,000,000

Pre-registration clutch /2

56AA8201#
Pre-registration clutch /3
56AA8201#
Intermediate clutch /Up
56AA8201#
Intermediate clutch /Lw
56AA8201#
2

Tray section

Paper dust removing


brush
15BY5604#

D. Maintenance 4 (Every 10,000,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1

Preparations

Paper through check

Conveyance

Pre-registration roller

section

15BA45071E
Bearing

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

z
z

Actual replacement
cycle: 6,000,000

56UA7603#
Conveyance roller
15BA45081E
PFU paper exit roller
15BA5011#
Torque limiter
57GA4430#
3

Final check

Paper through check


Cleaning of the cover

Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad

21

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

E. Maintenance 5 (Every 15,000,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1

Tray section

Paper feed clutch /1

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

56AA8201#
Paper feed clutch /2

Actual replacement
cycle: 3,000,000

56AA8201#
Paper feed clutch /3
56AA8201#
Separation clutch /1
56AA8201#
Separation clutch /2
56AA8201#
Separation clutch /3
56AA8201#
Forced separation
clutch
56AA8201#

F.

Spotted replacement part (Every 50,000 cycle)

No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1

Tray section

Pick-up roller

(PP-701)

A08R5621#
Feed roller

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

A08R5622#
Separation roller
A08R5622#

22

3.3.4

3. PERIODIC CHECK

FD

A. Maintenance 1 (Every 2,250,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1

Preparations

Paper through check

PI section

Paper feed rubber

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

z
z

50BA-575#

Actual replacement
cycle: 100,000

Separation rubber

13QN-443#

Tray up/down

Cleaning of each sensor

Cleaning of each sensor

Cleaning of each sensor

Cleaning of each sensor

Blower brush

section
4

Punch
section

Conveyance
section

Final check

Paper through check


z

Cleaning of the cover

Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad

B. Maintenance 2 (Every 5,250,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1

Preparations

PI section

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

Paper through check


Pick-up rubber

50BA-574#
3
4

Tray up/down

Tray up down motor

section

129U-108#

Final check

Paper through check


Cleaning of the cover

Actual replacement
cycle: 200,000

Actual replacement
cycle: 5,000,000

z
z

Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad

23

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

C. Maintenance 3 (Every 10,000,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1

Preparations

Paper through check

Punch

Punch motor

section

15AG-573#

Conveyance

Roller solenoid /1

section

15AG-493#

Roller solenoid /2

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

z
z

Actual replacement
cycle: 5,000,000

15AG-493#
Roller solenoid /3
15AG-493#
Roller solenoid /4
15AG-493#
4

Final check

Paper through check


Cleaning of the cover

Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad

24

3.3.5

3. PERIODIC CHECK

LS

A. Maintenance 1 (Every 15,000,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1

Preparations

Paper through check

Conveyance

Paper press solenoid /3

section

15AV8255#
Paper press solenoid /1

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

z
z

Actual replacement
cycle: 5,000,000

15AV8252#
Paper press solenoid /2
15AV8251#
Rear stopper solenoid
15AV8253#
Stacker tray up down
motor
15AV8003#
Cleaning of each sensor
3

Final check

z
z

Paper through check


Cleaning of the cover

Blower brush

Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad

25

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.3.6

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

FS

A. Maintenance 1 (Every 750,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

Preparations

Paper through check

Main tray

Paper exit roller /A

section

122H4825#

Stacker

Cleaning of each sensor

Blower brush

Conveyance

Cleaning of the paper

Vacuum cleaner/

section

dust removing brush

Stapler

Cleaning of staple

section

scraps box

Final check

Paper through check

section
4
5
6

blower brush
z
z
z

Cleaning of the cover

Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad

B. Maintenance 2 (Every 3,000,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1

Stapler

Stapler unit /Fr

section

15AA4222#

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

Actual replacement
cycle: 500,000

Stapler unit /Rr

15AA-450#

C. Maintenance 3 (Every 5,250,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1

Stacker

Intermediate roller

section

release solenoid
15AA-449#

26

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

3.3.7

3. PERIODIC CHECK

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


SD

A. Maintenance 1 (Every 750,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1
2

Right angle

Right angle conveyance

conveyance

sensor /1

section

Right angle conveyance

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

Blower brush

sensor /2
3

Right angle conveyance

Drum cleaner/

roller /1
4

cleaning pad
z

Right angle conveyance


roller /2

Right angle conveyance


roller /3

Right angle conveyance


roller /4

Folding

Folding main scan align-

section

ment home sensor /Fr1

z
z

Folding main scan align-

Blower brush

ment home sensor /Fr2


9

Folding entrance roller /1

Drum cleaner/

10

Folding entrance roller /2

cleaning pad

11

Folding entrance roller /3

Saddle stitching paper

12 Saddle
stitching

Blower brush

sensor

13 section

Bundle sensor /1

14 Bundle pro-

Bundle sensor /2

15 Trimmer

Trimmer scraps full sensor

16 section

Trimmer board assembly

cessing section

15AN5282#

Actual replacement
cycle: 18,900 cuts

B. Maintenance 2 (Every 1,500,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1

Trimmer

Trimmer blade assembly

section

15AN-570#

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

Actual replacement
cycle: 37,500 cuts

27

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

C. Maintenance 3 (Every 8,000,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1

Trimmer

Trimmer blade motor

section

15AN8002#

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

Actual replacement
cycle: 200,000 cuts

Trimmer press motor

15AN8002#

D. Maintenance 4 (Every 20,000,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1
2

Right angle

Roller release solenoid /1

conveyance

15AN8251#

section

Roller release solenoid /2

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

cycle: 5,000,000
1

15AN-239#
3

Right angle gate solenoid

Saddle

Stapler assembly /Rt

stitching

15AN-550#

section

Stapler assembly /Lt

Folding

Roller release solenoid /3

section

15AN8251#

Bundle pro-

Bundle press stage

Actual replacement
cycle: 5,000,000

Actual replacement
cycle: 1,000,000

15AN-550#
6

Actual replacement
cycle: 5,000,000

15AN-249#
4

Actual replacement

Actual replacement
cycle: 1,000,000

Actual replacement
cycle: 5,000,000

Actual replacement

cessing sec- gear

cycle: 500,000 books

tion

(Bundle exit tray

15AN7719#

exit)

28

3.3.8

3. PERIODIC CHECK

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


PB

A. Maintenance 1 (Every 750,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

classification

Quantity

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

Conveyance

Entrance sensor

section

SC entrance sensor

Sub tray conveyance roller

Drum cleaner/

Intermediate conveyance roller

cleaning pad

Entrance conveyance roller

Cover paper conveyance roller

Glue tank

Glue tank

Blower brush

z*2

Tweezers, industrial

section
8

wiper, multemp FF-RM


Filter

A0753724#
9

Cover paper

Cover paper folding

section

plate

10

Book spine backing

z*1

Tweezers, industrial wiper

z*1

plate
11

Book exit belt /Rr

Drum cleaner/

12

Book exit belt /Fr

cleaning pad

13

Cover paper

conveyance roller /Rt


14

Cover paper

conveyance roller /Lt


15

Cover paper table

entrance roller
16

Paper dust removing

Blower brush

brush
17

z*3

Cover paper alignment

Plas guard No.2

plate shafts
18 Glue supply

Pellet hopper

19 Book stock

Book load limit sensor

20 section

Book upper limit LED

21

Book conveyance belt /Rr

Drum cleaner/

22

Book conveyance belt /Fr

cleaning pad

23

Book movement belt

Paper dust removing

24 Cover paper
tray section
25

Blower brush

Blower brush

brush
Paper dust removing

roller
26

Conveyance roller

Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad

29

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK
27 SC section

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Switchback roller

13GQ4519#
28

Switchback assist roller /Rr

Drum cleaner/

29

Switchback assist roller /Fr

cleaning pad

*1

Cleaning of the cover paper folding plate and the book spine backing plate is an abbreviated cleaning.
Remove adhered glue as necessary.

*2

Lubricate the glue apply roller motor drive connecting gear.

*3

Lubricate the cover paper alignment plate shafts.

B. Maintenance 2 (Every 6,000,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1

SC section

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

SC switchback release

motor
13GQ8005#

C. Maintenance 3 (Every 10,000,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1
2

Cutter sec-

Roller cutter blade Assy

tion

A0754421#

Sub tray

Sub tray exit solenoid

section

15ANR714#

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

z
z

D. Maintenance 4 (Every 20,000,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1

SC section

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

SC pressure arm solenoid

A075B746#
2

FD alignment solenoid

15AA8251#

E. Spotted replacement part (Every 500,000 cycle)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1

Cover paper

Pick-up roller

tray section

55VA-484#
Paper feed roller

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

55VA-483#
Separation roller
55VA-483#

29-1

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

D. Spotted replacement part (Every 3,000,000 cycle)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1

Cover paper

Cover paper pick up

tray section

clutch

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

56AA8201#

3.3.9

RC

A. Maintenance 1 (Every 750,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1

Waste toner

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

Hose /3

Drum cleaner/

conveyance

cleaning pad

section
2

Waste toner

Waste toner collecting

collecting

box

box

14RT-970#

B. Maintenance 2 (Every 10,000,000 prints)


No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1
2

Waste toner

Accumulator

conveyance

14RT-230#

section

Recycle pump
14RT-210#

30

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

Blower brush

3.4

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Replacement parts list

NOTE
For the part number of periodically replaced parts, see "Parts guide manual."
For the replacement procedure of periodically replaced parts, see "3.5 Maintenance procedure".
The parts count No. given in the table below represents the number of the fixed parts number in
the service mode.
3.4.1
No.

Main body
Classification

Part name

Part number

Qt.

Actual

Parts count

replacement

No.

cycle
1

Main body

Ozone filter /A

56UA1121#

4,500,000

32

Ozone filter /K

56UA1128#

4,500,000

32

Conveyance suction filter

56UA1129#

4,500,000

33

Developing suction filter

56UA1122#

4,500,000

33
22

Photo con-

Drum temperature sensor

56GA-209#

3,000,000

ductor section

Drum

DR010

* 1,000,000

Drum claw

57GA2919#

1,000,000

Charger unit

56UA-250#

6,000,000

34

Charger control plate

56UA2508#

750,000 4

10

Charger wire

56UA2509#

750,000 3

11

Charger rubber vibration isolator

55VA2527#

750,000

12

Charger cleaning unit

55VA-255#

750,000 5

13

C-clip

45AA2040#

750,000

Developing unit

56UA-300#

6,000,000

36

15

Developing suction assembly

56UA-325#

6,000,000

37

16

Suction filter

56UA3108#

17

Developer

DV010

* 1,000,000

18

Agitator plate assembly /1

56UA-347#

1,500,000

153

19

Agitator plate assembly /2

56UA-348#

1,500,000

153

Toner supply sleeve /1

55VA-334#

3,000,000

23

21

Toner supply sleeve /2

55VA-335#

3,000,000

24

22

Pump unit /Lt

56UA-780#

10,000,000 52

23

Pump unit /Rt

56UA-790#

10,000,000 51

7
8

14

Charger

Developing
section

20

Toner supply

750,000 6

section

24

Cleaning/

Cleaning blade

56UA5351#
14RT56011F

25

recycle sec-

Toner seal board

56UA-568#

3,000,000

25

26

tion

Toner guide brush assembly

56UA-574#

1,500,000

12

27

Scattering prevention felt

55VA5568#

1,500,000

28

Seal plate /Fr

56UA-559#

1,500,000

14

29

Seal plate /Rr

56UA-558#

1,500,000

13

750,000 2

The actual replacement cycle of the drum and developer is 1,000,000 prints or 220 hours of use, whichever is earlier.

31

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

No.

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Classification

Part name

Part number

Qt.

Actual

Parts count No.

replacement
cycle
30

Cleaning/recy-

Toner guide plate assembly

56UA-561#

3,000,000

26

31

cle section

Cleaning gear /A assembly

56GA-556#

6,000,000

167

Cleaning gear /B

55VA7921#

15,000,000

172

32

32

33

Paper feed sec-

Pick-up roller

55VA-484#

500,000 53,57

34

tion

Paper feed roller

55VA-483#

500,000 54,58

35

Separation roller

55VA-483#

500,000 54,58

36

Paper feed clutch /1

56AA8201#

3,000,000

55

37

Paper feed clutch /2

56AA8201#

3,000,000

59

38

Separation clutch /1

56AA8201#

3,000,000

56

39

Separation clutch /2

56AA8201#

3,000,000

60

40

Vertical con-

Conveyance roller /1

56UA4413#

6,000,000

82

41

veyance sec-

Conveyance roller /2

56UA44141E

6,000,000

83

42

tion

Conveyance roller /3

56UA44641E

6,000,000

83

43

Pre-registration roller /1

56UA44111E

6,000,000

84

44

Pre-registration roller /2

56UA44111E

6,000,000

85

45

Conveyance exit roller

56UA4412#

6,000,000

77

46

Paper dust guide brush assembly

55VA-574#

4,500,000

76

47

Pre-registration bearing

56UA7603#

6,000,000

48

Pre-registration clutch /1

56AA8201#

3,000,000

79

49

Pre-registration clutch /2

56AA8201#

3,000,000

81

50

Vertical conveyance clutch

56AA8201#

3,000,000

80

51

Paper dust guide brush gear assembly

56UA-478#

10,000,000

52

Transfer/sepa-

Transfer/separation charger unit

56UA-270#

53

ration charger

Discharge wire

56UA2613#

750,000 7

54

Transfer presser rubber

56AA1783#

750,000

55

Transfer cleaning assembly

56GA-276#

750,000 8

56

Separation cleaning assembly /1

56GA-277#

750,000 8

57

Separation cleaning assembly /2

56GA-278#

750,000 8

58

C-clip

45AA2040#

750,000

59

Transfer assist sheet assembly

56UA-281#

1,500,000

10, 11

60

TSL

55VA8308#

6,000,000

39

6,000,000

38

61

Registration

Registration roller /Up

56UA46061E

6,000,000

40

62

section

Registration bearing

56UA7602#

6,000,000

40

63

ADU section

Paper exit roller /1

56UA47432E

6,000,000

44

64

Paper exit roller /2 assembly

56UA-035#

6,000,000

65

ADU accelerate roller

56UA4740#

6,000,000

41

66

Reverse/exit roller

56UA4741#

6,000,000

42

67

ADU reverse roller

56UA4741#

6,000,000

43

68

ADU conveyance roller /1

56UA47442E

6,000,000

45

No.

Classification

3. PERIODIC CHECK
Part name

Part number

Qt.

Actual

Parts count

replacement

No.

cycle
69

ADU section

ADU conveyance roller /2

56UA47442E

6,000,000

45

70

ADU conveyance roller /3

56UA4595#

6,000,000

45

71

ADU conveyance roller /4

56UA4683#

6,000,000

45

72

ADU exit roller

56UA4683#

6,000,000

45

73

Fusing exit roller

56UA4595#

6,000,000

46

74

Reverse gate

56UA4760#

10,000,000

75

Fusing sec-

Cleaning web

56UA5351#

750,000 1

76

tion

Fusing heater lamp /1

55VB8302#
55VF8302#

3,000,000

77

Fusing heater lamp /2

55VF8303#
56UA8303#

3,000,000

78

Fusing heater lamp /3

55VB8304#
55VF8304#

3,000,000

79

Fusing roller /Up

56UA5304#

1,500,000

15

56UA5470#
80

Heat insulating sleeve

45405339#

1,500,000

19

81

Fusing bearing /Up

45407504#

1,500,000

20

82

Heating roller bearing

56UA7507#

3,000,000

28

83

Fusing gear

56UA7783#

6,000,000

48

84

Fusing roller /Lw assembly

56UA-528#

1,500,000

16

85

Fusing heating roller

56UA5307#

3,000,000

31

86

Heat insulating sleeve /Lw

26AA5315#

3,000,000

27

87

Fusing claw /Up

56UA5453#

1,500,000

17

88

Fusing claw /Lw

25AA5329#

1,500,000

18

89

Thermistor /2

55VA8804#

3,000,000

29

90

Thermistor /4

55VA8806#

3,000,000

30

91

Fusing actuator

56UA5383#

6,000,000

50

92

Web motor

56GA8017#

6,000,000

49

93

Fusing cleaning sheet assembly

56UA-547#

1,500,000

21

Main body paper exit roller

56UA45571E

6,000,000

47

94

Paper exit
section

33

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.4.2

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Option

No.

Classification

Part name

Part number

Qt.

Actual

Parts count No.

replacement
cycle
1

Pick-up roller

13GA4604#

800,000 141

Paper feed roller

15AS4605#

800,000 142

Paper feed auxiliary roller

15AS4601#

800,000 144

Separation roller

13GA4606#

400,000 143

Torque limiter

13GA-135#

800,000 145

Pick-up roller

55VA-484#

500,000 61,66,71

Paper feed roller

55VA-483#

500,000 62,67,72

Separation roller

55VA-483#

500,000 62,67,72

Paper dust removing brush

15BY5604#

3,000,000

10

Paper feed clutch /1

56AA8201#

3,000,000 63

11

Paper feed clutch /2

56AA8201#

3,000,000 68

12

Paper feed clutch /3

56AA8201#

3,000,000 73

13

Separation clutch /1

56AA8201#

3,000,000 64

14

Separation clutch /2

56AA8201#

3,000,000 69

15

Separation clutch /3

56AA8201#

3,000,000 74

16

Forced separation clutch

56AA8201#

3,000,000 70

17

Pre-registration clutch /1

56AA8201#

3,000,000 90

18

Pre-registration clutch /2

56AA8201#

3,000,000 91

19

Pre-registration clutch /3

56AA8201#

3,000,000 92

20

Torque limiter

57GA4430#

6,000,000

21

Intermediate clutch /Up

56AA8201#

3,000,000 93

22

Intermediate clutch /Lw

56AA8201#

3,000,000 94

23

Pre-registration roller

15BA45071E

6,000,000 86,87,88

24

Bearing

56UA7603#

6,000,000

25

Conveyance roller

15BA45082F

6,000,000 86,88

26

PFU paper exit roller

15BA5011#

6,000,000 89

Pick-up rubber

50BA-574#

200,000 114,117

28

Paper feed rubber

50BA-575#

100,000 116,119

29

Separation rubber

13QN-443#

100,000 115,118

30

Roller solenoid /1

15AG-493#

5,000,000 121

31

Roller solenoid /2

15AG-493#

5,000,000 121

32

Roller solenoid /3

15AG-493#

5,000,000 122

33

Roller solenoid /4

15AG-493#

5,000,000 122

34

Punch motor

15AG-573#

5,000,000 120

35

Tray up down motor

129U-108#

5,000,000 123

Stacker tray up down motor

15AV8003#

5,000,000 128, 133

37

Paper press solenoid /1

15AV8252#

5,000,000 124, 129

38

Paper press solenoid /2

15AV8251#

5,000,000 126, 131

39

Paper press solenoid /3

15AV8255#

5,000,000 125, 130

27

36

34

DF

PF

FD

LS

No.

Classification

3. PERIODIC CHECK
Part name

Part number

Qt.

Actual

Parts count

replacement

No.

cycle
40

LS

Rear stopper solenoid

15AV8253#

5,000,000 127, 132

41

FS

Intermediate roller release solenoid

15AA-449#

5,000,000 113

42

Stapler unit /Fr

15AA4222#

500,000 111

43

Stapler unit /Rr

15AA-450#

500,000 112

44

Paper exit roller /A (sponge roller)

122H4825#

750,000

Roller release solenoid /1

15AN8251#

5,000,000 139

46

Roller release solenoid /2

15AN-239#

5,000,000 140

47

Roller release solenoid /3

15AN8251#

5,000,000 140

48

Right angle gate solenoid

15AN-249#

5,000,000 138

49

Stapler assembly /Rt

15AN-550#

1,000,000 134

50

Stapler assembly /Lt

15AN-550#

1,000,000 135

51

Trimmer blade assembly

15AN-570#

37,500 136

52

Trimmer board assembly

15AN5282#

18,900 137

53

Trimmer blade motor

15AN8002#

200,000

54

Trimmer press motor

15AN8002#

200,000

55

Bundle press stage gear

15AN7719#

500,000

Switchback roller

13GQ4519#

750,000 158

57

Cover paper separation clutch

56AA8201#

3,000,000 162

58

Roller cutter blade Assy

A0754421#

100,000 163

59

Filter

A0753724#

750,000 164

60

Sub tray exit solenoid

15ANR714#

10,000,000 154

61

SC switchback release motor

13GQ8005#

6,000,000 155

62

FD alignment solenoid

15AA8251#

20,000,000 156

63

SC pressure arm solenoid

A075B746#

20,000,000 157

Recycle pump

14RT-210#

10,000,000 151

61

Accumulator

14RT-230#

10,000,000 152

62

Waste toner recycle box

14RT-970#

750,000 150

45

56

60

SD

PB

RC

(including the waste toner filter)

3.4.3
No.

Spot replacement parts list


Classification

Part name

Part number

Qt.

Actual

Parts count

replacement

No.

cycle
1

Pick-up roller

55VA-484#

500,000 159

Paper feed roller

55VA-483#

500,000 160

Separation roller

55VA-483#

500,000 160

Cover paper pick up clutch

56AA8201#

3,000,000 161

Pick-up roller

A08R5621#

50,000 61,66,71

Paper feed roller

A08R5622#

50,000 62,67,72

Separation roller

A08R5622#

50,000 62,67,72

PB

PF (PP-701)

35

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.5

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Maintenance procedure

Caution:
When replacing periodically replaced parts, be sure to unplug the power cord of the main body
from the power outlet.

3.5.1

External section

A. Replacing the ozone filters /A, /K and the conveyance suction filter
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Ozone filter /A: Every 4,500,000 prints
Ozone filter /K: Every 4,500,000 prints
Conveyance suction filter: Every 4,500,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.

[1]

Loosen 2 screws [1] and remove the exhaust


cover [2].

[2]

1050fs2053c

2.

[1]

/K [2], and the conveyance suction filter [3].

3.
[2]

[3]

1050fs2054c

36

Remove 2 ozone filters /A [1] and the ozone filter


Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

3. PERIODIC CHECK

B. Replacing the developing suction filter


(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Developing suction filter: Every 4,500,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.

Loosen 2 screws [1] and remove the filter cover


[2].

[1]

[2]

1050fs2055c

[1]

2.
3.

Remove the developing suction filter [1].


Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

1050fs2056c

37

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.5.2

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Photo conductor section

A. Removing/reinstalling the photo conductor section


NOTE
When the drum section has been removed, be sure to store it in a dark place with the drum cover
provided.
When removing/reinstalling the photo conductor section, be careful not to rotate the drum in any
direction other than the specified direction. Rotating it in the opposite direction to the rotational
direction while printing may cause damage to the cleaning blade.
When removing/reinstalling the photo conductor section, be absolutely sure not to touch the drum
claw.
(1) Procedure

1.
2.

[1]

Open the front doors /Rt and /Lt.


Bring down lever A of the ADU.
(See P.112)

3.

Loosen 3 screws [1] and remove the photo conductor section cover [2].

[2]

1050fs2089c

[3]

4.
5.

[2]

Remove screw [1].


Loosen screw [2] and pull out the intermediate
toner hopper [3].

[1]

1050fs2090c

38

3. PERIODIC CHECK

6.

[2]

Release the lock [1] and open the intermediate


toner hopper [2].

[1]

1050fs2091c

7.
8.

[1]

Remove the 2 screws [1].


Remove the screw [2], pull the knob [3] toward
you and lock the toner recycle pipe [4] while raising it up in the arrow-marked direction.

[4]

[3]

[2]

1050fs2092c

9.

[5]

Remove the screw [1] and pull out the coupling


[2].

10. Hold the sections marked with [3] and [4] and
pull out the photo conductor section [5].

11. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.
NOTE
For reinstallation of the coupling, see "B.
Cleaning/reinstallation of the coupling" in the
next section.

[3]

[1]

[2]

[4]

1050fs2093c

39

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

B. Cleaning/reinstallation of the coupling


NOTE
Be sure to conduct this operation when removing the photo conductor section.
(1) Procedure

1.

[1]

Clean the periphery of the coupling with drum


cleaner.

2.

Insert the coupling so that the protrusions [2] of


the coupling [1] get into the depressed portions

[2]

[4] of the drum [3].


NOTE
An detent [5] is provided on the inside of the
coupling [1]. So be sure to set it into the key
groove [7] of the drum shaft [6].

[4]

[7]
[3]

[6]

[2]

[5]

40

fs503fs2094c

3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.

While attaching a plus driver lightly to the coupling [1], rotate the coupling [1] clockwise until its
meshing surface fits the external surface of the
bearing [2].

[1]

[2]

1050fs2420c

4.

Tighten the coupling [2] with the screw [1].

[2]

[1]

1050fs2095c

41

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

C. Replacing the charger unit


NOTE
When removing the charger unit, be careful not to touch the mesh portion of the charger control
plate with bear hands.
When cleaning the charger control plate, blow off dirt with the blower brush.
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Charger unit: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.
[3]

Pull the photo conductor section out of the main


body. (See P.38)

2.

Disconnect the connector [1] and remove the


wiring harness of the charger from the harness
clamps [2] at the 3 places.

3.

[2]

Hold the portions marked with [3] and [4] and


remove the charger unit [5].

4.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[1]
[5]

[4]

42

1050fs2096c

3. PERIODIC CHECK

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


D. Replacing the charger control plate
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Charger control plate: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.

Remove the charger unit.


(See P.42)

2.

Slide the lever [1] in the arrow-marked direction


[2] to release the lock [3] and remove the charger

[4]

control plate [4].


NOTE
Be sure to avoid loosening or removing the
screw [5] that fastens the lever.

3.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[3]
[5]

[4]

[1]

[2]

1050fs2104c

43

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

E. Replacing the charger wire/charger vibration proof rubber


(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Charger wire: Every 750,000 prints
Charger vibration proof rubber: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Procedure

[2]

1.
2.
3.

[5]

Remove the charger unit. (See P.42)


Remove the charger control plate. (See P.43)
Remove the spark arrester plates /Fr [1] and /Rr
[2].

4.

Remove the springs [3], one each, and then


remove the charger wires [4] and the charger
vibration proof rubber [5], one each.

NOTE
When reinstalling the charger wire, be sure to
insert each of the wires into the cut [6] of the

[6]
[4]

[5]

charger vibration proof rubber.


Be sure to reinstall the charger wires so that
the hook [7] of each spring turns to the inside.

5.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[7]

[4]

44

[3]

[1]

[7]

1050fs2105c

F.

3. PERIODIC CHECK

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Replacing the charger cleaning unit/C-clip

(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle


Charger cleaning unit: Every 750,000 prints
C-clip: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.
2.
3.
4.

[4]

[3]

Remove the charger unit.(See P.42)


Remove the charger control plate. (See P.43)
Remove the charger wire. (See P.44)
Remove the C-clip [3], one each, from the shaft
[2] of the charger cleaning unit [1].

[2]

5.

Reverse the charger unit [4] and remove the 2


charger cleaning units.

6.

Remove the collar [5] from the shaft of each of


the charger cleaning units.

7.

When the charger back plate is stained, clean it


with drum cleaner and a cleaning pad.

[4]

[1]

NOTE
Be careful that the collar inserted into the
shaft of the charger cleaning unit does not

[6]

drop off.
Be sure to reinstall the charger cleaning unit
so that the marking "F" [6] turns in the same
direction as shown in the drawing.

8.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[1]

[2]

[5]

1050fs2106c

45

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

G. Replacing the drum temperature sensor


(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Drum temperature sensor: Every 3,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure

[2]

1.
2.
3.

Pull out the photo conductor section.(See P.38)


Remove the charger unit. (See P.42)
Remove 2 connectors [1] and then remove the
wiring harness from the wiring harness clamp.

NOTE
Take note of the direction of the connector to
be removed.

4.

port stay assembly [3].

[3]

[1]

[2]

46

Loosen 2 screws [2] and remove the sensor sup-

[1]

1050fs2097c

3. PERIODIC CHECK

5.
6.

[3]

Disconnect the connector [1].


Remove the screw [2] and then remove the drum
temperature sensor [3].

7.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[1]

[2]

1050fs2098c

47

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

H. Replacing the drum/cleaning of the photo conductor section


NOTE
Be careful not to touch or damage the drum and the cleaning blade with bare hands.
When storing the drum, be sure to store it in dark place with the drum cover attached.
When reinstalling the drum, the cleaning blade and the toner guide brush, be sure to apply setting
powder all around the drum and the cleaning blade regardless of these parts being new or used
ones.
When the drum is applied with setting powder, be sure to conduct the following operations before
installing the photo conductor section to the main body:
1) With the charger and the developing section removed, rotate the drum one full turn (to prevent
splashing of setting powder to the charger and prevent the image from getting blurred).
2) When installing a new drum, be sure to reset the photo conductor counter in the service mode.
If not reset, image fogging and toner splash may result.(See P.350)
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Drum: 1,000,000 prints or 220 hours drive, whichever is earlier
(2) Procedure

1.

[1]

Pull out the photo conductor section.


(See P.38)

2.

Remove the charger unit.


(See P.42)

3.

Remove the sensor support stay assembly.


(See P.46)

4.

Remove the developing unit.


(See P.53)

5.

Remove the cleaning section.


(See P.72)

6.

1050fs2099c

48

Remove the drum [1].

3. PERIODIC CHECK

7.

Clean toner adhered around the drum installation


section [1] and the developing suction duct [2].

8.

Clean the maximum density sensor [3] and the


gamma sensor [4] on the toner control sensor
board (TCSB) with a cleaning pad.

[3]

[4]

[1]

[2]

1050fs2100c

9.

Clean toner in the recycle pipe [1] and on the


toner receiving plate [2] with a vacuum cleaner.

NOTE
When cleaning toner with a vacuum cleaner,
be sure to turn the shutter section [3] in the
arrow-marked direction.
When cleaning the recycle pipe, be sure to tap
the pipe softly to let toner that adheres to the
inner wall drop off, and then rotate the gear
[4] to discharge the toner.

[4]

[1]

[2] [3]

1050fs2400c

10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

49

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK
I.

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Replacing the drum claw

NOTE
When reinstalling the drum claw, take note of the direction and position of the claw.
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Drum claw: Every 1,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure

[4]

[3]

1.
2.
3.
4.

Pull out the photo conductor section.(See P.38)


Remove the cleaning unit. (See P.72)
Remove the drum. (See P.48)
Disconnect the connector [1] and remove the
spring [2].

5.

Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the drum


claw unit [4].

[1]

50

[3]

[2]

1050fs2101c

3. PERIODIC CHECK
NOTE

[3]

When reinstalling the drum claw unit [1], be


sure to set the projection [2] of the drum claw
unit to the guide hole [4] of the photo conductor section [3].

[4]

[3]
[4]

[2]

[1]

1050fs2102c

51

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

6.

[3]

Remove the C-clip [1], pull out the shaft [2] in the
arrow-marked direction and remove the 3 drum
claws [3].

7.

Remove the springs [4], one each, from each of


the dram claws.

[2]
NOTE
When reinstalling the drum claws, be sure to
clean the shaft with drum cleaner and a
cleaning pad. Reinstalling the separation
claws with toner adhered causes the operation to slow down.
When reinstalling the drum claws, be sure to

[3]

insert the C-clip between the ribs [5].


After reinstalling the dram claws, check to
see if they move smoothly.

[4]

[1]

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[5]

52

8.

1050fs2103c

3.5.3

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Developing section

A. Replacing the suction filter


(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Suction filter: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.

[2]

Pull the photo conductor section out of the main


body.
(See P.38)

[1]

2.

Open the cover of the developing suction assembly [1].

3.
4.

Remove the suction filter [2].


Clean the outside and the inside of the developing suction assembly with the cleaner.

NOTE
When reinstalling the suction filter, be sure to
1050fs2107c

expand the filter opening before installation.


When reinstalling it, make sure that the cover
of the developing suction assembly has been
closed thoroughly.

5.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

B. Replacing the developing suction assembly


(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Developing suction assembly: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.

Pull the photo conductor section out of the main


body.
(See P.38)

2.

Remove the screw [1] and then remove the


developing suction assembly [2].

[2]

3.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[1]

1050fs2108c

53

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

C. Cleaning of the developing unit


(1) Procedure

1.

[1]

Pull the photo conductor section out of the main


body.
(See P.38)

2.

Remove the developing suction assembly.


(See P.53)

3.

Remove the developing unit.


(See P.55)

4.

Remove the developing unit cover /1.


(See P.55)

[3]

[3]

[2]

5.

Clean up the developer regulation blade [1], the


underside of the developing roller [2] and both

1050fs2401c

sides of the developer roller [3] with a vacuum


cleaner.
NOTE
Be careful not vacuum too much developer
necessarily. Cleaning should be restricted
only to stained sections.
Be careful not to bend the lower sheet.

6.

[1]

Clean up the rear side of the developing unit


cover /1 [1] with a vacuum cleaner.

7.

Clean up the suction duct [2] of the developing


unit cover /1 with a vacuum cleaner.

8.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[2]

1050fs2402c

54

3. PERIODIC CHECK

D. Replacing the developing unit


(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Developing unit: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.

Pull the photo conductor section out of the main


body.
(See P.38)

2.

Remove the developing suction assembly.


(See P.53)

3.

Release the developing pressure lever [2] while


holding down the right side [1] of the developing
unit.

NOTE

[2]

[1]

1050fs2109c

When releasing the developing pressure lever,


be careful not to touch the front panel and the
rear panel of the photo conductor section.

4.

Hold the sections [1] and [2] with both hands and
remove the developing unit [3].

[2]
[1]
[3]

1050fs2110c

55

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


NOTE
When reinstalling the developer unit, make
sure that the developing unit stopper roller [1]
is in contact with the developing unit stopper
plate [2]. (DS secured)
When the developing unit stopper roller is too

[2]

easily rotated, remove it once and then reinstall it.

[1]

[1]

1050fs2116c

5.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[2]

NOTE
When reinstalling the developer unit, be careful that the front panel of the photo conductor
section does not come into contact with the

[1]

1050fs2111c

developing roller [1].


Never rotate the developing gear to the
arrow-marked direction [2].

56

3. PERIODIC CHECK

E. Replacing the developer


NOTE

[2]

When replacing the developer, be careful that


dirt does not get into it.
When rotating the developing roller [1], be
sure to rotate the developing gear to the
arrow-marked direction [2] with the flat blade
driver.
When putting in new developer, be sure to
reset the developer counter in the service
mode. If not reset, image fogging and toner

[1]

splash may result. (See P.350)

1050fs2112c

(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle


Developer: 1,000,000 prints or 220 hours drive, whichever is earlier
(2) Procedure

1.
[4]

Pull the photo conductor section out of the main


body.

[2]

(See P.38)

2.

Remove the developing suction assembly.


(See P.53)

[3]

3.

Remove the developing unit.


(See P.55)

[1]

1050fs2113c

4.

Release 2 hooks [1] and remove the developing


unit cover /1 [2].

5.

Release 2 hooks [3] and remove the developing


unit cover /2 [4].

57

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

[4]

6.

[2]

With the developing unit [1] tilted to about 45


[2], rotate the developing gear to the arrowmarked direction [3] with a flat blade screwdriver
to discharge the developer [4] in the developing

[1]

unit thoroughly.

7.

Use cleaner to clean the developer adhered to


the developing roller.

NOTE
Any used developer remaining in the developing roller may cause gray background to the
image.

[3]

1050fs2114c

8.

[3]

Pour new developer [1] evenly from above the


mixing screw [2].

[4]

9.

Rotate the developing gear [5] counterclockwise


so that the developer gets fully into the developing unit [4].

10. Repeat the steps 8 and 9 to pour the developer


completely.

[1]

[5]

11. Rotate the developing gear counterclockwise


and check the height of developer across the
entire developing roller [6].

[2]

58

[6]

1050fs2115c

12. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

3.5.4

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Toner supply section

A. Replacing/cleaning of the toner bottle


(1) Procedure

[3]

1.

Open the toner supply door [1] and pull out the
toner supply cover /A assembly [2].

2.

Remove the toner bottle [3].

3.

Clean around the toner bottle insertion opening

[1]

[2]

1050fs2004c

[1]

[1] with a blower brush and a vacuum cleaner.

4.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

1050fs2005c

59

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

B. Replacing the agitator plate assembly


(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Agitator plate assembly /1: Every 1,500,000 prints
Agitator plate assembly /2: Every 1,500,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.
2.
3.

[2]

Open the front doors /Rt and /Lt.


Bring down the lever A of the ADU.(See P.112)
Remove the cover on the photo conductor section and pull out the intermediate toner hopper to
open it.(See P.38)

4.

Close up the connection opening [1] of the intermediate toner hopper with a cleaning pad [2].

5.

Attach the toner recovery bag [4] beneath the


shutter section [3] connected to the developing
unit.

NOTE
For the toner recovery bag, use a paper bag
made by folding a sheet of paper, or a vinyl
bag. Be sure to fix it at an appropriate place

[3]

[4]

[1]

so that toner does not spill over. And also,

1050fs2783c

make sure that the bag does not come down


by the toner's own weight.
The intermediate toner hopper contains toner
about half as much as the volumetric capacity
of the hopper. Be sure to set up a bag that
accommodates of the entire toner amount.

[3]

[2]

[5]

6.

[4]

Enter 54-00 in "I/O check mode" in the service


mode and press the start button.

7.

Insert the connecting shutter [1] fully deep and


open it to discharge toner in the hopper. (This
takes about 5 minutes.)

NOTE
While discharging, be sure to rotate the gear
[2] several times in the arrow-marked direction [3] once in a while so that toner that is
above the agitator plate assembly is discharged.
When rotating the gear [2] and no more toner
is discharged, it is considered that almost all
toner has been recovered.

[1]

[6]

1050fs2784c

Be sure to avoid sucking toner in the intermediate toner hopper with a vacuum cleaner.
Using a cleaner may cause damage electrostatically to the toner remaining sensor /1
(PS31).

60

3. PERIODIC CHECK

[2]

8.
9.

[1]

Press the stop button.


Remove 5 screws [1] and then remove the intermediate toner hopper cover assembly [2] in the
arrow-marked direction [3].

NOTE
The intermediate toner hopper cover assembly [5] will also be adhered with toner. Be
careful that it does not scatter.

[3]

[1]

1050fs2802c

10. Rotate the gear [1] in the arrow-marked direction

[2]

until 2 screws [3] that hold the agitator plate


assembly [2] turns up.
NOTE
At this time, the sheet of the agitator plate
assembly /1 jumps up. Be sure to cover about
half of it with paper so that toner does not
scatter.

11. Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the agitator plate assembly /1 [2].

[5]

[3]

[4]

1050fs2785c

NOTE
Be sure not to rotate the gear [1] after removing the agitator plate assembly /1. Rotating it
may cause a phase lag with the agitator plate
assembly /2 [5], thus making it impossible to
detect the remaining amount of toner properly.

61

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

[2]

12. Remove the two screw [1] and remove the stirring plate /2 assembly [2].

13. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.
NOTE
The recovered toner may get mixed with
impurities. Be sure to dispose of it, do not put
it back in the intermediate toner hopper.

[1]

62

1050fs5101c

3. PERIODIC CHECK

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


C. Replacing the toner supply sleeves /1 and /2
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Toner supply sleeve /1: Every 3,000,000 prints
Toner supply sleeve /2: Every 3,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure

[1]

1.
2.

Remove the left cover.(See P.250)


Open the front doors /Rt [1] and /Lt [2] and the
toner supply door [3].

[2]

3.
4.
5.

Remove the toner bottle [4]. (See P.59)

6.

Remove 6 screws [1] and then remove the toner

Remove the toner supply door. (See P.254)


Replace the toner supply cover /A assembly [5].

[4]

[3]
[5]

[1]

1050fs2006c

[2]

[1]

supply protective assembly [2].

7.

Pull out the toner supply cover /A assembly [3]


until the lock is released.

NOTE
If the toner supply cover /A assembly [3] is
set, the lock section [5] remains in contact
when the toner supply lock assembly [4] is
removed. Be sure to pull out the toner supply
cover /A assembly [3].

8.
9.
10.
11.

[7]

[5] [3] [4]

[6]

Remove 2 screws [6].


Remove 2 screws [7].
Pull out tray /2.
Remove the toner supply lock assembly [4].

1050fs2007c

63

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

12. Remove 2 connectors [1] and the wiring harness


from the wiring harness clamp.

[1]

1050fs2008c

13. Release 2 hose clamps [1] and remove 2 hoses

[5]

[2]

[3] from the toner feed case [2].


NOTE
Keep each of the released hose clamps [1]
near the connecting opening of each hose [3].
When the hose [3] is removed from the toner
feed case [2], toner may spill out of each
hose. Be careful that the inside of the main
body does not get stained with toner.
The hose connecting section of the toner feed
case [2] and the hose [3] are provided with the

[3]

toner supply installation label [4] that indicates the respective points to which a con-

[1]

[3]

nection is made. When installing each hose,


be sure to make a connection between the
points having the corresponding toner supply
installation label [4].

[2]

14. Release the cable clamp [5] and pull out the hose
[3] to the outside of the main body.
NOTE
The hose [3] may be damaged when the toner

[4]

64

[4]

1050fs2009c

supply unit [6] is being removed. Be sure to


pull it out to the outside of the main body.

3. PERIODIC CHECK

[2]

15. Remove the screws [1] and [2], and pull out and

[1]

[3]

remove the toner supply unit [3].

1050fs2010c

NOTE

[1]

When reinstalling the toner supply unit [1], be


sure to insert 2 guide pins [2] on the rear side

[4]

and 2 guide pins [3] on the front side into the


respective guide holes [4] of the main body
frame.

[3]

[1]
[4]

[2]

1050fs2011c

65

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

16. Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the toner


supply protective plate [2].

[2]

[1]
[2]

[1]

1050fs2012c

17. Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the cover


[2]

[1]
[2]

[1]
1050fs2404c

66

/Up [2].

3. PERIODIC CHECK
NOTE

[6]

When reinstalling the cover /Up [2], set the

[8]

projection [5] of the cover /Lw [4] to the positioning hole [3] of the cover /Up [2] and then
insert the projection [6] of the cover /Up [2]
into the slit [8] of the drive board [7].

[7]
[2]

[3]

[4]

[5]
[2]

[3]

[4]

[5]
1050fs2013c

67

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

18. Remove the toner supply sleeves /1 [1].


19. Push the coupling in the arrow-marked direction
[3]

[2] and remove the toner supply sleeve /2 [3].

[1]

[2]

1050fs2014c

NOTE

[2]

[1]

Be sure to reinstall the toner supply sleeves /1


[1] and /2 [2] in the direction as shown in the
drawing.

20. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.
NOTE
After completion of disassembly/assembly of
the toner supply unit, be sure to select the
code 54-09 (rotation of the toner pump motor
(M28) and the air pump motor (M29)) in the I/O
check mode of the service mode and then
press the start button.
When toner drops off into the mixing section
due to the vibration of the disassembly/
assembly, this may cause the codes SC23-14
and SC23-17. (See chapter III "4.6.1 G.
Removing toner from the toner mixing section" in the Field Service for the main body.)

[1]

68

[2]

1050fs2015c

3. PERIODIC CHECK

D. Replacing the pump units /Lt and /Rt


(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Pump unit /Lt: Every 10,000,000 prints
Pump unit /Rt: Every 10,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.

Remove the rear cover and the upper covers /


Rr1 and /Rr2.(See P.250)

2.

Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the exterior mounting plate [2].

[1]

[2]

[1]

1050fs2016c

69

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

[2]

[1]

[3]

[5]

3.
4.

Disconnect 2 connectors [1].


Release 2 hose clamps [2] and remove 2 hoses
[4] from the pump unit /Rt [3].

NOTE
Keep each of the released hose clamps [2]
near the connecting opening of each hose [4].
When the hose [4] is removed from the pump
unit /Rt [3], the toner may spill out of each
hose. Be careful that the inside of the main
body does not get stained with the toner.
The hose connecting section of the pump unit
/Rt [3] and the hose [4] are provided with the
toner supply installation label [5] that indi-

[5]

[4]

cates the respective points to which a con-

[5]

nection is made. When installing each hose,

1050fs2017c

be sure to make a connection between the


points having the corresponding toner supply
installation label [5].

[3]

[1]

5.
6.

[2]

Disconnect 2 connectors [1].


Release 2 hose clamps [2] and remove 2 hoses
[4] from the pump unit /Lt [3].

NOTE
Keep each of the released hose clamps [2]
near the connecting opening of each hose [4].
When the hose [4] is removed from the pump
unit /Lt [3], the toner may spill out of each
hose. Be careful that the inside of the main
body does not get stained with the toner.
The hose connecting section of the pump unit
/Lt [3] and the hose [4] are provided with the
toner supply installation label [5] that indicates the respective points to which a con-

[5]

[4]

[5]

1050fs2405c

nection is made. When installing each hose,


be sure to make a connection between the
points having the corresponding toner supply
installation label [5].

70

3. PERIODIC CHECK

7.

Remove the screws [1], two each, and remove


the pump unit /Lt [2] and the pump unit /Rt [3].

[3]
[2]

[1]

NOTE
When reinstalling each pump unit, be sure to

[1]

insert the toner supply spacer [4] between the


attaching surfaces.

8.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[4]

[4]

1050fs2018c

71

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.5.5

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Cleaning/toner recycle section

A. Removing/reinstalling the cleaning section


NOTE
Be sure to avoid touching the edge of the cleaning blade with bare hands.
Before reinstalling the cleaning section, be sure to clean the cleaning section with a blower brush
and a cleaning pad.
When reinstalling the cleaning section, be sure to apply setting powder to the entire periphery of
the drum and the cleaning blade regardless of these parts being new or used ones.
When the drum is applied with setting powder, be sure conduct the following operations before
installing the photo conductor section to the main body:
1) To obtain an accurate toner density, clean setting powder splashed onto the gamma sensor
and the maximum density sensor on the toner control sensor board (TCSB) with a cleaning pad
soaked in drum cleaner.
2) With the charger unit and the developing unit removed, rotate the drum one full turn (for splash
prevention of setting powder to the charger and prevention against the image getting blurred).
(1) Procedure

1.

Rotate the drum one full turn by hand.

NOTE

[7]

Be sure to rotate the drum one full turn to prevent the toner on the guide brush inside the
cleaning section from falling down.

2.

Pull the photo conductor section out of the main


body. (See P.38)

3.

[1]

Release the 2 levers [1] that holding the cleaning


section.

4.

Remove the connector [2], remove the wiring


harness from the clamp [3] and then remove the
cleaning section [4].

[4]
NOTE
When removing the cleaning section, be sure

[3]

to move it along the ribs [5] of the photo con-

[2]

ductor section with the opposite side of the


drum contacting section slanted to about 15.
When reinstalling it, be sure to set the reference pin [6] of the photo conductor section to
the notch [7] of the cleaning section.

5.
[5]

[6]

72

1050fs2117c

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

3. PERIODIC CHECK

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


B. Replacing the cleaning blade
NOTE

When replacing the cleaning blades, be sure to replace 2 blades at the same time.
Be sure to avoid touching the edge of the cleaning blade with bare hands.
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Cleaning blade: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.

Pull the photo conductor section out of the main


body. (See P.38)

[1]

2.
3.

Remove the cleaning section. (See P.72)


Remove the screw [1] and then remove the
cleaning blade /2 [2].

4.

[2]

Reinstall a new cleaning blade /2.

1050fs2119c

73

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

5.

With the blade release arm [1] raised in the


arrow-marked direction [2], rotate the blade
replacement lever [3] in the arrow-marked direction [4] to turn the cleaning blade /2.

[2]

NOTE
Be sure to keep the blade release arm raised
up, do not let go of it.

[1]

[3]

[4]

1050fs2120c

74

3. PERIODIC CHECK

6.

Bring down the blade release arm [1] in the


arrow-marked direction [2].

NOTE

[1]

Be sure to keep hold of the blade replacement


lever [3] being rotated, do not let go of it.

[2]

7.

Release the hand that is holding the blade


replacement lever.

[3]

1050fs2121c

8.

Remove the screw [1] and then remove the


cleaning blade /1 [2].

[1]

9. Install a new cleaning blade /1.


10. Remove toner adhered to the lower [3] and
upper [4] blade sides of the cleaning section with
a cleaning pad.

[4]

[3]

[2]

1050fs2503c

75

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

11. Reinstall the parts after that following the removal

[2]

steps in reverse.
NOTE
After replacing the cleaning blades /1 and /2,
be sure to check to see if the blade replacement lever [1] has been pulled.
After replacing the cleaning blades /1 and /2,
be sure to conduct the blade set mode in the
service mode to prevent the blade from curling up.(See P.346)
Be sure to avoid using the blade set mode

[1]

fs503fs2153c

other than when replacing the cleaning blade.


Otherwise, the cleaning blade count of the
fixed parts count is reset so that the blade is
not replaced automatically at the correct timing.

76

3. PERIODIC CHECK

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


C. Cleaning/replacing the toner seal board
NOTE
Be sure to avoid touching the edge of the cleaning blade with bare hands.
(1) Periodic cleaning cycle
Toner seal board: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Toner seal board: Every 3,000,000 prints
(3) Procedure

[4]

[6]

1.

[5]

Pull the photo conductor section out of the main


body. (See P.38)

2.
3.

Remove the cleaning section. (See P.72)


Remove the screws [1] and [2], and then remove
the toner seal board [3].

4.

Clean the sheet section [4] of the toner seal


board with a blower brush and a cleaning pad.

[3]

NOTE
When reinstalling the toner seal board, be
sure to first of all install the screw [1].
When both sides [5] of the sheet section of
the toner seal board get inside of the toner
guide brush [6], an overflow toner may result.
On such an occasion, a correction should be

[1]

[3]

made so that the warp of the sheet section

[2]

becomes parallel to the toner guide brush or

1050fs2122c

it turns a little to this side (less than 1 mm).

5.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

77

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

D. Replacing the toner guide brush/scattering prevention felt/seal plate


NOTE
Be sure to avoid touching the edge of the cleaning blade with bare hands.
When reinstalling the toner guide brush, apply setting powder uniformly with the toner guide brush
removed.
Be absolutely sure to avoid touching the brush section of the toner guide brush with bare hands.
Also, be careful that the brush section does not come in direct contact with other objects.
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Toner guide brush: Every 1,500,000 prints
Scattering prevention felt: Every 1,500,000 prints
Seal plate /Fr: Every 1,500,000 prints
Seal plate /Rr: Every 1,500,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.

[2]

Pull the photo conductor section out of the main


body. (See P.38)

2.
3.
4.

Remove the cleaning section. (See P.72)


Remove the toner seal board.(See P.77)
Remove the screw [1] and then remove the seal
plate /Fr [2].

5.

Remove the screw [3] and then remove the seal


plate /Rr [4].

[1]

[4]

[3]

1050fs2118c

78

3. PERIODIC CHECK

6.

Move the toner guide brush [1] in the order of the


arrow-marks [2] and [3] and remove it.

NOTE
When reinstalling the toner guide brush, be
sure to set the pin [6] of the toner guide brush
to the coupling slit [5] of the cleaning section
[4].

[6]

7.
[2]

[1]

After removal of the toner guide brush, clean up


the installation section of the seal plates /Fr and /
Rr by a vacuum cleaner.

[4]

[5]

[3]

1050fs2123c

79

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

8.

[2]

Remove the C-clip [3], the bearing [4], the scattering prevention felt [5], the bearing fixing member [6] and the toner prevention collar [7] in this
order from the shaft [2] of the toner guide brush

[3]

[1].

[1]

NOTE
Be careful that the toner prevention collar
does not get lost.

9.
[5]

steps in reverse.

[6]

[4]

[7]
1050fs2124c

80

Reinstall the above parts following the removal

3. PERIODIC CHECK

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


E. Replacing the toner guide plate assembly
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Cleaning gear /A assembly: 6,000,000 prints
Cleaning gear /B: 15,000,000 prints
Toner guide plate assembly: Every 3,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.

body. (See P.38)

[2]
[1]

[5]

Pull the photo conductor section out of the main

2.
3.
4.
5.

Remove the cleaning section. (See P.72)


Remove the toner seal board. (See P.77)
Remove the seal plate. (See P.78)
Remove the E-rings [1], one each, and then
remove 2 cleaning mounting lever collars [2].

[4]

6.

Remove the screws [3] (B tight M3 x 8) and [4]


(TPM3 x 6) and then remove the drive reinforcing
plate [5].

[3]

[2]

[1]

1050fs2125c

NOTE
When installing the drive reinforcing plate, be
careful not to confuse the screw [3] with the
screw [4].
When installing the drive reinforcing plate, be
sure to tighten the screw [3] and the screw [4]
in this order after fastening each of the cleaning mounting lever collar with the E-ring.

7.

[1]

Remove the cleaning gear /A assembly [1].

1050fs2423d

81

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

[4][5]

[3]

[2]

8.

[1]

Remove the E-ring [2] from the toner guide shaft


[1], and remove the cleaning gear /B [3].

NOTE
While removing the cleaning gear /A assembly
or the cleaning gear/B [3], the bearing [4] and
the splash prevention felt [5] may come off. If
the felt become detached, make sure to
replace it with a new one.

1050fs2424d

[2]

9.

[1]

Remove the E-ring [2] from the toner guide shaft


[1].

1050fs2425d

[1]

[2]

10. Remove the C-clip [1] and remove the bearing

[3]

[2].

11. Pull out the toner guide shaft [3] to remove it.

1050fs2426d

82

3. PERIODIC CHECK
NOTE

[1][2]

When reinstalling the toner guide shaft, be


sure to insert it while holding it down from the
outside so that the bearing [1] does not come
off.
If the bearing and the splash prevention felt
[2] become detached while inserting the toner
guide shaft, make sure to replace the splash
prevention felt with a new one.

1050fs2427d

83

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

12. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the toner

[1]

guide plate assembly [2].


NOTE
When reinstalling the toner guide plate
assembly, be sure to hit it against the lower
side before fixing it.

13. Clean up the exterior of the cleaning unit with a


cleaning pad and a blower brush.

14. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[2]

[1]

84

1050fs2130c

F.

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Cleaning when removing the cleaning unit (when conducting maintenance work)

NOTE
When removing the cleaning unit, be sure to clean thoroughly both the inside and the inner wall of
the cleaning unit and the recycle pipe with as little toner left as possible. When cleaning is insufficient, toner may spill over the conveyance section.
(1) Procedure

1.

Pull out the photo conductor section from the


main body. (See P.38)

2.
3.
4.

Remove the cleaning section.(See P.72)


Remove the toner seal board.(See P.77)
Remove the toner guide brush/seal plates Fr and
Rr.(See P.78)

5.

Tap the casing [1] section softly to let the recycled toner adhering to the inner wall drop off.

[1]

1050fs2431c

6.

Rotate the gear [1] in the arrow-marked direction


to discharge toner to the outside.

7.

Repeat the steps 5 and 6 until there is no toner


discharged. And finally, clean the inside with a
vacuum cleaner.

[1]

1050fs2432c

8.

Tap the recycle pipe softly to let the recycled toner


adhering to the inner wall drop off into the pipe.

9.

Rotate the gear [1] of the recycle screw counterclockwise and open the shutter section [2] to discharge toner.

10. Repeat the steps 8 and 9 until there is no toner


discharged.

11. Clean the cleaning unit mounting place (photo


conductor section) with a vacuum cleaner.
NOTE

[1]

[2]

When cleaning it with a vacuum cleaner, be


1050fs2433c

careful that the vacuum cleaner does not


come into contact with drum.

12. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

85

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.5.6

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Paper feed section

A. Removing/reinstalling the pick-up roller assembly/separation roller assembly


NOTE
The pick-up roller assembly/separation roller assembly are CMS corresponding parts.
(1) Procedure
NOTE
The method for replacing the pick-up roller assembly/separation roller assembly is the same for
tray /1 and tray /2. The explanation here is given for tray /1.
After completion of the installation, rotate the pick-up roller in the direction of the paper feed
(counterclockwise as seen from the front) to check to see if the paper feed roller, the belt and the
coupling section rotate smoothly. The rotation of the pick-up roller is restricted only to the direction of the paper feed (counterclockwise as seen from the front) and be absolutely sure not to turn
it clockwise.
Be sure to take note that the direction of the pick-up roller is different for the main body and the
PF.

1.

When the power switch is off, open the toner


supply door.

2.
[2]

[1]

1050fs2700c

86

Raise up the tray lock lever [1] lightly and pull out
the tray [2].

[2]

3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.

[3]

Rotate the pick-up roller [1] in the arrow-marked


direction (counterclockwise as seen from the
front) and place the coupling [2] in the longitudinal direction.

[1]
NOTE
The rotation of the pick-up roller [1] is
restricted only to the arrow-marked direction
(counterclockwise). It does not rotate in the
reverse direction (counterclockwise). So, be
sure not to turn it in this direction forcibly.

1050fs2701c

[2]

4.

Remove 2 C-clips [3].

5.
6.

Remove the bearing /Fr [1].


Slide the bearing /Rr [2] to the rear side.

NOTE
When installing the bearing /Fr [1], /Rr [2],
insert it in the notch [5] of the metal frame

[1]

while pressing down a little the metal frame


[3] of the pick-up roller assembly to make
level the flat portion [4] of the bearing /Rr [2].
And then insert the bearing /Fr [1] in the same
manner as with the bearing /Rr.

[4]
[5]

[2]

[3]

1050fs2702c

87

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

7.

Hold the pick-up roller assembly [1] by hand and


lift the paper feed roller [3] up to tilt while rotating
it around the shaft [2] of the pick-up roller, and

[7]

then remove it from the notch [4] of the bearing


and the coupling [5].
NOTE
When removing the pick-up roller [1], be careful not to damage the sensor [7] with the
metal frame [6].

[5]

[3]

[6]

[4]

[2]

88

[1]

1050fs2703c

3. PERIODIC CHECK

8.

Remove the pick-up roller shaft [2] from the arm


[1] of the paper feed guide plate and then remove

[3]

the pick-up roller assembly [3].

[2]
[1]

[3]

1050fs2704c

9.

[2]

[1]

Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the


entrance guide plate [2].

1050fs2705c

89

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

10. Remove 2 screws [1].

[2]

NOTE
When reinstalling it, fasten it with the screws
while pressing down the separation roller
assembly [2].

[1]

1050fs2706c

11. After pulling out the front side of the separation


roller assembly [1], remove the coupling [2] in the
rear from the joint [3].

[3]
NOTE
When reinstalling it, be sure to engage the
coupling pin [2] with the joint [3] before instal-

[2]

lation.

12. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.
NOTE

[1]

After completion of the installation, hold the


pick-up roller lightly and rotate it in the direction of the paper feed (counterclockwise as
seen from the front) to check to see if the
paper feed roller, the belt and the coupling
section rotate smoothly. (The rotation of the
pick-up roller is restricted only to the direc-

1050fs2707c

tion of the paper feed (counterclockwise as


seen from the front) and be absolutely sure
not to turn it clockwise.)

90

3. PERIODIC CHECK

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


B. Replacing the pick-up roller/paper feed roller
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Pick-up roller: Every 2,250,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 500,000 prints)

Paper feed roller: Every 2,250,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 500,000 prints)
(2) Procedure
NOTE
The outward appearance of the collar is identical for the paper feed roller and the separation roller.
However, a one-way mechanism is provided on the inside of the collar of the paper feed roller with
no mechanism provided for the separation roller. Be careful not to confuse one with the other.

1.
2.

Remove the pick-up roller assembly.


Remove the C-clip [1], remove the coupling bearing [2] and then remove the mounting bracket [3].

[2]

[1]

[3]

1050fs2708

3.

Pull out the shaft [3] from the collar [1] and
remove the pick-up roller [2] from the collar [1].

NOTE
When reinstalling it, take note of the direction
of the pick-up roller. Be sure to insert the collar [1] from the side provided with the groove
[4].

[3]

[1]

[2]

[4]

1050fs2709c

91

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

[2]

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

4.

[3]

Remove the C-clip [1] and pull out the collar [2]
and the paper feed roller [3].

NOTE
When reinstalling it, take note of the direction
of the paper feed roller. Be sure to insert the
collar [2] from the side provided with the
groove [4].

[1]

5.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[4]

[3]

[2]

1050fs2710c

92

3. PERIODIC CHECK

C. Replacing the separation roller


(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Separation roller: Every 2,250,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 500,000 prints)
(2) Procedure
NOTE
The outward appearance of the collar is identical for the separation roller and the paper feed roller.
However, a one-way mechanism is provided on the inside of the collar of the paper feed roller with
no mechanism provided for the separation roller. Be careful not to confuse one with the other.

[1]

1.
2.

Remove the separation roller assembly.


Remove the C-clip [1], slide the shaft and remove
the separation roller [3] together with the shaft
[2].

[3]

[2]

[1]

1050fs2711c

[4]

[5]

[3]

[2]

3.

Pull out the gear [2], the collar [3] and the separation roller [4] from the shaft [1] in the arrowmarked direction and remove them.

NOTE
When reinstalling it, take note of the direction
of the separation roller. Be sure to insert it
into the shaft [2] from the side provided with
the groove [5].
The outward appearance is identical for the

[6]

collar [6] of the separation roller and the col-

[7]

lar [7] of the paper feed roller. However, the


one-way mechanism is provided on the inside
of the collar [7] of the paper feed roller with

[8]

no mechanism provided for the collar [6] of


the separation roller. Be careful not to confuse one with the other.

4.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

1050fs2712c

93

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

D. Removing/reinstalling the tray

Caution:
The tray is heavy. Be sure to conduct this operation with two people.

NOTE
The procedure for removing/reinstalling the trays /1 to /2 is identical. The explanation here is made
of the tray /1.
When raising up the tray, be sure to hold it at the specified positions. Holding it at positions other
than those specified may cause damage to the tray, thus resulting in a paper feed jam.
(1) Procedure

1.
2.

Open the toner supply door.


Lightly raise up the tray lock lever [1] and pull out
the tray [2].

[2]

[1]

1050fs2715c

94

3.

When paper remains in the tray, take it all out.

[2]

3. PERIODIC CHECK

4.

[1]

Remove the stopper screws [2], one each, provided at either side of the rail [1] and pull the tray
further out.

[2]

1050fs2716c

95

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

[1]

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

[2]

[4]

[3]

5.

Remove the screws [1], one each, provided at


either side of he rail, hold the tray [2] at the specified positions [3] and raise it up to remove it.

NOTE
When raising up the tray, be sure to hold it at
the specified positions [3] and raise it up with
two persons.
Be absolutely sure to avoid holding it at positions [4] that can be easily deformed. This
may affect the paper tray, thus resulting in a

[3]

jam.

[1]

When reinstalling it, be sure to check to see if


the knobs [5] provided at the 4 places on the
rail are securely in the notches [6] of the tray.

6.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[5]

96

[6]

1050fs2717c

3. PERIODIC CHECK

E. Replacing the paper feed clutch/separation clutch


(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Paper feed clutch /1 (CL4), /2 (CL6): Every 15,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 3,000,000
prints)
Separation clutch /1 (CL5), /2 (CL7): Every 15,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 3,000,000
prints)

[1]

1.

[2]

Remove the rail stopper screw of the tray and


pull out the tray.

2.

Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the clutch


cover [2].

1050fs2713c

[4]

3.

[7]

Disconnect 2 connectors [1] and remove the 2


wire binding bands [2].

4.
[3]

Remove 2 C-clips [3] and then remove the paper


feed clutch [4] and the separation clutch [5].

[6]

[5]

NOTE
When reinstalling it, be sure to engage the

[6]

stopper [6] of the clutch with the stopper sec-

[7]

tion [7].

5.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[2]

[1]

1050fs2714c

97

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.5.7

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Vertical conveyance section

A. Removing/reinstalling the vertical conveyance unit


(1) Procedure

[2]

[1]

1.
2.

[3]

Remove the right cover.


Pull the knob [1] and remove the paper dust
guide holder [2].

NOTE
The roller may get stained with paper dust
that has gathered in the paper dust guide

[4]

[4]

holder [2]. Be sure to remove it when removing the vertical conveyance unit.

3.
4.
[5]

[6]

Disconnect the connector [3].


Remove 4 screws [4] and then remove the vertical conveyance unit [5].

NOTE
When placing the vertical conveyance unit, be
sure to place it with the jam open/close door
side down. Placing it with the roller side down

1050fs2732c

may cause damage to the gear [6]. When


placing it with the roller side down, be sure to
remove 2 gears [6].

5.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

NOTE
Pulling out the main body tray with the vertical conveyance unit removed may damage
the guide roller that brings down forcibly the
pick-up roller of the main body tray. Be absolutely sure not to pull out the main body tray
with the vertical conveyance unit removed.
When reinstalling it, be sure to move the vertical conveyance unit [5] to the rear side and
tighten it up with the screws [4].

98

3. PERIODIC CHECK

B. Replacing the pre-registration clutch/vertical conveyance clutch


(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Pre-registration clutch /1 (CL1), /2 (CL3): Every 4,500,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 3,000,000
prints)
Vertical conveyance clutch (CL2): Every 4,500,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 3,000,000 prints)
(2) Procedure

1.
2.
3.

[2]

Remove the right cover.


Remove the vertical conveyance unit. (See P.98)
Remove 2 C-clips [1] and then remove 2 gears
[2].

NOTE
When reinstalling it, take note of the direction
of the gears.

[1]

1050fs2733c

4.
[5]

[4]

[3]

[6]

Disconnect 3 connectors [1] and remove the 3


wire binding bands [2].

5.

Remove 3 C-clips [3] and then remove the preregistration clutch /1 (CL1) [4], the vertical conveyance clutch (CL2) [5], and the pre-registration
clutch /2 (CL3) [6].

NOTE
When reinstalling it, set the stopper [7] of the

[8]

[7]

[1]

[2]

clutch to the screw [8].

6.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

1050fs2734c

99

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

C. Replacing the pre-registration roller /1, /2, the registration bearing and the conveyance rollers /2
and /3
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Pre-registration roller /1 and /2: Every 10,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 6,000,000 prints)
Pre-registration bearing /1 and /2: Every 10,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 6,000,000 prints)
Conveyance roller /2: Every 10,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 6,000,000 prints)
Conveyance roller /3: Every 10,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 6,000,000 prints)
(2) Procedure

[4]

[2] [6]
[4]

[5]

1.
2.
3.

Remove the right cover.


Remove the vertical conveyance unit.(See P.98)
Remove the pre-registration clutches /1 (CL1)
and /2 (CL3) and the vertical conveyance clutch
(CL2). (See P.99)

4.

Disconnect 2 connectors [1] and the connector


[2], and remove the wire binding bands [3] at the

[3]

5 places.

5.

Remove 4 screws [4] (one each at either side of


each roller) and then remove the roller covers /1

[7]

[3]

[5] and /2 [6].

[1]

NOTE

[8]

Be careful that no damage is caused to the


sensor.
When removing the roller covers /1 [5] and /2

[9]

[6], be sure to pull up the upper side.


When reinstalling the roller covers /1 [5] and /
2 [6], be sure to set the grooves at both sides
to the projection [8] and then press it lightly in
the direction of the paper through slit [9].

1050fs2735c

100

3. PERIODIC CHECK

6.

[4]

Remove the E-rings [1], one each provided at the


4 places, the bearings [2], one each, the pre-registration roller /1 [3] and the pre-registration roller
/2 [4].

NOTE

[3]

When removing and reinstalling the pre-registration rollers /1 [3] and /2 [4], be careful that
they are not damaged by the corners of the
guide plate.

[1]

When reinstalling the bearing [2], be sure to


raise the conveyance guide plate so that it is
in the jam release condition.

[2]

1050fs2736c

7.
[2]

[1]

Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the cover


[2].

1050fs2738c

101

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

8.

[5]

Remove 2 E-rings [1], 2 belt stoppers [2], the belt


[3], 2 pulleys [4] and 2 pins [5].

[4]

[3]

[2]

[1]
1050fs2739c

[5]

9.

[4]

Remove the E-rings [1], one each provided at 4


places, and then remove the plastic washers [2],
one each, the bearing [3], one each, the vertical
conveyance roller /2 [4] and the vertical conveyance roller /3 [5].

10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.
NOTE
After completion of the installation, check to
see if each roller rotates smoothly.

[3]
[1]

[2]

1050fs2740c

102

3. PERIODIC CHECK

D. Replacing the conveyance roller /1


(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Conveyance roller /1: Every 10,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 6,000,000 prints)
(2) Procedure

1.
2.
3.

Remove the right cover.


Remove the vertical conveyance unit. (See P.98)
Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the gear
[2] and the pin [3].

[1]

NOTE
When installing the E-ring [1], be careful not
to damage the teeth of the gear [2].

[2]

[3]

1050fs2741c

103

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

4.

[4]

Remove 2 E-rings [1], and then remove 2 plastic


washers [2], 2 bearing [3] and the conveyance
roller /1 [4].

NOTE
When removing and reinstalling the conveyance roller /1 [4], be careful that it does not
get damaged by the corners of the guide
plate.

[1]

When reinstalling the bearing [3], be sure to


raise the conveyance guide plate so that it
gets into the jam release condition.

[3]
[2]

5.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

NOTE
After completion of the installation, check to
see if the roller rotates smoothly.

[3]
[2]
[1]

1050fs2742c

104

3. PERIODIC CHECK

E. Replacing the conveyance exit roller


(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Conveyance exit roller: Every 10,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 6,000,000 prints)
Paper dust guide brush gear assembly: Every 10,000,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 6,000,000 prints)
(2) Procedure

[2]

1.

Remove the right cover.

2.

Remove the vertical conveyance unit. (See P.98)

3.

Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the cover [2].

4.

Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the gear [2]

[1]
[1]

1050fs2743c

and the pin [3].

[3]

[2]

[1]

1050fs2744c

105

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

5.

Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the gear


cover [2] and the bearing [3].

[2]

[1]

NOTE
When installing the bearing [3], be sure to
install it from the inside to the gear cover [2].

[3]

1050fs2745c

6.

Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the gear


[2] and the pin [3].

NOTE
The gear removed at the step 4 is different

[3]

from the one removed at the step 6. Be careful not to confuse one with the other.

[2]

[2]

[1]

1050fs2746c

106

3. PERIODIC CHECK
7.

[1]

Remove the Paper dust guide brush gear assembly


[1].

1050fs5103c

[2]

[1]

[3]

8.

Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the gear [2]
and the pin [3].

1050fs2747c

107

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

[1]

[2]

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

[4]

9.

[3]

Disconnect the connector [1] and remove 2 wire


binding bands [2].

10. Remove 4 screws [3] and then remove the sensor mounting plate [4].

[3]

1050fs2748c

108

[3]

[2]

[1]

3. PERIODIC CHECK

[1]

11. Remove 2 E-rings [1], 2 washers [2] and 2 bear-

[2] [3]

ings [3], and take out the conveyance exit roller


[4].
NOTE
When taking out the conveyance exit roller
[4], the bearing [6] of the paper dust guide
brush assembly [5] is displaced. When reinstalling it, be sure to get it back to the original
place.

12. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[4]

[5]
[6]

[6]

1050fs2749c

109

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK
F.

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Replacing the paper dust guide brush assembly

(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle


Paper dust guide brush assembly: Every 4,500,000 prints (actual replacement cycle: every 3,000,000 prints)
(2) Procedure

1.

[1]

Pull the knob [1] and remove the paper dust


guide holder [2].

[2]

1050fs2750c

[2]

2.

[3]

from the shaft [3] of the paper dust guide brush.

[1]

1050fs2751c

110

Remove the screw [1] and pull out the holder [2]

3. PERIODIC CHECK

[1]

3.

[2]

Remove the shaft [1] of the paper dust guide


brush assembly from the coupling [2] and then
remove the paper dust guide brush assembly
and the bearing [4].

4.

[3]

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[4]

1050fs2752c

G. Cleaning of the paper dust guide holder


(1) Procedure

1.

[1]

Pull the knob [1] and remove the paper dust


guide holder [2].

2.

Clean the paper dust guide holder [2] with the air
brush.

3.

[2]

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

1050fs2753c

111

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.5.8

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

ADU

A. Pulling out/reinstallation of the ADU

Caution:
Be absolutely sure to avoid forcibly turning ON the interlock switches /1 (MS1) and /2 (MS2) with
the ADU pulled out. Otherwise, a high voltage may unexpectedly develop.

(1) Procedure

1.
[2]

[1]

Open the front door /Rt [1] and the front door /Lt
[2].

2.

While pressing the lock release lever [3] with a


driver in the arrow-marked direction, pull out the
ADU and bring the lever [4] down to pull out the
ADU section [5].

3.

When reinstalling it, push in the ADU and bring


up the lever that pulls out the ADU section.

[5]

[4]

[3]

112

1050fs2001c

3. PERIODIC CHECK

B. Cleaning of the paper dust removing brush for the registration roller /Lw
(1) Periodic cleaning cycle
Paper dust removing brush for the registration roller /Lw: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.
2.

[3]

Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
After sliding once the paper dust removing lever
[1] in the arrow-marked direction [2], pull out and
remove the paper dust removing brush [3] for the
registration roller /Lw.
(The picture shows the lever that has been pulled

[2]

out a little.)
NOTE
When reinstalling the paper dust removing
brush for the registration roller /Lw, be sure to
insert it fully until it hits against the back.

[1]

When the paper dust removing brush for the

1050fs2131c

registration roller /Lw is not inserted fully, this


may block the light path of detection of the
registration sensor (PS40), thus resulting in a
jam.

3.

[1]

Clean the cleaning section [2] of the paper dust


removing brush [1] for the registration roller /Lw
with the blower brush.

4.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[2]

fs503fs2132c

113

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

C. Cleaning of the paper dust removing brush for the registration roller /Up
(1) Periodic cleaning cycle
Paper dust removing brush for the registration roller /Up: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Procedure

[2]

1.
2.

[3]

Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Push out the projections [1], two each, and
release the lock to remove 2 paper dust removing brushes /1 [2] and /2 [3] for the registration
roller /Up.

[3]

[1]

1050fs2133c

3.

[1]

Clean each of 2 cleaning sections [2] of the


paper dust removing brush [1] for the registration
roller /Up.

4.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[2]

114

fs503fs2134c

3. PERIODIC CHECK

D. Cleaning of the registration sensor


(1) Periodic cleaning cycle
Registration sensor: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Procedure

[1]

[2]

1.
2.

Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove 2 screws [1] and release the fixing of the
sensor mounting piece [2].

fs503fs2135c

3.

[2]

Turn over the sensor mounting piece [1] and


clean the registration sensor (PS40) [2] with the
blower brush.

4.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[1]

fs503fs2136c

115

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

E. Replacing the transfer/separation charger unit


(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Transfer/separation charger unit: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.
2.

[1]

Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the screw [1] and then remove the connector cover [2].

[2]

1050fs2019c

3.

[3]

Disconnect the connector [1].

NOTE
When the transfer/separation charger unit is a
PCS corresponding part (See "6.5 PCS corresponding parts"), remove also the connector
[2].

4.

Loosen 2 screws [3] and remove the transfer/


separation unit [4].

5.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[4]

[3]
[1]

116

[2]

1050fs2020c

F.

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Removing/reinstalling the ADU cover

(1) Procedure

1.
2.

Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the screw [1] and then remove the lever
[2] that pulls out the ADU section.

[6]

3.

Loosen 2 screws [4] and remove the ADU cover /


Lt [5].

[4]

4.

Loosen 2 screws [6] and remove the ADU cover /


Rt [7].

5.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[5]

[7]
[3]

[1]

[2]
1050fs2023c

117

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

G. Removing/reinstalling the registration section


(1) Procedure

1.
2.
3.

[2]

Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the ADU cover. (See P.117)
Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the multi
feed sensor cover [2] while removing the wire
harness from the cord clamp.

[1]

fs503fs2138c

4.

[1]

[1]

[1]

118

1050fs2139c

Remove 5 connectors [1].

3. PERIODIC CHECK

5.

Remove the screw [1] and check the position of


the graduation in the screw [1] section.

[1]

6.
7.

Remove 3 screws [2].


Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[2]

NOTE
Reinstall the registration section so that it
comes to the same graduation as that used
for removal.

[3]

[2]

1050fs2140c

119

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

H. Replacing the discharge wire/transfer presser rubber


(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Discharge wire: Every 750,000 prints
Transfer presser rubber: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Procedure

[2]

[1]

1.
2.

[1]

Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the transfer/separation charger unit.
(See P.116)

3.
[5]

the plunging prevention plates /1 [2] and /2 [3].

4.
[4]
[1]

[1]

120

Release the locks [1] at the 6 places and remove

[3]

1050fs2146c

Remove the spark arrester plates /Fr [4] and /Rr


[5].

3. PERIODIC CHECK

5.

[1]

Remove the springs [1], one each, 3 discharge


wires [2] and 3 transfer presser rubbers [3].

NOTE
When reinstalling the discharge wire, be sure
to insert each wire into the notch [4] of each
of the transfer presser rubbers.
Reinstall the discharge wire so that the hook
[5] of each spring turns to the inside.

6.
[2]

[5]

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[3]

[4]
[3]

[2]
1050fs2147c

121

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK
I.

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Replacing the transfer cleaning assembly/separation cleaning assemblies /1 and /2 and C-clips

(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle


Transfer cleaning assembly: Every 750,000 prints
Separation cleaning assembly /1: Every 750,000 prints
Separation cleaning assembly /2: Every 750,000 prints
C-clip: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.
2.

[2]

Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the transfer/separation charger unit.
(See P.116)

3.
4.

[1]

Remove the discharge wire. (See P.120)


Remove 3 C-clips [2] from the shaft [1] of each of
the cleaning assemblies.

[3]

5.

Turn over the transfer/separation charger unit [3]


and remove the transfer cleaning assembly [4]
and the separation cleaning assemblies /1 [5]
and /2 [6].

6.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[4]

[5]

[6]

122

1050fs2148c

J.

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Replacing the transfer assist sheet assembly

(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle


Transfer assist sheet assembly: Every 1,500,000 prints
(2) Procedure

[2]

1.
2.

Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the transfer/separation charger unit.
(See P.116)

3.

Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the transfer assist sheet assembly [2].

[1]

1050fs2149c

123

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

[2]

NOTE
When reinstalling the transfer assist sheet
assembly [1], make sure that the projections
[2] at both ends get into the spring [3].
When cramping it with a screw, be sure to put
the spacer [5] in the stepped section of the
screw [4]. At this time, take note that the
spacer does not get caught by the stepped
section of the screw.
After completion of installation, be sure to
check to see if the transfer assist sheet
assembly [1] moves smoothly in the arrow-

[1]

[3]

marked direction.

4.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[5]

[4]

124

1050fs2406c

3. PERIODIC CHECK

K. Replacing the TSL


(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
TSL: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.
2.

Pull out the ADU from the main body.(See P.112))


Remove the transfer/separation charger unit.
(See P.116)

3.
4.

Remove the ADU cover.(See P.117)


Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the transfer exposure cover [2].

5.

Remove the connector [3] and then remove the


TSL [4].

6.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[1]

[4]

[1]

[2]

[3]

1050fs2141c

125

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

L. Replacing the registration roller /Up and the registration bearing


(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Registration roller /Up: Every 6,000,000 prints
Registration bearing: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.
2.

Pull out the ADU from the main body.(See P.112)


Remove the paper dust removing brush for the
registration roller /Lw. (See P.113)

3.

Remove the paper dust removing brush for the


registration roller /Up. (See P.114)

4.
5.

Remove the registration section.(See P.118)


Remove the screw [1] and then remove the knob
[2].

[3]

[4]

6.

Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the gear


[4].

[1]
[2]

126

1050fs2150c

3. PERIODIC CHECK

7.

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Remove 2 springs [1].

[1]

[1]

1050fs2151c

127

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

8.

Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the registration bearing [2].

[2]

[1]

9.

Remove the E-ring [3] and then remove the gear


[4] and the pin [5].

10. Remove the E-ring [6] and then remove the registration bearing [7].

11. Open the pre-transfer jam handler [8] and move


and remove the registration roller /Up [9] in the
arrow-marked directions [10] and [11] in this
order.

[8]

[9]

12. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[11]

[10]

[4]

[3]

[7]

[6]

[5]

128

1050fs2152c

3. PERIODIC CHECK

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


M. Replacing the ADU exit roller, ADU conveyance rollers /2, /3 and /4
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
ADU exit roller: Every 6,000,000 prints
ADU conveyance roller /2: Every 6,000,000 prints
ADU conveyance roller /3: Every 6,000,000 prints
ADU conveyance roller /4: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

[1]

Pull out the ADU from the main body.(See P.112)


Remove the ADU cover.(See P.117)
Remove the registration section.(See P.118)
Disconnect the connector [1].
Remove 3 screws [2] and then remove the registration cooling fan (FM17) [3].

[3]

[4]

[2]

1050fs2154c

[3]

[1]

[4]

6.

Disconnect all the connectors [2] (8 pcs.) that are


connected to the ADU drive board /2 [1]and
intermediate connector [3].

7.

Remove 2 screws [4] and then remove the stay


[5] while removing the wiring harness from the
wiring harness clamp.

[2]

[5]

1050fs2155c

129

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

8.

[1]

Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the loop


motor assembly [2].

[2]

[1]

[2]

9.

[1]

[1]

130

1050fs2156c

Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the registration motor assembly [2].

1050fs2157c

3. PERIODIC CHECK

10. Remove 3 connectors [1], the 2 connector [2],


the 1 connector [3] and the 1 connector [4].

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

1050fs2158c

131

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

11. Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the stay


[2] while removing the wiring harness from the
wiring harness clamp.

12. Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the ADU


lock solenoid assembly [4].

[1]

[1]

[1]

[2]

[1]

[4]
[3]

1050fs2159c

132

3. PERIODIC CHECK

13. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the gear
[2] and the pin [3].

14. Remove 2 screws [4] and then remove the bearing [5].

15. Pull out the ADU exit roller [6] and remove it.
[6]

NOTE
The roller is provided with one E-ring. Be sure
to remove also this E-ring when replacing the
roller.

[1]
[2]

[4]

[5]

[3]

[6]

1050fs2160c

133

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

16. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the

[8]

[9]

spacer [2].

17. Remove the belt [3] and then remove the pulley
[4] and the pin [5].

18. Remove 2 screws [6] and then remove the bearing [7].

19. Pull out the ADU conveyance roller /4 [8] and


remove it.

20. Following the steps 16 to 19, remove the ADU


conveyance roller /3 [9].
NOTE
Each roller is provided with one E-ring. Be
sure to remove also this E-ring when replacing the roller.

[2]

[1]

[3]

[4]

[6]

[8]

[7]

134

[5]

1050fs2161c

3. PERIODIC CHECK

21. Remove the E-ring [1].


22. Remove 2 screws [2] and pull out and remove
the ADU conveyance roller /2 [4].

[4]

[4]

[1]

[2]

[3]

1050fs2162c

135

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

23. Remove 5 E-ring [2], the gear [3], the pin [4] and

[7]

the bearing [5] and [6] from the ADU conveyance


roller /2 [1].

[2]
[6]
[2]

NOTE
When reinstalling the bearing [6], be sure that
the flange [7] turns outside.

24. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[1]

[3]

[2]
[4]
[2]

[5]

136

[2]

1050fs2195c

3. PERIODIC CHECK

N. Replacing the ADU conveyance roller /1 /ADU reverse roller/Reverse/exit roller/ADU acceleration
roller/paper exit rollers /1 and /2 assembly
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
ADU conveyance roller /1: Every 6,000,000 prints
ADU reverse roller: Every 6,000,000 prints
Reverse/exit roller: Every 6,000,000 prints
ADU acceleration roller: Every 6,000,000 prints
Paper exit roller /1: Every 6,000,000 prints
Paper exit roller /2 assembly: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

[1]

[3]

Pull out the ADU from the main body.(See P.112)


Remove the fusing section.(See P.153)
Open the paper reverse/exit section [1].
Remove the connector [2].
Remove the connectors [4] and [5], 16 pcs in all,
that are connected to the ADU drive board /1
(ADUDB1) [3].

[2]

NOTE
It is not necessary to remove the connector

[4]

[5]

[7] of the ADU cooling fan /1 (RM15) [6].

[8]

It is possible to remove the connector [8] on


the wiring harness side instead of removing
the connector [5].

[6]

[4]

[7]

[4]

[4]

[4]

[4]
1050fs2189c

137

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

6.
[1]

[3] [4]

Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the stay


[2].

NOTE
When reinstalling the stay, be sure to set the
projection [4] of the ADU to the positioning
hole [3].

[2]

[1]

138

1050fs2190c

3. PERIODIC CHECK

7.

Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the ADU


acceleration motor assembly [2].

NOTE
When reinstalling the ADU acceleration motor
assembly, be sure to set the projection [4] of
the ADU to the positioning hole [3].

[3]
[4]

[2]

[1]

[3] [4]

[1]

1050fs2191c

139

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

8.

Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the thick


paper assist solenoid assembly [2].

NOTE
When reinstalling the thick paper assist solenoid assembly, be sure to set the projection
[4] of the ADU to the positioning hole [3].

[3] [4]

[2]

[1]

[3] [4]

1050fs2192c

9.

[4]

Loosen 3 screws [1] and release the tension of


the belt [4] while sliding the ADU reverse motor
assembly [2] in the arrow-marked direction [3].

[5]

NOTE

[6]

When setting the belt, the tension is automat-

[7]
[8]

ically adjusted by the spring [5]. Be sure to


tighten up the screw [1] after the belt has
been set.

10. Remove 3 screws [6] and then remove the ADU


[3]

[6]

[2]

reverse motor assembly [2].


NOTE
When reinstalling the ADU reverse motor
assembly, be sure to set the projection [8] of
the ADU to the positioning hole [7].

[1]

[7] [8]

140

1050fs2193c

3. PERIODIC CHECK

11. Remove 2 screws [2] and pull out the ADU conveyance roller /1 [3].

[2]

[3]

[1]

1050fs2194c

141

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

12. Remove 5 E-ring [2], the gear [3], the pin [4] and

[7]

the bearing [5] and [6] from the ADU conveyance


roller /1 [1].

[2]
[6]
[2]
[1]

[3]

[2]
[4]
[2]

[5]

142

[2]

1050fs2195c

NOTE
When reinstalling the bearing [6], be sure that
the flange [7] turns outside.

3. PERIODIC CHECK

[1]

[5]

13. Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the belt


[4] while sliding the pulley [2] of the reverse/exit
motor (M13) in the arrow-marked direction [3].
NOTE
When setting the belt, the tension is automatically adjusted by the spring [5]. Be sure to
tighten up the screw [1] after the belt has
been set.

[4]

[3]

[2]

1050fs2196c

14. Remove the pierce ring [1], the spacer [2], the
pulley [3] and the pin [4].

15. Remove 2 screws [5] and pull out the ADU


reverse roller [6].

[2]

[3]

[1]

[6]

[5]

[4]

1050fs2197c

143

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

16. Remove 2 pierce rings [2] and the bearing [3]

[4]

from the ADU reverse roller [1].

[3]

NOTE
When reinstalling the bearing [3], be sure that
the flange [4] turns outside.

[2]

[1]

[2]

1050fs2198c

17. Following the steps 14 to 16, remove the


reverse/exit roller [1] and the ADU acceleration
roller [2].

[2]

144

[1]

1050fs2199c

3. PERIODIC CHECK

18. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the


spacer [2].

19. Remove the belt [3] and then remove the pulley
[4] and the pin [5].

20. Remove 2 screws [6] and pull out the paper exit
roller /2 assembly [7].

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[6]
[7]

[5]

1050fs2200c

145

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

21. Following the steps 18, 19 and 20, pull out the
paper exit roller /1 [1].

[1]

1050fs2202c

22. Remove 2 E-rings [2] and the bearing [3] from the

[4]

paper exit roller /1 [1].

[3]

NOTE
When reinstalling the bearing [3], be sure that

[2]

the flange [4] turns outside.

23. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[1]

[2]

146

1050fs2203c

3. PERIODIC CHECK

O. Replacing the reverse gate


(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Reverse gate: Every 10,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.
2.

Pull out the ADU from the main body.(See P.112)


Loosen 3 screws [1] and remove the reverse section cover [2].

[1]
[2]

1050fs2204c

[2]

[5]

[7]

[5]

[6]

3.
4.
5.

Disconnect the connector [1].


Remove the spring [2].
Remove the screw [3] and release the fixing of
the actuator [4].

6.

Remove 2 screws [5] and then remove the


reverse/exit solenoid assembly [6].

NOTE
Reinstall the reverse/exit solenoid assembly
so that it comes to the same graduation [7] as
that used for removal.

[1]

[4]

[3]

1503fs2205c

147

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

7.

Remove the E-rings [1], one each, and then


remove 2 bearings [2].

[1]

[2]

8.

Open the reverse door [3] and remove the


reverse gate assembly [4] while sliding it in the
arrow-marked directions [5] and [6] in this order.

[6]

[5]

[4]
[3]

[2]

[1]

1050fs2206c

9.

[2]

Remove the screws [1], one each, and then


remove 7 reverse gates [2].

10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[1]

1050fs2207c

148

P.

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Replacing the fusing exit roller

(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle


Fusing exit roller: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.

[1]

Open the front doors /Rt and /Lt, and pull out the
ADU from the main body. (See P.112)

2.

Loosen 3 screws [1] and remove the reverse section cover [2].

[2]

1050fs2786c

149

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

3.
4.

[2]

Remove 2 connectors [1].


Remove 2 stepped screws [2] and then remove
the paper reverse/exit section [3].

NOTE
When attaching the stepped screw [2], make
sure that it gets in securely up to the step of
the screw.

[3]

[2]

[2]

[5]

[1]

[7]

1050fs2787c

[5]

[6]

5.
6.
7.

Disconnect the connector [1].


Remove the spring [2].
Remove the screw [3] and release the fixing of
the actuator [4].

8.

Remove 2 screws [5] and then remove the


reverse/exit solenoid assembly [6].

NOTE
Reinstall the reverse/exit solenoid assembly
so that it comes to the same graduation [7] as
that used for removal.

[1]

150

[4]

[3]

1503fs2205c

3. PERIODIC CHECK

9.

Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the bearing.

[1]

1050fs2792c

[2]

[3]

[1]

10. Remove the E-ring [1] and 2 screws [2], and slide
the bearing [3] in the arrow-marked direction.

1050fs2788c

11. Pull out and remove gently the shaft [1] of the
fusing exit roller so that it does not touch the
guide plate.

[1]
1050fs2789c

151

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

[2]

12. Remove the E-ring [1].


13. Remove 4 E-rings [2] and slide 4 pins [3] in the
direction in which they can be removed. And
then pull out 4 fusing exit rollers [4] in the opposite direction to remove them.

14. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[4]

[1]

152

[3]

1050fs2790c

3.5.9

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Fusing section

A. Replacing the cleaning web

Caution:
Immediately after turning off the main power switch (SW1) or the power switch (SW2), the fusing
section is very hot and you may get burnt. Be sure to start operations when the temperature cools
down sufficiently.

(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle


Cleaning web: Every 750,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.
2.

[2]

Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the web
cover [2].

[1]

1050fs2163c

3.

Release the couplings [1] provided at the 2


places in the arrow-marked direction and remove
the used cleaning web [2].

[2]

[1]

1050fs2164c

153

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

4.
[2]

Set the shaft [2] on the unused side of the new


cleaning web [1] to the driven couplings /Rr [3]
and /Fr [4].

[3]
[6]

NOTE
Be sure to set each detent [5] on the driven
couplings to the notch [6] of the shaft on the

[5]

unused side. When the web is installed in the


wrong direction, it does not coincide with the
notch.

5.

Hold either side [8] of the shaft [7] on the take-up


side of the new cleaning web with both hands,

[7]
[1]

and take up the new cleaning web until the blue


line [9] disappears.
NOTE
The performance of the new cleaning web is
guaranteed from the position in which the
blue line disappears. Be sure to take up the
cleaning web up to this position.

[8]
[9]

[4]
[6]

[2]

154

[5]

1050fs2165c

3. PERIODIC CHECK

6.

[4]

Set the shaft [2] on the take-up side of the new


cleaning web [1] to the take-up couplings /Rr [3]
and /Fr [4].

NOTE
Be sure to set each detent [5] on the driven
coupling to the notch [6] of the shaft on the
unused side.

7.
[1]

[2]

[6]

The reinstallation hereafter should be made following the removal steps in reverse.

[5]

NOTE
When the cleaning web is replaced, be sure to
reset the counter of the fusing cleaning web
in the service mode.(See P.373)

[3]

[5]

[6] [2]

1050fs2166c

155

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

B. Removing/reinstalling the fusing section

Caution:
Immediately after turning off the main power switch (SW1) or the power switch (SW2), the fusing
section is very hot and you may get burnt. Be sure to start operations when the temperature cools
down sufficiently.

(1) Procedure

[3]
[1]

1.
2.
3.
4.

Pull out the ADU from the main body.(See P.112)


Open the paper reverse/exit section [1].
Open the fusing paper exit section [2].
Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the fusing
cover [4].

[4]

[2]

156

1050fs2002c

3. PERIODIC CHECK

5.

Remove the screw [1] and then remove the lever


assist plate [2].

6.

Remove the screw [3] and release the fixing of


the fusing section [4].

NOTE
When fixing the fusing section [4], be sure to
tighten up the screw [3] while pressing it
toward the rear side.

[2] [4]

[7]

[1]

7.
8.

Close the fusing paper exit section [5].


Slide the fusing section [4] diagonally to the front
side and hold it up with both hand to remove it.

NOTE

[5]

When holding up the fusing section, be sure


to hold it at the jam release knob [6] and the
handle [7].
When reinstalling it, be sure to slide it with the
fusing section set to the reversal section side.

[6]

9.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[3]

1050fs2003c

157

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

C. Opening/closing of the web section


(1) Procedure

1.
2.
3.
4.

Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Open the fusing paper exit section [1].
Insert the driver [4] into the hole [3] of the shaft
[2], and rotate the shaft to release pressure.

NOTE
When the web is closed and fixed, be sure to
rotate the shaft to apply pressure.
Opening the web section disrupts the stabil-

[5] [6]

ity. Be careful it does not fall down.

5.

Remove 4 screws [6] and open the web section


[5].

[4]

6.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[1]

[6]

158

[2]

[3]

1050fs2167c

3. PERIODIC CHECK

D. Replacing the fusing heater lamps /1 and /2


NOTE
Be sure to avoid touching the lamp section of the fusing heater lamps /1 and /2 with bare hands.
When touched, be sure to clean it with the roller cleaner.
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Fusing heater lamp /1: Every 3,000,000 prints
Fusing heater lamp /2: Every 3,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure

[3]
[2]
[1]

1.
2.
3.
4.

Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Open the web section [1]. (See P.158)
Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the 2 wiring harness clamps [2].

5.

Remove 2 faston terminals [4] of the fusing


heater lamp /1 [3].

[4]
NOTE
Be sure to fit in the fusing heater lamps /1 and
/2 with the manufacturer's mark in this side.
When reinstalling the fusing heater lamp /1,
be sure to insert it securely while taking note
of the position in which the faston terminal is
installed.

6.

Remove the screw [5] and then remove the wiring harness clamp [6].

NOTE

[3]

When reinstalling the wiring harness clamp,


be sure to install it in the correct position.

[5]

When it is installed in a wrong position, the


fusing cover cannot be attached.

[6]

[4]

1050fs2168c

159

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

7.

[1]

Remove 2 faston terminals [2] of the fusing


heater lamp /2 [1].

NOTE
When reinstalling the fusing heater lamp /2,
be sure to insert it securely while taking note
of the position in which the faston terminal is
installed.

8.

Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the lamp


fixing plate /Fr [4].

9.

Pull out and remove each of the fusing heater


lamps in the arrow-marked direction [5].

NOTE

[2]

When reinstalling each of the fusing heater

[6]

lamps, check to see if either end of each lamp


is set in the fitting holes of the lamp fixing
plates /Fr [4] and /Rr [6].
After each of the fusing heater lamps is

[5]

installed, check to see if it is in touch with the


inner face of the fusing roller /Up [7].

10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[7]

[4]

160

[3]

[5]

[2]

1050fs2407c

3. PERIODIC CHECK

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

E. Replacing the fusing roller /Up, the heat insulating sleeve, the bearing and the fusing gear
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Fusing roller /Up: Every 1,500,000 prints
Heat insulating sleeve: Every 1,500,000 prints
Bearing: Every 1,500,000 prints
Fusing gear: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.
2.
3.
4.

Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Open the web section [1]. (See P.158)
Remove the fusing heater lamps /1 and /2.
(See P.159)

[1]

5.

Remove the fusing roller /Up [1].

6.

Remove the C-ring [2], the fusing gear [3], the

1050fs2169c

[7]

gear [4] (part not replaced), the heat insulating


sleeve [5] and the bearing [6] from the fusing
roller /Up [1].
NOTE
When reinstalling the heat insulating sleeve
and the bearing, make sure that the flange [7]
turns outside.

7.
[2] [3]

[4]

[5] [1] [6]

Remove the C-ring [8], the heat insulating sleeve


[9] and the bearing [10] from the fusing roller /Up
[1].

NOTE
When reinstalling the heat insulating sleeve
and the bearing, make sure that the flange
[11] turns outside.

[10]

[11]

8.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[9]

[8]
1050fs2170c

161

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK
F.

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Replacing the fusing roller /Lw assembly

(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle


Fusing roller /Lw assembly: Every 1,500,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.
2.
[3]

Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)

NOTE
When removing the fusing roller /Lw assembly with the web section open, the web section may become unstable. So, be sure to
remove the cleaning web in advance.
(See P.153)

3.
4.

[1]

Open the web section [1]. (See P.158)


Remove the fusing heater lamps /1 and /2.
(See P.159)

5.
6.

Remove the fusing roller /Up. (See P.161)


Remove the screw [1] and then remove the jam
release knob [2].

[2]

7.

Remove the fusing roller /Lw assembly [3].

1050fs2171c

NOTE
Before the roller is pressured, fix the pressure
spring end [1] in front and rear at 2 to 4 mm
[3] from the pressure plate end [2].
When this operation is not made, insufficient
fusing may result when printing a thick paper.
Standard: [3] 2 mm to 4 mm
Color of the pressure spring varies depending
on the type of the roller.
Soft roller: Black
Hard roller: Silver

8.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[3]
[1]

[2]
1050fs2919c

162

3. PERIODIC CHECK

G. Replacing the fusing cleaning sheet assembly


(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Fusing cleaning sheet assembly: Every 1,500,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.
2.
3.
4.

Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Open the web section [1].(See P.158)
Remove the fusing heater lamps /1 and /2.
(See P.159)

5.
6.

Remove the fusing roller /Up.(See P.161)


Remove the fusing roller /Lw assembly.
(See P.162)

7.

Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the fusing


cleaning unit [2].

[2]

[1]

[1]

1050fs2172c

163

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

8.

[1]

Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the fusing


cleaning sheet assembly [2].

9.

Remove the paper dust that has gathered in [3]


of the fusing cleaning unit.

10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[2]

164

[3]

1050fs2408c

3. PERIODIC CHECK

H. Removing/reinstalling the fusing heating roller assembly


(1) Procedure

[5]

[1]

1.
2.
3.

Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Remove the spring [1] (long one) and [2] (short
one).

NOTE
The springs [1] and [2] are different in size and
length. When installing them, take note of the
positions in which they are installed.

4.

Remove the screw [3] and then remove the


ground terminal [4].

5.

Remove 2 screws [5] and then remove the thick


paper conveyance assist plate [6].

NOTE
When reinstalling the thick paper conveyance
assist plate [6], be sure to install the springs
[1] and [2] and the ground terminal [4] and
then push the thick paper conveyance assist

[5]

[6]

plate in the direction of the paper exit. The


plate must move smoothly.

[4]

[3]

[2]

1050fs2173c

165

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

6.

Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the fixing


plate [2].

NOTE

[1]

When reinstalling the fixing plate, be sure to


set the positioning hole [3] and the positioning slot [4] to 2 projections [5] of the fusing
section.

[2]

[3] [5]

[1]

[4] [5]

166

1050fs2174c

3. PERIODIC CHECK

7.
8.

Remove 2 springs [1].


Remove the screw [2] and open the fusing heating roller assembly [3].

[2]

[3]

[1]

[1]

1050fs2175c

167

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK
NOTE

When reinstalling the fusing heating roller


assembly [1], be sure to set the guide hole [3]
of the fusing heating roller assembly to the

[1]

guide pin [2] of the fusing section.

9.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[2]

[3]

168

1050fs2176c

I.

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Replacing the fusing heater lamp /3

NOTE
Be careful not to touch the lamp section of the fusing heater lamp /3 with bare hands. When
touched, be sure to clean it with the roller cleaner.
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Fusing heater lamp /3: Every 3,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure

[1]

1.
2.
3.

Pull out the ADU from the main body.(See P.112)


Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Open the fusing heating roller assembly.
(See P.165)

[2]

4.

Cut off the wire binding band [1] and remove the
connector [2].

5.
[8]

Cut off the wire binding band [3].

NOTE
When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to

[7]

[9]
[10]

use a heat-resistant one.

6.
[16]

Remove the screw [4] and then remove the wiring harness clamp [5].

7.

Remove the faston terminal [6].

NOTE
Be sure to fit in the fusing heater lamp /3 with

[15]

the manufacturer's mark in this side.


When reinstalling the faston terminal, be sure
to insert it securely.

[17]
[6]

8.

Remove the screw [7] and then remove the fixing


plate /Rr [8].

[3]

NOTE

[5]

When reinstalling the fixing plate /Rr, be sure


to set the positioning hole [9] to the projection

[4]

[10] of the fusing heating roller assembly.

9.
[12]

[13][14]

[11]

1050fs2177c

Remove the screw [11] and then remove the fixing plate /Fr [12].

NOTE
When reinstalling the fixing plate /Fr, be sure
to set the positioning hole [13] to the projection [14] of the fusing heating roller assembly.

169

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

10. Pull out the fusing heater lamp /3 [1] from the
front side [3] of the fusing heating roller assembly
[2] and remove it.

[2]

NOTE
When reinstalling the fusing heater lamp /3,
be sure to take note of the direction.
After completion of the installation of the fus-

[1]

ing heater lamp /3, check to see if it is in

[3]

roller.

touch with the inner face of the fusing heating

1050fs2801c

11. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

170

J.

3. PERIODIC CHECK

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Replacing the fusing heating roller, the heat insulation sleeve /Lw and the bearing

(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle


Fusing heating roller: Every 3,000,000 prints
Heat insulating sleeve /Lw: Every 3,000,000 prints
Bearing: Every 3,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure

[5]

[2]

1.
2.
3.

[4]

Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Open the fusing heating roller assembly.
(See P.165)

4.
5.

Remove the fusing heater lamp /3. (See P.169)


Remove the fusing cleaning sheet assembly.
(See P.163)

6.

Remove the C-rings [1], one each, and then


remove the bearings [2], one each, to remove the
fusing heating roller [3].

NOTE
When reinstalling the bearing, be sure to take

[3]

note of the direction of the flange [4].

[1]

7.

Remove the heat insulating sleeves /Lw [5], one


each, from the fusing heating roller.

NOTE
When reinstalling the heat insulating sleeves /
Lw, make sure that each of the flanges turn to
the fusing heating roller side.

8.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[1]

[4] [2]

[5]

1050fs2178c

171

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

K. Replacing the fusing claw /Lw


(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Fusing claw /Lw: Every 1,500,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.
2.
3.

Pull out the ADU from the main body.(See P.112)


Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Open the fusing paper exit section
.(See P.158)

4.

Remove the screw [1] and then remove 2 fusing


claw /Lw assemblies [2].

NOTE
When reinstalling the fusing claw /Lw assembly, be sure to set the positioning hole [3] to
the projection [4] of the fusing paper exit section.

[3]
[4]

[1]

[3]

[2]

[2]

[4]

1050fs2179c

[1]

5.

Remove the spring [2] from each of the fusing


claw /Lw assembly [1] and then remove the fusing claw /Lw [3].

NOTE
When reinstalling the fusing claw /Lw, be sure
to take note of the position [4] to which the
spring is hooked.

6.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[4]

172

1050fs2180c

3. PERIODIC CHECK

L. Replacing the fusing claw /Up


NOTE
The procedure for replacing the fixing claw/Up differs depending on whether the separation claw
shaking mechanism exist or not.
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Fusing claw /Up: Every 1,500,000 prints
(2) Procedure (when not equipped with the shaking mechanism)

1.
2.
3.

Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Open the fusing paper exit section.
(See P.158)

4.

Remove the springs [1], one each, and then


remove 6 fusing claws /Up [2].

5.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[2]

[1]
1050fs2181c

173

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

(3) Procedure (when equipped with the shaking mechanism)

1.
2.
3.
4.

Pull out the ADU from the main body.(See P.112)


Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Open the fusing paper exit section. (See P.158)
Remove the springs [1], one each, and then
remove 6 fusing claws /Up [2].

5.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[2]

[1]
1050fs2920c

174

3. PERIODIC CHECK

M. Replacing the fusing actuator


(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Fusing actuator: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.
2.
3.
4.

[1]

Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Open the fusing paper exit section.(See P.158)
Remove the fusing sensor cover [1].

1050fs2182c

175

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

[10]

5.

[6]

Remove the screw [1] and then remove the fusing sensor cover plate [2].

[7]
[8]

NOTE
When reinstalling the fusing sensor cover
plate, be sure to set the positioning hole [3] to

[5]

the projection [4] of the fusing paper exit section.

6.

Remove the screw [5] and then remove the fusing claw /Lw assembly [6].

[1]

[2]

[9]

NOTE
When reinstalling the fusing claw /Lw assembly, be sure to set the positioning hole [7] to
the projection [8] of the fusing paper exit section.

7.

Remove 2 screws [9] and then remove the fusing


actuator assembly [10].

[3][4]

176

1050fs2183c

3. PERIODIC CHECK

8.

Pull out the shaft fixing member [1], release the


spring [2] and remove the fusing actuator [4] from
the fusing actuator assembly [3].

NOTE
When reinstalling the fusing actuator, be sure
to take note of the position [5] to which the
spring is hooked.
When reinstalling the shaft fixing member, be

[1]

[5]

sure to take note of its direction.

[3]

9.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[4]

[2]

[5]

1050fs2184c

177

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

N. Replacing the thermistor /2

Caution:
After completion of the installation of the thermistor /2, be sure to check to see if it is in touch with
the fusing roller /Up.

(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle


Thermistor /2: Every 3,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.

Open the front doors /Rt and /Lt, and pull out the
ADU from the main body.(See P.112)

2.
3.
4.

Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)


Open the fusing paper exit section [1].
Insert the driver [4] into the hole [3] of the shaft [2]
and rotate the shaft [2] clockwise to release pressure.

NOTE
Not releasing pressure may cause damage to
the fusing heater lamp. Be sure to release it.

[1]

[2]

[3]

When reinstalling it, be sure to rotate the shaft


[2] counterclockwise to apply pressure.

5.
6.

Remove the connector [5].


Remove 4 screws [6] and 2 stepped screws [7],
and then remove the web unit [8].

NOTE
When attaching the stepped screw [7], make
sure that it gets in securely up to the step of
the screw.
Be sure to remove the web section with it
closed. If the web is removed with it open, the
web section becomes unstable and you may
get injured.

[2]

178

1050fs2185c

3. PERIODIC CHECK

7.

Cut off the wiring band [1].

[4]
NOTE
When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one.

8.

Remove the screw [2] and then remove the thermistor /2 assembly [3].

NOTE

[3]

When reinstalling the thermistor /2 assembly,

[2]

check surely to see if it is in touch with the


fusing roller /Up [4].

9.

Remove the connector [5] of the thermistor /2.

NOTE
There are 4 connectors for the thermistor provided at the same place and it is difficult to
identify

[5]

corresponding

connector

in

advance. Therefore, the connector to be


removed can be identified by following the
wiring harness of the thermistor /2.

[1]

1050fs2186c

10. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the ther-

[1]

mistor /2 [2].

11. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[2]

1050fs2409c

179

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

O. Replacing the thermistor /4

Caution:
After completion of the installation of the thermistor /4, check to ensure it is in touch with the fusing heating roller.

(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle


Thermistor /4: Every 3,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.
2.
3.

Pull out the ADU from the main body.(See P.112)


Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Open the fusing heating roller assembly.
(See P.165)

4.
5.
[8]

[5]

Cut off 2 wiring bands [1].


Remove the screw [2] and then remove the wiring harness clamp [3].

[9]

6.

Remove the screw [4] and then remove the thermistor /4 assembly [5].

NOTE
When reinstalling the thermistor /4 assembly,
be sure to set the attaching hole [6] to the
projection [7] of the fusing heating roller
assembly.
When reinstalling the thermistor /4 assembly,
check to see if it is in touch with the fusing
heating roller [8].

[3]

[2]

[6][7] [4]

[1]
1050fs2187c

7.

Remove the connector [9] of the thermistor /4


assembly.

NOTE
There are 4 connectors for the thermistor provided at the same place and it is difficult to
identify

corresponding

connector

in

advance. Therefore, the connector to be


removed can be identified by following the
wiring harness of the thermistor /4.

180

3. PERIODIC CHECK

8.
9.

Cut off the wiring band [1].


Remove the screw [2] and then remove the thermistor /4 [3].

[2]

NOTE
When attaching the wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one.

10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[3]

[1]

1050fs2410c

181

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK
P.

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Replacing the web motor

(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle


Web motor: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure

[2]

[1]

1.
2.
3.

[3]

Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Remove the screw [1] and then remove the wiring harness clamp [2].

4.
5.

Remove the connector [3].


Remove 3 screws [4] and then remove the web
motor unit [5] in the arrow-marked direction.

[4]

[5]

1050fs2188c

182

3. PERIODIC CHECK

6.
7.

[1]

Remove 2 screws [1].


Loosen the screw [2] and pull out the web motor
[3] in the arrow-marked direction.

NOTE
When reinstalling the web motor, be sure to
align the D-cut face of the web motor shaft
with the direction of the screw [2].

8.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[3]

[2]

1050fs2411c

183

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Q. Removing/reinstalling the thermistor /1


NOTE
Be sure to make the position adjustments when the roller has cooled down.
When reinstalling the thermistor /1, adjust it with the temperature sensor positioning jig /A before
fixing it. Be sure to apply Screw-lock to the screw that has been fixed.
After completion of the reinstallation of the thermistor /1, be sure to check the wiring harness to
see if it is in touch with the fusing roller /Up.
(1) Procedure for removal

[3]

1.
2.
3.
4.

Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Remove the web section. (See P.178)
Cut off the wiring band [1].

NOTE

[2]

When attaching a wiring band, be sure to use


a heat-resistant one.

5.

Remove the screw [2] and then remove the thermistor /1 [3].

NOTE
For the method for installing the thermistor /
1, see "(2) Procedure for reinstallation."

6.

Remove the connector [4] of the thermistor /1.

NOTE
There are 4 connectors for the thermistor provided at the same place and it is difficult to
identify

[4]

corresponding

connector

removed can be identified by following the


wiring harness of the thermistor /1.

[1]
1050fs2208c

184

in

advance. Therefore, the connector to be

3. PERIODIC CHECK

(2) Procedure for reinstallation

1.

Insert the temperature sensor positioning jig /A


[3] between the thermistor /1 [1] and the fusing

[3]

roller /Up [2].

2.

Adjust the position of the thermistor /1 so that it


become flush with the temperature sensor positioning jig /A, and then fix it with the screw [4].

NOTE
Be sure to adjust the distance a [5] between
the thermistor /1 and the fusing roller /Up so
that it becomes equal to the thickness of the

[1]

[4]

temperature sensor positioning jig /A.


Specified value: a = 0.75 0.1 mm
Make sure that the thermistor /1 is parallel to
the roller.

[5]

3.
4.

Apply Screw-lock to the screw [4].


For the parts to be reinstalled hereafter, reinstall
them following the removal steps in reverse.

[2]

1050fs2209c

185

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

R. Removing/reinstalling the thermistor /3


NOTE
Be sure to make the position adjustments when the roller has cooled down.
When reinstalling the thermistor /3, adjust it with the temperature sensor positioning jig /A before
fixing it. Be sure to apply Screw-lock to the screw that has been fixed.
After completion of the reinstallation of the thermistor /3, be sure to check the wiring harness to
see if it is in touch with the fusing heating roller.
(1) Procedure for removal

[6]

[3]

1.
2.
3.

Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See P.112)
Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Open the fusing heating roller assembly.
(See P.165))

4.

Cut off 2 wiring bands [1].

NOTE

[1]

When attaching a wire binding band, be sure


to use a heat-resistant one.

[2]

5.

Remove the screw [2] and then remove the 2 wiring harness clamp [3].

6.

Remove 2 screws [4] and then remove the thermistor /3 [5].

NOTE
For the method for installing the thermistor /
3, see "(2) Procedure for reinstallation."

7.
[4]

Remove the connector [6] of the thermistor /3.

NOTE
There are 4 connectors for the thermistor provided at the same place and it is difficult to
identify

[5]

corresponding

connector

in

advance. Therefore, the connector to be


removed can be identified by following the
wiring harness of the thermistor /3.

1050fs2210c

186

3. PERIODIC CHECK

(2) Procedure for reinstallation

1.

Insert the temperature sensor positioning jig /B


[3] between the thermistor /3 [1] and the fusing
heating roller [2].

2.

Adjust the position of the thermistor /3 so that it


become flush with the temperature sensor positioning jig /B, and then fix it with 2 screws [4].

NOTE
Be sure to adjust the distance a [5] between
the thermistor /3 and the fusing heating roller
so that it becomes equal to the thickness of

[4]

the temperature sensor positioning jig /A.

[1]

Specified value: a = 0.7 0.1 mm


Make sure that the thermistor /3 is parallel to

[3]

the roller.

[5]

[2]

3.
4.

Apply Screw-lock to 2 screws [4].


For the parts to be reinstalled hereafter, reinstall
them following the removal steps in reverse.

1050fs2211c

187

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

S. Removing/reinstalling the thermostat /1


NOTE
Be sure to make the position adjustments when the roller has cooled down.
When reinstalling the thermostat /1, adjust it with the thermostat positioning jig /A before fixing it.
Be sure to apply Screw-lock to the screw that has been fixed.
After completion of the reinstallation of the thermostat /1, be sure to check the wiring harness to
see if it is in touch with the fusing roller /Up.
(1) Procedure for removal

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

[1]

Pull out the ADU from the main body.(See P.112)


Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Remove the web section. (See P.178)
Remove 2 faston terminals [1].
Remove the screw [2] and then remove the thermostat /1 [3].

[2]

NOTE
For method for reinstalling the thermostat /1,
see "(2) Procedure for reinstallation."

[3]

1050fs2212c

188

3. PERIODIC CHECK

(2) Procedure for reinstallation

1.
[3]

Install 2 faston terminals [2] to the thermostat /1


[1].

2.

Insert the thermostat positioning jig /A [4]


between the thermostat /1 [1] and the fusing
roller /Up [3].

3.

Adjust the position of the thermostat /1 so that it


become flush with the thermostat positioning jig /
A, and then fix it with the screw [5].

[2]

NOTE
Be sure to adjust the distance a [6] between
the thermostat /1 and the fusing roller /Up so

[5]

that it becomes equal to the thickness of the


thermostat positioning jig /A.

[4]

Specified value: a = 3.0 0.2 mm

4.
5.

Apply Screw-lock to the screw [5].


For the parts to be reinstalled hereafter, reinstall
them following the removal steps in reverse.

[1]
[6]
1050fs2213c

189

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK
T.

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Removing/reinstalling the thermostat /2

NOTE
Be sure to make the position adjustments when the roller has cooled down.
When reinstalling the thermostat /2, adjust it with the thermostat positioning jig /B before fixing it.
Be sure to apply Screw-lock to the screw that has been fixed.
After completion of the reinstallation of the thermostat /2, be sure to check the wiring harness to
see if it is in touch with the fusing heating roller.
(1) Procedure for removal

1.
2.
3.

[1]

Pull out the ADU from the main body.(See P.112)


Remove the fusing section. (See P.156)
Open the fusing heating roller assembly.
(See P.165)

[3]

4.
5.

Remove 2 faston terminals [1].


Remove the screw [2] and then remove the thermostat /2 [3].

[2]

NOTE
For method for reinstalling the thermostat /2,
see "(2) Procedure for reinstallation."

1050fs2214c

190

3. PERIODIC CHECK

(2) Procedure for reinstallation

1.

[2]

Install 2 faston terminals [2] to the thermostat /2


[1].

2.

Insert the thermostat positioning jig /B [4]


between the thermostat /2 [1] and the fusing

[1]

heating roller [3].

3.

Adjust the position of the thermostat /2 so that it


become flush with the thermostat positioning jig /
B, and then fix it with the screw [5].

[5]

NOTE
Be sure to adjust the distance a [6] between
the thermostat /2 and the fusing heating roller
so that it becomes equal to the thickness of
the thermostat positioning jig /B.
Specified value: a = 3.0 0.2 mm

4.
5.

Apply Screw-lock to the screw [5].


For the parts to be reinstalled hereafter, reinstall
them following the removal steps in reverse.

[3]

[4]
[6]
1050fs2215c

191

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.5.10

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Paper exit section

A. Removing/reinstalling the paper exit section


(1) Procedure

1.
2.
3.

[1]

Remove the left cover. (See P.250)


Disconnect the connector [1].
Remove 4 screws [2] and then remove the paper
exit section [3].

[2]

[2]

NOTE
When reinstalling the paper exit section, be
sure to hook the retention hole [4] to the projection [5] of the frame and then set the posi-

[4][5]

[3] [6][7]

tioning hole [6] to the positioning pin [7] of the

1050fs2216c

frame.

4.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

B. Cleaning of the paper exit sensor


(1) Periodic cleaning cycle
Paper exit sensor: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure

1.
2.
3.

Remove the left cover. (See P.250)


Remove the paper exit section.(See P.192)
Clean the paper exit sensor (PS3) [1] with the
blower brush.

4.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[1]

1050fs2217c

192

3. PERIODIC CHECK

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


C. Replacing the main body paper exit roller
(1) Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Main body paper exit roller: Every 6,000,000 prints
(2) Procedure

[7]

1.
2.
3.

[6]

Remove the left cover. (See P.250)


Remove the paper exit section.(See P.192)
Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the gear
[2] and the pin [3].

4.

Remove the E-ring [4] and then remove the bearing [5].

[8]

5.

Remove the E-ring [6] and then remove the bearing [7].

6.

Move the main body paper exit roller [8] in the


arrow-marked directions [9] and [10] in this order,

[10]

and remove it.

7.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[9]

[5]

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]
1050fs2218c

193

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

4. SERVICE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

4. SERVICE
4.1

194

Service material list

Material No.

Name

000V-16-0

Drum cleaner

200 ml

000V-17-0

Roller cleaner

200 ml

000V-19-0

Setting powder

25 g

000V-18-0

Cleaning pad

10 pcs/1 pack

00GR00260

Multemp FF-RM

25 g

00GR00020

Plas guard No.2

Shape

Remark

25 g

4.2

4. SERVICE

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Jig list

Parts No.
55VAJG011

Name
Temperature sensor

Shape

Quantity

Remark

positioning jig /A (for


fusing roller /Up)
55VAJG021

Temperature sensor

positioning jig /B (for


fusing heating roller)
55VAJG031

Thermostat position-

ing jig /A (for fusing


roller /Up)
55VAJG041

Thermostat position-

ing jig /B (for fusing


heating roller)
7050K0020

Optics unit position-

ing jig

00M6-2-00

Door switch jig

4040PJP1##

Test chart (A3 size)

4040PJP2##

Test chart

(11 x 17 size)

00VC-2-00

Drum cover

00VD-1000

Blower brush

00VE-1005

Tester

195

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

4. SERVICE
Parts No.

196

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Name

Shape

Quantity

Remark

120A1052#

Positioning shaft

2pc/set

For DF adjustment

120A9711#

Adjustment chart

For DF adjustment

120A9712#

White chart

For DF adjustment

4.3

4. SERVICE

Materials

A. Item
Parts name

Useful life

Type name

Toner bottle

80,000 prints

TN010

Drum

1,000,000 prints or 220 hours

DR010

Developer

1,000,000 prints or 220 hours

DV010

197

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

4. SERVICE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

4.4

Mail remote notification system

4.4.1

Outline

"Mail remote notification system" is a system that allows you to obtain a list print which can be output by a
copier using the Internet mail (E-mail).
Using this system dispenses not only with printing the list on paper but also visiting the users.
Sending a mail filled-in with a simple keyword to the copier allows you to receive by mail all sorts of print information of the copier.
4.4.2

Operating environments

In order to use the functions of "Mail remote notification system", the following conditions must be met. The
operation of the functions is available while in jams, SC and a low power mode. A mail sent to the copier that is
not operating does not get lost, but it is handled when the copier is activated again.
(1) The copier has a server that can receive a mail using POP3 or IMAP protocol.
(2) The copier has a mail server that can send a mail using SMTP protocol.
(3) In the following 4 cases, "Mail remote notification system" does not operate in the copier.
When the main power switch (SW1) is turned off.
When the power switch (SW2) is turned off.
While the copier is in auto shut-off.
When the security enhanced mode is set to ON (the use of the main body NIC is not allowed.)
In this manual, the network interface card installed in the main body is called the main body NIC.
4.4.3

Major functions

Sending a mail with a simple keyword allows you to use the following functions.
(1) The list print information of the copier you want to obtain can be received by mail.
List prints that can be obtained are the following 11 lists.
Mode memory list
User setting list
Font pattern list
Management list
Adjustment list
Parameter list
Use management list
Counter list
Pixel ratio list
Remote diagnostic report
Audit log report
(2) The counter list can be checked by cell phone.
(3) A password used for certification of a mail can be change.
(4) Directions for use of "Mail remote notification system" can be received by mail.
To make use of the above functions, it is necessary to send a mail with a simple keyword (command).
For particulars of the command, See "4.4.5 Operating instructions of the mail remote notification
system"

198

4.4.4

4. SERVICE

Initialization

To make use of "Mail remote notification system", it is necessary to register the network parameter on the copier
main body and the account on the mail server.
A. Setting from the touch panel
Set the IP address of the copier from the touch panel to connect the copier to the network. When already set,
proceed to "(2) Setting from the Web browser".
(1) Procedure
Step

Operating instructions

Select [Utility/counter] on the operation board.

Select "06 Machine Manager Setting."

Select "04 Network Setting."

Select "01 Machine NIC Setting."

Enter "IP address," "Subnet mask," and "Gateway Address."

Restart the copier.

NOTE
The IP address of the copier is normally assigned by the system administrator. For particulars,
contact the system administrator.
B. Setting from the Web Utilities
Enter the setting of the mail server from the Web Utilities. To use the Web Utilities, make preparations of a PC
that can be connected to the network.
NOTE
No space is available in all items to be set. The following characters cannot be used for setting an
E-mail address.
()<>;:[]
When an improper entry or setting is made on the Web browser, be sure to make corrections following the error massage. When no correction is made, a down load error of the program may
result.
The Web layout is subject to change without notice.

199

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

4. SERVICE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

(1) Procedure
Step
1

Operating instructions
Start the Web browser.
When a proxy is set on the Web browser, the main body Web may not be accessible. For particulars, contact the network administrator. For Web browser, Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator
is recommended. However, no setting should be made from two or more browsers simultaneously.

Specify the IP address of the copier main body that is entered from "A. Setting from the operating
panel."
"Main page" is displayed when an access is made to the Web Utilities of the copier main body.

Click "Extension for maintenance" on "Main page."

Enter the user name or the CE password in "Extension for maintenance" and press "OK."

User name: ce (cannot be changed)


Password: CE Enter the password. (Default: "92729272")

200

4. SERVICE

Step
5

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Operating instructions
Click "E-Mail Initial Setting" to display the screen for setting.

Set item

Details

Enable E-mail

When using the mail remote notification system, select "Use." Default is "Not

notification

use."

Time difference

The time at which a mail was send out is calculated based on this value. For
time difference setting, enter the difference from the standard time UTC in the
range from -1200 (- 12 hour 00 minute) to +1200 (-12 hour 00 minute). When
no value is entered, +0000 (UTC) is set. (Ex.: In the case of Japan, enter +
900.)

Sending mail

Set the IP address of the SMTP server.

(SMTP) server
SMTP port

Set the port No. of the SMTP server. For default, 25 is set.

number
Sending mail

For SMTP default, 5-minute is set.

(SMTP) server
time out
Interval between

The copier check the receiving mail server to see if a mail is newly received.

fetching mails

(An interval can be specified in the range from 1 minute to 60 minutes.) Taking
into consideration the load on the network, this is usually set at the interval of
10 minutes.

Receiving mail

Set the IP address of the incoming mail server.

server
Kind of mail

Select either of POP3 and IMAP. For default, [POP3] is selected.

spool
Pop3 (IMAP)

When 110 is used for POP3 and 143 is used for IMAP, select "Use the default

port number

value." When any value other than the default, select "Setting" and enter a
port number to be used in the text box.

201

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

4. SERVICE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Step

Operating instructions
Set item

Details

User name on

Enter an account name assigned to the copier by the incoming mail server.

the server
Password

Enter a password to the account name above.

E-mail address

Enter the mail address of the copier its own. This is normally "mail account

of this copy

name@incoming mail server name."

machine
Nickname

Enter a nickname that is added to the title (subject) of a mail sent from the
copier. No entry cause no problem.

CE password

Enter a password that is added to the title (subject) of a mail sent to the
copier. The copier uses this password for security purpose.

Also Notice to

Not transfer: Default

the Administra-

Transfer an unright mail: When a mail received by the copier is not con-

tor

form to the above password, or when the mail size is exceeding the specified size (10k bytes), a selection is made if the mail is communicated.
Transfer all transmission mails: Transfer all mails that use "Mail remote
notification system."

Administrator

When "Transfer an unright mail" or "Transfer all transmission mails" is

E-mail address

selected, enter an E-mail address for transfer.

Announce delay

A selection is made if the difference (time required) between the time when a

time in replay

mail was sent to the copier and the time when the copier handled the mail is

mail

indicated in the mail. For default, "Not indicate" is selected.

Enable POP

After authentication is made by the mail receiving server, a selection is made

(IMAP) before

to decide whether to send out the mail or not. For default, "Send" is selected.

SMTP
6

After completion of entry, click the [Apply] key.

Conduct the mail sending/receiving test.


Click "Sending and Receiving test" and a sending test and a receiving test are conducted collectively to check to see if a test mail sent is correctly received.
When a test failed, re-check the set items following the error message.
Click "Sending and Receiving test" to show the results of the sending and receiving test.
Sending test

A mail sending test is made on the SMTP server. A test mail is sent to "E-mail
address for the copier" set in Step 2.

202

Receiving

A receiving test is made on the incoming mail server. A test mail is received from

test

"E-mail address of the copier" set in Step 2.

Restart the copier.

4.4.5

4. SERVICE

Operating instructions of the mail remote notification system

For commands for communications with the copier and the details of options, see the table below.
Command

Option

Description

Minimum
input

GETLOG

[List option name]

Send back by mail the list print information specified

in [List print name].


ModeMemory

Send back [Mode memory list] by mail.

UserSetting

end back by [User setting list] mail.

FontPattern

Send back [Font pattern list] by mail.

Management

Send back [Management list] by mail.

Ma

Adjustment

Sent back [Adjustment list] by mail.

Parameter

Send back [Parameter list] by mail.

UserManagement

Send back [User management list] by mail.

Counter

Send back [Counter list] by mail.

PixelRatio

Send back [Pixel ratio list] by mail.

Pi

CommunicationLog

CommunicationLog Send back [Communication log

Co

UseM

list] by mail.
AuditLog

Send back [Audit log report] by mail.

Au

ALL

Send back all of the above list prints in mail.

AL

Not specified

[Counter list] is edited so that it can be shown by cell


phone. And this is sent back by mail.

CHPASS

HELP

[OldPasswd][New-

Change a password to be used for certification of a

Passwd]

mail.

[OldPasswd]

Specify a password that is currently used.

[NewPasswd]

Specify a new password.

Not specified

Send a help mail that describes the operating

instructions of the commands above.

203

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

4. SERVICE
4.4.6

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Mail sending

A command (option) printed on the mail is not case sensitive and can be identified from the minimum input listed
on the preceding page.
A. Notes
When sending a mail to the copier, take note of the following.
(1)Mail software can be used without discrimination by OS and a hand-held device or a free mail
using browser.
(2)Use the mail software in the text mode.
(3)For the mail software, as a condition for reception, 128 characters or more are recommended as
the maximum number of characters displayed in a line.
(4)There are one or more spaces or TAB's required between a command and an option that are
written in the mail. (However, a line feed is not allowed.)
(5)Enter all the commands that are written in the mail in alphanumeric characters (ASCII characters). When any other characters are used, an error message "No command found" is sent
back.
(6)Start a command written in the mail from the line head with not space.
When there is a space or TAB found at the line head, the line is ignored.
(7)The maximum number of commands available in a mail is ten. Commands exceeding ten are
ignored.
(8)Avoid attaching a file to a mail that is sent to the copier.
(9)A signature on a mail that is sent to the copier may be handled as a command with an error
message sent back.
(10)When the power is shut off while the copier is sending a mail or when the copier main body is
printing the list print, the same mail may be sent back twice.
(11)The copier can receive up to 5 mails from the mail server at the same time.
When more than 5 mails have been received by the mail server, the copier receives the
remaining mails from the mail server next time.

204

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
5.1

ISW

5.1.1

Outline

A. ISW (In-System Writer)


This is an operation in which a control program stored in the flush ROM that is built in each control board in
the copier is rewritten with the board built in the copier main body. Conducting the ISW allows the version up
of control program without changing the board and the installation of the up to date program when replacing
the board. As a tool to conduct the ISW, (ISWTrns (PC software)) can be used for rewriting with the personal
computer (PC) connected to the copier. This tool can rewrite directly a control program in the flush ROM built
in the copier main body.
B. ISWTrns
This is a software for Windows to rewrite the copier flush ROM and is used for the rewrite of programs (data
transfer) with the copier main body and the personal computer connected with a parallel cable or the USB
cable.
NOTE
When this machine uses the USB to conduct the ISW, it is necessary to install the USB driver of the
ISWTrns. For procedure for installation, see "5.1.4 A. Installation of the USB driver (Windows2000/
XP)" When using the USB, be sure to turn on the radio button of the USB on the ISWTrns [Setting
(S)] - [Communications setting (C)], and then press the OK button.

205

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
5.1.2

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Specifications

A. ISWTrns (PC software)


(1) ISWTrns disk composition
Setup disk: 2
Rewritable disk: Varies for each copier
(2) Operating environment of the software
OS: Windows95/98/98SE/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP
CPU: Pentium 75 MHz or above
Memory: 16 MB or more for abroad/ 32 MB or more for domestic
Free space in hard disk: 100 MB or more
Others: PC provided with parallel (printer) or USB interface
(3) Idling time
Varies according to each PC
(4) Parts required to conduct the ISW
Personal computer (PC): 1
IBM-compatible PC/AT: Provided with D-sub25 pin parallel interface
ISWTrns setup program
Parallel cable or USB cable: 1
Item
Board to be rewritten

Specifications
Overall control board, Printer control board, RADF control board, FD
control board, LS control board, IC control board, SD control board,
PB control board

Method for rewriting program

1. Local ISW from the PC


2. Web Utilities directional type ISW by using the Internet
3. Operation panel directional type ISW by using the Internet

Protocol

FTP, HTTP

Network connection

Use of the NIC of the copier main body

Rewritable program

Image control

I1 to I4 collectively, I1- I4

Printer control

C1 to C2 collectively, C1, C2

DF

FD, FS, LS, SD, PB

H1, N1, S1-1/S1-2, B1, J1

Controller

P1

Conditions

Main body power turned on and program server provided

NOTE
To execute the ISW, check surely to see if the power source of the main body has been turned on
in advance.
For rewritable programs, it is not possible to rewrite plural programs at a time.
When using the Internet ISW, it is required for it to be connected to the network environment by
using the main body NIC. As a network environment, programs must be down-loadable from the
program server on the Internet by using a ftp or http protocol.

206

5.1.3

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Installation of the ISWTrns

Install the ISWTrns program to the PC.


(1) Procedure
Step

Operation

Remarks

Start the PC.

Copy the setup disk to the PC and double click the

When there remains the ISWTrns.exe of

[Setup.exe] icon to start the install program.

the old version, uninstall the old version


first, and then install the new version.

"ISWTrns setup screen"


Following the instructions on the screen, check the

1. For default, "C:\Program Files\KONI-

folder to which an installation is made, and then click

CAMINOLTA\ISWTrns" is set as a folder to

[Next].

which an installation is made.


2. When changing the folder to which an
installation is made, click [Reference] and
specify one as you please.

"Program confirmation screen"


Following the instructions on the screen, check the

1. For default, "ISWTrns" is set as a folder

folder to which the ISWTrns program is stored and

to which an installation is made.

then click [Next].

2. When changing the folder to which an


installation is made, enter an folder name
directly, or select one from the existing
folder displayed.

"Information dialog screen"


Following the instructions on the screen, click [OK].

"Setup completion screen"


Following the instructions on the screen, click [Completed].

The installation of the ISWTrns program is automatically completed.

207

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
5.1.4

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Usage of the ISWTrns

A. Installation of the USB driver (Windows2000/XP)


When a connection is made between the PC and the copier main body with a USB cable, the installation of the
USB driver is automatically started by the plug-and-play. However, this May result in the installation of the Windows USB driver (USBPRINT.SYS) and be sure to set the USB driver following the steps given below.
(1) Procedure
Step

Operation

From the screen below, select "Install from the list or the specified location," and then click [Next].

In the "Select the retrieve and install option screen," select "Select a driver for installation with no
retrieval," and then click [Next].

Select the UBS driver in the driver selection screen and click "Next" to start installation.
Driver name: Konica Minolta bizhub 1050/P USB Driver (ISW)

When the [Completed] in the "Hardware update wizard completed screen" is displayed, click
[Completed] to exit the installation.

Check the "Device manager screen" to see if the USB driver has been correctly installed.
Driver name: Konica Minolta bizhub 1050/P USB Driver (ISW)

208

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

B. Setting of the communication method


(1) Setting up of the parallel port
When sending the parallel port data by using the ISWTrns program, it is necessary to release the ECP mode setting of the PC parallel port. The ISWTrns does not correspond to the data transmission through the parallel port.
Accordingly, sending data in the ECP mode may result in an error while in transmission. Therefore, when using
the ISWTrns with the PC set in the ECP, it is necessary to release the ECP mode.
1)

ECP port release procedure

The following procedure shows the release of the ECP mode.


Step

Operation

Remarks

Start the PC.

Open "System" in "Control panel," select the

1. The LPT1 port is "ECP printer port (LPT1)," this is

"Device manager" tab and search LPT1 in

an ECP port.

"Port (COM/LPT)."

2. The LPT1 port is "Printer port (LPT1)," this is a


normal parallel port.

When the printer port is set to the ECP port,

The change of the BIOS varies depending on the

change the BIOS setting of the PC to release

PC. For release of the ECP mode, contact the sys-

the ECP port.

tem administrator.

Conduct a transmission test to check the

When a correct transmission is once made on the

operations.

copier, transmission is available for all types of


machines.

209

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

(2) Preparations for transmission on the copier


1)

Checking of the ROM version

Before rewriting the ROM data, be sure to check the ROM version of the current control program by following
the procedure given below.
Step

Operation

Enter the service mode.

Press the [08 ROM version] key in "Service mode menu screen."

Press the [01 ROM version] key in the sub-menu displayed on the right side of the screen.

"ROM version screen"


Press the [08 ROM version] key and check the version information.

2)

Standby for the ISW transfer

Open the service mode of the copier and get into the standby of the ISW transmission.
Step

Operation

Enter the service mode.

Press the [10 ISW] key in "Service mode menu

Remarks

screen."
3

Press the [01 ISW] key in the sub menu displayed on the right side of the screen.

[Service mode menu]


Example: Image control: collective

The ISW standby status is a status in which the


[Start] key is shown in the display section.

210

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

C. Firmware copy
(1) Creation of the folder
Start the ISWTrns program the installation of which has been completed, and set a folder into which a transferred file (rewritten data) is stored.
1)

Procedure
Step

Operation

Start the PC.

Select "ISWTrns" from the start menu or double

Remarks

click the "ISWTrns" icon on the desktop to start


up the "ISWTrns program."
3

"ISWTrns dialog screen"


This screen is displayed only when the
ISWTrns is started for the first time.

Click [OK] key to set a folder into which a transferred file (rewritten data) is stored.
4

"Option screen"
1. A folder (C:\Program Files\KonicaMinolta\ISWTrns)into which the ISWTrns program has been installed as a stored folder
(data folder) for default is set.
2. When changing a stored folder, click
[Browse] and specify any one as you please,
or make an entry directly in the editor box in
full path.
3. When the [Make Folder] key is clicked, a
hierarchical folder is created using the stored
Set a folder into which a transferred file (rewritten

folder set above as a route.

data) is stored and then click [Make Folder] key.

"Option screen"
Click [OK] key.

This operation stores the data folder created


in the step 4 into the INI file of the ISWTrns
program.

"ISWTrns screen"
The main screen of the ISWTrns program is displayed.

211

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

(2) Data copy


Using the ISWTrns program, copy data (rewritten data) which is sent to the PC.
1)

Procedure
Step

Operation

Start the PC.

Select "ISWTrns" from the start menu or double

Remarks

click the "ISWTrns" icon on the desk top to start


up the "ISWTrns program."
3

Click the "Option" menu.

"Option screen"

Click [Data Copy] key.


5

"File copy screen"

Click [Browse] key.


6

Select the folder into which a file to be trans-

1. A folder selected is displayed in the upper dis-

ferred (data to be rewritten) is stored as a file

play section of the file from which a copy was

from which the copy is made.

made.
2. In the lower display section of a file from which
a copy was made, the transferred files (rewritten
data) stored in the elected folder are displayed.

Select a transferred file (rewritten data) you

1. A number of transferred files (rewritten data)

want to copy from the lower display section of a

can be selected.

file from which a copy was made.

2. When copying all of the transferred files (rewritten data) that are displayed, skip this step and
proceed to the step 8.

212

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Step

Operation

Remarks

Copy the transferred file (rewritten data)

1. When copying all of the transferred files (rewritten

selected by clicking [Copy] key into the

data) that are displayed in the lower display section of

folder created at the setup of the

the file from which a copy was made, click [Copy all] key

ISWTrns.

instead of [Copy] key.


2. In the upper display section of the file into which a
copy has been made, a folder name created at the
setup of the ISWTrns is displayed.
3. In the list shown in the lower display section of the file
into which a copy has been made, files the copy of
which has been successfully completed are listed in full
path. In the copy error file list, files the copy of which
have been failed are listed. As the causes of failure, following are considered.
A. There exists a file of the same name and "O/W" is not
checked.
B. A folder into which a file is stored is not found.
C. An overwrite is made on an overwrite-prohibited file.
4. When changing a transferred file (rewritten data) that
is currently stored into a new data, click the overwrite
check box to make a check mark.

After completion of copy, click [Refresh]


key.

10

Click [Return] to get back to "option


screen."

11

"Option screen"
Click [OK] key.

213

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

D. Firmware
(1) Firmware data flow
The following shows the flow of the ISW data.
Image processing

PC

Overall control board

board

Printer control board


RADF control board
FNS control board
FD control board
SD control board
PB control board
LS control board
IC board

When conducting the ISW in the entire system, be sure to conduct it in the order shown below.
Step
1

*1

Type of programs

*1

FD (H1), FS (N1), SD (B1), PB (J1), LS (S1-2, S1-1)*2

DF (F), IC (P1), Printer control board (C1 to C2 collectively, C1, C2)

Image control (I1 to I4 collectively, I1, I2, I3, I4)


Be sure to conduct the low end first out of those set in the sequence 1.
Ex.) When the composition is made up of "LS-501 (1st set) + LS-501 (2nd set) + FS-503"
FS-503 (N1) LS-501 (S1-2) LS-501 (S1-1)

*2

When the LS is the coupling of 2 sets, the 1st set (main body side) is S1-1 and the 2nd set is S1-2.

NOTE
When the overall control board is replaced, be sure to conduct first of all the ISW of the image control program. When the image control program is not contained in the overall control board, other
programs cannot be written.

Programs are not stored in the image processing board. So, when the board is replaced, the ISW
is not required.

For FS and SD, be sure to take note of the followings.


NOTE
When a finishing option is directly connected to the main body
Ex.1) Main body + FS
Connect the jumper connector to CN19 on the FNS control board (FNSCB)
Ex.2) Main body + SD
Connect the jumper connector to CN19 on the SD control board (SDCB)
Ex.3) Main body + PB
Connect the jumper connector to CN29 on the PB control board (PBCB)
Ex.4) Main body + LS
Connect three connectors of the LS to the main body and connect the 2 pin connector to the LS

214

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

When two or more finishing option is connected to the main body


Ex.1) Main body + FD + FS
Connect the jumper connector to CN19 on the FD control board (FDCB)
Connect the connector on the FS side to CN19 on FNSCB
Ex.2) Main body + LS + SD
Connect three connectors of the LS to the main body and connect the 2 pin connector to the LS
Connect the connector on the SD side to CN19 on SDCB
Ex.3) Main body + FD + SD + FS
Connect the jumper connector to CN19 on the FDCB
Connect the connector on the SD side to CN19 on SDCB
Connect the connector on the FS side to CN19 on FNSCB
Ex.4) Main body + SD + PB
Connect the jumper connector to CN19 on the SDCB
Connect the connector on the PB side to CN29 on PBCB

215

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

[When the main power switch (SW1) is required to be turned OFF/ON in the middle of the ISW]
When the system configuration is as shown below, the SW1 is required to be turned OFF/ON in the middle of
the ISW.
Case 1: Main body + IC + DF-603 + LS-501 (1st set) + LS-501 (2nd set) + FS-503
ISW sequence: FS-503 LS-501 (2nd set) SW1 OFF/ON LS-501 (1st set) DF-603 IC Main
body
Case 2: Main body + IC + DF-603 + LS-501 (1st set) + LS-501 (2nd set)
ISW sequence: LS-501 (1st set) SW1 OFF/ON LS-501 (2nd set) DF-603 IC Main body
However, when the LS-501 (2nd set) is conducted first, the SW1 is not required to be turned OFF/ON.
(2) Types of the transfer mode
There are 2 types of the ISW transfer mode on the machine side as shown below.
1)

When writing a new program (when replacing a board or when failed in writing a program)

Overall control board

Displayed normally when starting up

Method for ISW transmission

Power save LED flashing

Power ON mode

No display on operation board


Others

Error code display

Service mode

When there is an abnormality found with the image processing program of the image processing board, or an
error is found with date displayed on the operation panel, a startup is normally unavailable. In the condition like
this, when the power switch is turned on, the system gets into the ISW standby status.
And when an abnormality occurs while in rewriting the image processing program and the contents of the memory is damaged, the power save LED is flashing when the power is turned on again, and the system gets into
the ISW standby status.
When the image processing program is in the normal condition and there is an abnormality found with other programs, an SC error is normally display on the touch panel while in the startup.
2)

When in the version up of the program


Displayed normally when starting up

Method for ISW transmission

Overall control board

Normal

Service mode

Others

Normal

Service mode

(3) Use of each transmission mode


Power ON mode
This mode is used when there is no program installed in the overall control board (OACB) of the copier main
body, or when an error code is displayed.
When the image control program of the OACB is not installed, the OACB can be written with the power
switch ON.
Service mode
This mode is used when the image control program of the OACB has been already installed.

216

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


E. Connection to the main body
(1) When using the parallel cables
Preparations are made of the following when a connection is made.
PC into which transferred files (rewritten data) have been copied.
Parallel cables
1)

Procedure
Step

Operations

Turn OFF the power of the copier.

Turn OFF the power of the PC.

Remove 5 screws and then remove the upper right cover.

Connect the IEEE1284 port and the PC with the cable.

Connect the parallel cables of the PC to the ISW connectors of the copier.

NOTE
When exiting the ISW, be sure to clean each mirror of the scanner.

217

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

(2) When using the USB cables


Preparations are made of the following when a connection is made.
PC into which transferred files (rewritten data) have been copied.
UBS cables
1)

Procedure
Step

Operations

Turn OFF the power of the copier.

Turn OFF the power of the PC.

Remove 5 screws and then remove the upper right cover.

Connect the USB port and the PC with the cables.

Connect the USB cables of the PC to the ISW connectors.

NOTE
When exiting the ISW, be sure to clean each mirror of the scanner.

218

F.

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Rewriting of firmware

(1) Relationship between the ISW and the display on the operation board
When the ISWTrns program starts up, the main screen of the ISWTrns is displayed. In the main screen, the
selection of transferred files (rewritten data), the display of information, the confirmation of a transferred file
(rewritten data) and the transmission of the transferred file (rewritten data) are conducted. For detailed information of the functions, see the following.

[9]

[10]

[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]

[8]

[5]
[6]
[7]

[1] Version selection frame


When transferred files of plural versions are stored in a folder, a selection is made if the version is transferred.
[2] Version stored folder edit box
When the condition selection frame of [10] is decided, according to the data folder set in the option screen
and the INI file information, a folder name in full path is displayed. When a transferred file is in a folder other
than a data folder, a change can be made by using the [Browse] button of [4] or rewriting directly the folder
name. A transferred file that meets the INI file conditions displayed here in the folder is displayed in the list box
of [3].
[3] Version file selection list box
Files to be displayed that exist in the folder selected in [2] above are displayed. The files to be displayed are
described with the wild card name in the ISWTrns.INI file. Accordingly, when there are plural version files in the
same file, plural versions are to be displayed in this list box. The list displayed here is sorted in the order of
names, and when the list is displayed, an item displayed last is selected. Changing an item of selection
decides the version of a transferred file that is transmitted.
[4] Browse key
This key is used when the transfer folder is in a folder other than the default data folder. Display the folder
selection screen to select the folder of [2].
[5] Transferred file information display list
Display a list of files that are actually transferred when the version file is selected at [3]. The number of files
actually transferred is described in the checksum file attached to the transferred file (rewritten data). When all
of the transferred files are not stored in the folder of [2], or when unnecessary files are included in the folder,
an error message "No transferred files found or a file with an illegal name found in the folder. Make sure of it"
is displayed. When [File check] key of [6] is pressed, the checksum of all the files displayed is calculated. The
value obtained is compared with the checksum value stored in the checksum file (*.SUM) attached to the
transferred files (rewritten data) and the result is displayed.
[6] File check key
When this button is pressed with the transferred files displayed in "Transferred file information display list" of
[5], the file checksum (checksum of the entire files) of each transferred file displayed is calculated and the
result is shown by the side of each transferred file. And the result of the checksum calculation and the checksum file attached to the transferred file (rewritten data) are compared and the result of comparison is displayed in the format shown below.

219

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

"OK": Accord
"NG": Not accord
"??": A corresponding checksum not found
[7] File Send key
The transmission of the transferred files is started.
[8] Send file information frame
A list of files actually transferred is displayed based on the information selected in the frames [1] and [10], and
pressing the [File Check] key displays the checksum of files and the consistency of the checksum (OK, NG,
??).
[9] File detailed information list
When the version file of [3] is selected, the detailed information of a file are displayed.
[10] Condition selection frame
The condition of the transferred file (rewritten data) is checked. When all the 4 types of combo boxes are
selected, the folder of [2] is set based on the information set in the INI file. The contents of the combo box
selected is stored in the ISWTrns.INI file by "Transmission," and initialized and displayed when being started
next time.
(2) Rewrite procedure
Ex.: When the image control program is written collectively.
Step

Operations

Copy the data to the PC. (For the procedure, see "C. Firmware copy.")

Start the ISWTrns program.

Select the machine type, the destination and the board types.
Machine type: bizhub 1050, Destination: KBJ, Board type: 11 to 14 collectively

The data to be used is displayed in the version file selection box and the transmitted file information
frame.

220

Press the [File Check] key to check if the data to be used has any problem.

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Step

Operations

Place the copier main body in the standby for the ISW transfer. (For the procedure, see "2) Standby
for the ISW transfer.")

Press the [Start] key on the copier main body side first, and then press the [File Send] key of the
ISWTrns.

The following window is displayed on the PC while in the data transfer.

When the data transfer is completed, the following window is displayed.


[PC side]

[Copier side]

10

When transmitting other data, press the [Yes] key.


When exiting the rewrite, press the [No] key.
When pressing the [No] key, the copier main body is automatically rebooted.

11

Check the ROM version information in the service mode to see if the rewrite operation is completed
normally.
It is not completed normally, repeat the procedure from the step 2.

221

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
5.1.5

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Error list

Detection function
When the copier main body detects an abnormal condition after turning on the power, the copier does not
display it on the main body touch panel, but inform you of it by lighting or flashing the LED (with the ISW
placed in the standby condition). For the LED display, see the table given below.
No.

Transaction

Power save LED

CPU in initialization when the power is turned on

OFF

Flush memory in checking

OFF

When an error is detected while in memory check (ISW standby status)

Flashing in orange

ISW processing (data being received from the PC and flush memory being

Flashing in green

written)
5

When an abnormality is detected while in data transmission

Flashing alternately in
red and green

When an error is detected while in writing flush memory

Flashing in red

Memory check successfully completed: while in rebooting

OFF

(1) ISWTrns error list


The ISWTrns displays messages when an error is shown or the transaction is completed. The table below
shows the contents of the message and the status of the ISWTrns.
Message

Status of the ISWTrns

The opening of the file the checksum of which is

The opening of the checksum file failed. The file is in use

to be taken is not available.

or damaged.

The opening of the file the checksum of which is

The reading of the checksum file failed. The memory is

to be taken cannot be read.

insufficient or the OS is in trouble.

The file cannot be opened.

The opening of the transferred file failed. The file is in use


or damaged.

The LPT port cannot be opened

The opening of the LPT port failed.

Communication port setting acquisition error

The access to GetCommState failed.

Communication port setting error

The access to GetCommState failed.

The transferred file cannot be opened.

The opening of the transferred file is unavailable. The file


is in use or damage.

The Term Test file cannot be transmitted.

The transmission of the communication test block failed.


1. The copier side is not in the receiving condition.
2. The cable is disconnected.
3. The transferred file is wrong.

Transmission of the file failed.

The transmission of the transferred file failed. Communication troubles such as a disconnected cable.

The transmission to the LPT port failed.

The output to the LPT port failed. Communication troubles such as a disconnected cable.

The folder name is illegal.

The name of the input folder is illegal. Be sure that the


input be started with the drive name such as "C:\"

The generation of the thread failed.

The generation of the thread failed.

The transferred file is not found.

A file that copies a file is not selected or does not exist in


the folder.

222

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Message
Some files cannot be copied.

Status of the ISWTrns


1. When the folder into which files are stored is not
found.
2. When a file is copied into the folder in which a file of
the same name is contained with "Overwrite check box"
not checked.
3. When overwriting is made on an overwrite prohibited
file.
4. The file is used by another application. OS trouble.

The transferred file is not found, or a file with an

The number of divisions of the transferred file written in

illegal name is found in the folder. Make sure of

the checksum file does not correspond with the number

it.

of files that actually exist.


1. When a file with an illegal name is in the data folder, or
a file name that seems to be illegal is displayed in the
folder list.
2. The number of divided files is insufficient. Check the
insufficient number of files in the folder list and copy
them again.
3. When the checksum file is damaged, copy it again to
the folder.

223

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

(2) Main body error list


The table below shows error codes.
Error code

Description

Program applicable

0x02

The internal work space cannot be secured.

0x04

The DIMM space cannot be secured.

0x05

The DIMM space cannot be opened.

0x06

Data transmission to the DIMM failed.

0x21

The DIMM space on the controller side cannot be secured.

0x41

The format of the input data is abnormal.

0x42

The type name of input data is abnormal.

0x43

The board name of input data is abnormal.

0x64

Rewritten address error

0x81

Input device such as input time out is abnormal.

0xC1

The erasing of the flush ROM failed.

0xC2

The writing of the flush ROM failed.

0xC3

The ROM checksum is abnormal.

0xC4

Output device such as output time out is abnormal.

0xE1

Program SUM check error.

Controller I/F writing error.

0xE2

0xE3

Common

F
Common
I

Common

Erasure error.

C/ H/ N/ S/ J

Writing error.

C/ H/ N/ S/ J

Controller I/F verify error.

Blanc check error.

Communication error.

C/ H/ N/ S/ J

NOTE
When rewriting the IC firmware, the execution of the ISW is inhibited if the initialization of the IC is
not completed.
When any one of the errors shown above occurs, an error code is not displayed, but the message
"Now initializing Controller" is shown in the touch panel section.

224

5.1.6

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Troubleshooting

When an error occurs while in the execution of the ISWTrns program.


Condition
1

Cause

Measure taken

The ISWTrns does

The ISWTrns file is damaged

Set it up again.

not start up.

The setup disk itself is damaged.

Check the setup disk and set it up


again.

The screen is dis-

The Japanese DLL[RCJP.DLL] is

played in English.

damaged.
The INI file is set incorrectly. (The INI

Set it up again.
Check the ISWTrns.INI file.

file in English version is used.)


3

When an item in the

The transferred file is not stored in

Check to see if the relevant file is stored

combo box is

the relevant folder.

in the folder displayed in the "Folder"

selected, the trans-

text box of "Select version." When a

ferred file is not dis-

folder into which a file is stored is not

played.

found, use the "File copy" function.


The data folder in the option screen

Check the setting of the data folder.

is set incorrectly.

When a folder into which a file is stored


is not found, use the "File copy" function.

The file name is illegal (or has been

The file name must be used with no

changed.)

change made. When the file name is


changed, the display or selection of the
file becomes unavailable. When the file
name is changed, return it to former
state.

The folder name is illegal (or has

When the folder name created by the

been changed.)

"Create folder" button in the option


screen has been changed, it cannot be
found. Return it to former state and
check it again.

"NG" is displayed

The transferred file is damaged.

while in the file check.

Copy the file and check it again. When


"NG" still recurs, contact the supplier of
the file.

"??" is displayed

When the transferred file was cop-

while in the file check. ied to the PC, the copying of the

Copy the checksum file to the same file


as the one for the transferred file at the

checksum file (*.SUM) was forgot-

same time. (If you use the "Copy a file"

ten.

function, a copy is made automatically.)

The transfer of the file


failed.
An error "The file can- The file is being used by anther pro-

Exit another program. The error still

not be opened" is

gram or system.

recurs, reboot Windows.

An error "Term Test

The connection of the cable is loos-

Check the cable to see if it is connected

file cannot be sent" is

ened.

securely or if there is any problem found

displayed.

displayed.

with the cable itself.


The main body is not in the receiv-

Check the main body to see if it is in the

ing condition.

receiving condition.

225

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Condition
6

Cause

Measure taken

An error "The transmis-

The connection of the cable is

Check the cable to see if it is con-

sion to the LPT port

loosened.

nected securely or if there is any prob-

failed" is displayed.

lem found with the cable itself.


Wrong data has been sent.

Check the file information screen to see


if the receiving mode on the copier side
(type of receiving board) corresponds
with the transferred file.
If the file is sent for the first time, contact the file supplier.

226

The length of the cable is out

Use a cable the length of which is less

of specifications.

than 2 m.

The parallel port of the PC is

See the PC manual to release the ECP

set to the ECP mode.

mode.

There is a compatibility prob-

Conduct a test with a PC with an actual

lem between the parallel port

performance of transmission, and

of the PC and the port on the

check to see if there is a compatibility

copier main body side.

problem found.

5.2

Internet ISW

5.2.1

Outline

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

"Internet ISW" is a system in which instructions are given to the ISW by using browser so that the copier automatically obtain the program from the program server. Using the Web functions allows you to conduct the ISW
at the user's premise without taking the programs with you.
5.2.2

Operating environment

To make use of the Internet ISW functions, the following conditions must be met.
The copier must be connected to the network environment that allows the download of programs
from the Internet by using ftp or http protocol.
In the following 4 cases, the "Internet ISW" does not operate on the copier.
The main power switch (SW1) is off.
The power switch (SW2) is off.
The copier is in the auto shut-off.
When the security enhanced mode is set to ON (the use of the main body NIC is not allowed.)
NOTE
It operates while in the jam, SC and lower power mode.

5.2.3

Major functions

"Internet ISW" allows you to use the following functions.


Internet ISW using the Web Utilities
Programs can be rewritten by accessing the Web Utilities of the copier main body on the Web browser of the
PC. However, this requires a Web terminal that is connected to the copier through the network.
Internet ISW using the operation panel
Programs can be rewritten by using the touch panel of the copier. However, this requires a Web terminal that
is connected to the copier through the network.

227

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
5.2.4

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Initialization

To make use of the Internet ISW, it is necessary to set in advance the network parameter, program server
address and the fire wall address of the copier.
A. Setting from the operation panel
To introduce the copier main body into the network, set the IP address of the copier from the operation panel.
When this setting has been already made, proceed to "(2) Setting from the Web browser."
(1) Procedure
Step

Operating instructions

Press the [Utility/counter] button on the operation panel.

Select "06 Machine Manager Setting."

Select "04 Network Setting."

Select "01 Machine NIC Setting."

Enter "IP address," "Subnet mask," and "Gateway Address."

Restart the copier.

NOTE
The IP address of the copier is normally assigned by the system administrator. For particulars,
contact the system administrator.

228

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

B. Setting from the Web Utilities


Enter the setting of the program server from the Web browser. At this time, in order to use the Web browser,
make preparations of the PC that can be introduced into the network.
NOTE
No "space" is allowed in all set items.
When an incorrect setting is made on the Web browser, be sure to correct it following the error
message. Correcting no input error may result in the download error of the program.
The Web layout is subject to change without notice.
(1) Procedure
Step
1

Operations
Start up the Web browser.
When the proxy is set on the Web browser, the main body Web may not be accessed.
For particulars, contact the network administrator. For Web browser, Internet Explorer or Netscape
Navigator is recommended. However, be sure to avoid setting from two or more browsers at a
time.

Specify the IP address of the copier main body that is entered thorough "A. Setting from the operation panel".
When you access the Web Utilities of the copier main body, "Main page" is displayed.

Click [Extension for maintenance] in "Main page."

Enter the user name and the CE password in the "Extension for maintenance" and then press
[OK].

User name: ce (cannot be changed)


Password: CE Enter the password. (Default: "92729272")

229

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Step

230

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Operations

Click [Internet ISW] in "Extension for maintenance."

Click [Initial Setting].

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Step
7

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Operations
Set the proxy server.
When using no proxy server (fire wall), proceed to the step 9.

Enable Proxy

Select the following:


When using no proxy: "Connect to the program server."
When using ftp proxy: "Use ftp proxy."
When using http proxy: "Use http proxy."

Proxy Server

When selecting "Use ftp proxy" in "Use of proxy," then select a proxy server

Type

type from among the below.


Type 1: "User user@host name"
Type 2: "OPEN host name"
Type 3: "FW host name => FW password => SITE host name"
Type 4: "FW host name => FW password => User user@host name"
NOTE
For types 2, 3 and 4, no guarantee is made.
For authentication of proxy server, see "3.2.7 Authentication of
the proxy server in the Internet ISW."

Proxy Server IP

When using the proxy server, set the IP address of the proxy server.

Address
Port Number

When using the proxy server, set the number of the port that uses the proxy
server.

User name on

When selecting the type 1 or type 2 in "Type of proxy server" above set the

the Proxy Server

account of the proxy server.

Password for the

When selecting the type 1 or type 2 in "Type of proxy server" above set the

Proxy Server

password of the proxy server.

After completion of entry, click [Next] and then after checking the set items in the setting check
screen, click [Next]. However, if there is an input error, click [Back] following the message shown in
red and then re-set the item.

231

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Step
9

Operations
Set the program server. (Proxy is used.)

Program server address

Set the address of the server into which the program to be


down loaded is stored. Select the protocol to be used from
the pull-down menu left and enter the address after that in
the text box on the right. In the case of ftp, it is a relative path
from the home directory.

User name on the Program

Enter the account name of the program server.

Server
Password for the Program

Enter the password of the program server.

Server
Receiving time out

Set the receiving time out of the program. When the time is
out, the down load of the program forcibly comes to an end,
and the system returns to the normal mode without conducting the ISW.

10

After completion of entry, click [Next]. Then after checking the set items in the setting check
screen, click [Completed]. However, if there is an input error, click [Back] following the message
shown in red and then re-set the item.

11

Set the program server. (Proxy is not used.)


Protocol

Select the protocol that receives the program.

Program Server IP Address

Set the IP address of the server into which the program to


be down loaded is stored.

Target directory

In the case of http, set the path after the host domain. In
the case of ftp, set the relative path from the home directory.

User name on the Program

Enter the account name of the program server.

Server
Password for the Program

Enter the password of the program server.

Server
Receiving time out

Set the receiving time out of the program. When the time is
out, the down load of the program forcibly comes to an
end, and the system returns to the normal mode without
conducting the ISW.

232

Step
12

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Operations
After completion of entry, click [Next]. Then after checking the set items in the setting check
screen, click [Complete]. However, if there is an input error, click [Back] following the message
shown in red and then re-set the item.

13

Conduct the Download test.


In the down load test, "test.dat" is down loaded from the program server set in the initialization
to check the settings. When the down load test failed, re-check the set items following the error
message.
When the down load test is successfully completed, the communication speed and the
expected down load time are displayed as shown below. Refer to the "Receiving time out" setting.

When the down load test failed, the response error code from the server is display as shown
below. Since there may be a setting error, re-check the initialization.

233

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
5.2.5

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Internet ISW using the Web Utilities

Using the Web Utilities of the copier allows the customer engineer, by just making a click from the browser, to
download the programs from the program server automatically for rewriting.
(1) Procedure
Step
1

Operations
Proceed to "Internet ISW" on the Web Utilities.
The ROM version of the board is displayed beside each of the board names.

Select one of the ISW-intended boards in the item "ISW," and check its check box. When specifying the file name to be down loaded, enter it in the "File name" text box column. When specifying
no file name, obtain the following from the specified program server address.

After completion of entry, click the [ISW] key.


If there is an input error, click [Back] following the message displayed in red and then enter the item
again.

234

Step
4

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

Operations
Checking of the ISW conditions.
From the screen shown below, you can check the current processing condition to see if there is any
error.
"ISW in communication"
"ISW in rewriting"
"Completed successfully": Be sure to avoid pressing the "Read again" key of the browser to
reboot after successful completion.
"Aborted due to a communication error."
"Aborted due to a communication time error."
"Aborted due to a writing error."

When the ISW is completed successfully, the copier restarts automatically to complete the ISW.
NOTE
Clicking the [Check progress] key allows you to abort the ISW only while in programming.

After restart of the copier main body, check the ROM version in "Internet ISW main screen" to see if
it is being updated successfully.

5.2.6

Notes for use

(1) Notice to the administrator


When conducting Internet ISW, be sure to notify the administrator of it and get approval from him in advance.
And conduct this operation when the copier is not used. When the copier is in use (with jobs accompanied),
Internet ISW does not operate.
(2) When the power supply is cut off while writing the image control program in the overall control
board (OACB).
When the main power switch (SW1) turns off due to a power failure, the copier does not start up.
If the main power switch is turned off due to the failure of power supply and Internet ISW is abnormally terminated, be sure to go to the copier that has been conducting the Internet ISW and use the ISWTrns to reperform
the rewriting of the program.
(3) Failure while in low power mode
When ISW failed due to the down load of the program or the data check error, get it back in the normal mode.

235

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
5.2.7

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Internet ISW using the touch panel

When the customer engineer uses the Internet ISW from the touch panel, with no PC brought with, the copier
can download programs from the program server to rewrite them automatically.
(1) Procedure
Ex.: When the image control program is rewritten collectively.
Step

236

Operations

Display "ISW rewrite screen."

Press [Internet ISW] key provided below the screen.

Press [Collective] key of <Image processing system>.

Step
4

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Operations

Pressing the [Start] key starts the download of the latest program for rewriting.
In a case in which the download of an old version programs is required, press the [File Name Input]
key and enter the file name by hand for execution.

5
6

When ISW is completed normally, the copier is rebooted and exits ISW automatically.
After the copier main body is rebooted, check the [ROM version screen] to see if the ROM version
has been updated normally.

237

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
5.2.8

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Authentication of the proxy server in Internet ISW

A. Proxy server
Proxy server which is provided on the inside of the fire wall is the generic name of a mail server that serves the
proxy of a client who receives an access demand (HTTP and FTP) from the client.
B. Authentication of the proxy server
There are 4 types of authentication methods for the proxy server.
The Internet ISW is corresponding to these 4 types.
C. Authentication type of the proxy server and the command list
(1) Type 1: User user name@host name
When accessing the outside through the proxy, authentication to the proxy server is not required.
When accessing the outside through the proxy server, or when the entry of the user name and password of the
proxy server is not required, this proxy authentication is likely to be used.
Command
Command

Parameter

Reply Code

USER

User name@host

331

name
PASS

Password

Description
Transmit the user name of the program server and the
program server address

230

Transmit the password for the user name above

(2) Type 2: OPEN host name


This is almost the same as the type 1, except for the exchange of commands while in authentication.
When all the settings are made correctly and no communication is available with type 1 authentication, this setting is used.
Command
Command

Parameter

OPEN

Host name

Reply Code
ftp expanded function,

Description
Transmit the user name of the program server

defined for each server


USER

User name

331

Transmit the user name of the program server

PASS

Password

230

Transmit the password for the user name above

(3) Type 3: FW user name => FW password => SITE host name
This is a type that requires the authentication to the proxy server itself when accessing the outside.
The information of the server you want to access and the user name and password of the proxy server (F/W) are
required.
When accessing the outside through the proxy server and when the user name and the password of the proxy
server are required, this proxy authentication is likely to be used.

238

5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Command
Command

Parameter

Reply Code

Description

USER

FW user name

331

Transmit the user name of the proxy server

PASS

FW password

230

Transmit the password for the user name above

SITE

Host name

ftp expanded

Transmit the user name of the program server

function, defined
for each server
USER

User name

331

Transmit the user name of the program server

PASS

Password

230

Transmit the password for the user name above

(4) Type 4: FW user name => FW password => USER user name@host name
This is almost the same as the type 3, except for the exchange of commands while in authentication.
When all the settings are made correctly and no communication is available with type 3 authentication, this setting is used.
Command
Command

Parameter

Reply Code

USER

FW user name

331

Transmit the user name of the proxy server

PASS

FW password

230

Transmit the password for the user name above

USER

User name@host

331

Transmit the user name of the program server and the

name
PASS

Password

Description

program server address


230

Transmit the password for the user name above

D. Remarks
For fwtk2.1 (for Unix) and Black Jumbo Dog (for Windows), the type 1 authentication is used.
For most of the proxy servers, the type 1 authentication is used.
When the authentication type of the proxy server is not known, you are recommended to make settings in type
1 authentication as a temporary measure.

239

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

6. OTHERS
6.1

Items not allowed to be disassembled and adjusted

6.1.1

Scanner section

A. Read position adjusting plates /Fr and /Rr


(1) Positions from which the screws are not allowed to be removed
Attaching screws, one each, of the read position adjusting plates /Fr and /Rr

[2]

[1]

[1]

[3]

1050fs2073c

[1]

Screws not allowed to be removed

[2]

Read position adjusting plate /Fr

[3]

Read position adjusting plate /Rr

(2) Reason of prohibition


The read position adjusting plates /Fr and /Rr hold in place the slit glass that becomes the read position while in
the DF scan. The displacement of the slit glass may cause the image read by the DF to be deformed. Accordingly, this position of installation is not allowed to be changed.

240

6. OTHERS

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


B. Mirror unit/exposure unit
(1) Position not allowed to be adjusted
Installation positions of the mirror unit and the exposure unit

[2]

[1]

1050fs2219c

[1]

Mirror unit

[2]

Exposure unit

(2) Reason of prohibition


The distance between the mirror unit and the exposure unit affects the magnifications of the original to be read
in the sub scan direction. Therefore, the installation positions of the mirror unit and the exposure unit must not
be arbitrarily adjusted. However, when the exposure unit and the scanner wire have been removed, these parts
must be reinstalled using the optics unit positioning jig.

241

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS
6.1.2

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


CCD unit

(1) Positions from which the screws are not allowed to be removed
9 screws used to assemble the CCD unit
4 attaching screws of the lens reference plate assembly

[4]

[3]

[1]

[2]
[2]

[5]

[1]

[1]

[5]

1050fs2504c

[1]

Screws not allowed to be removed

[4]

Lens reference plate assembly

[2]

Screws not allowed to be removed

[5]

Attaching screw of the CCD unit (allowed to

[3]

CCD unit

be removed when replacing the CCD unit)

(2) Reason of prohibition


The accuracy of the CCD unit is guaranteed as a unit, and if disassembled, its accuracy is not guaranteed.
Accordingly, screws that lead up to the disassembly of the CCD unit are not allowed to be removed.
The lens reference plate assembly acts as the basis for the installation position of the CCD unit. Removing this
assembly may cause the displacement of the optical axis of the CCD unit. So, be sure not to remove the attaching screws of the lens reference plate assembly.

242

6.1.3

6. OTHERS

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Writing section

(1) Positions from which the screws are not allowed to be removed
11 attaching screws of the writing section cover

[1]

[2]

[1]

[1]
[1]

Screws not allowed to be removed

[2]

1050fs2220c

Writing section cover

(2) Reason of prohibition


The inside of the writing section becomes the laser light path. Opening the cover allows dust and dirt to get
inside, which may block the laser light path. Therefore, the screws of the writing section cover are not allowed to
be removed.

243

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS
6.1.4

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Developing unit

(1) Positions from which the screws are not allowed to be removed
2 fixing screws of the developer regulation blade
1 fixing screw of the magnet angle adjusting knob

[5]

[1]

[4]

[3]

[2]

[1]

Screws not allowed to be removed

[4]

Developing roller

[2]

Screws not allowed to be removed

[5]

Developer regulation blade

[3]

Magnet angle adjusting knob

1050fs2221c

(2) Reason of prohibition


The developer regulation blade and the magnet angle adjusting knob both decide the heights of the developer in
the developing roller. They have been adjusted to an appropriate value in advance. Accordingly these fixing
screws are not allowed to be removed.

244

6.1.5
A.

6. OTHERS

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Transfer/separation charger unit

Transfer guide plate/transfer assist home sensor assembly

(1) Positions from which the screws are not allowed to be removed
5 attaching screws of the transfer guide plate
2 attaching screws of the transfer assist home sensor assembly

[4]

[1]

[3]

[2]

1050fs2222c

[1]

Screws not allowed to be removed

[3]

Transfer assist home sensor assembly

[2]

Screws not allowed to be removed

[4]

Transfer guide plate

(2) Reason of prohibition


The transfer guide plate decides the approach angle of paper against the transfer position and the displacement
of the installation position may result in poor transfer. Accordingly, the attaching screws of the transfer guide
plate are not allowed to be removed.
The transfer assist home sensor (PS37) detects the starting point to drive the transfer assist sheet assembly and
the displacement of this position may result in poor transfer or damage to the drum. Accordingly, the attaching
screws of the transfer assist home sensor assembly are not allowed to be removed.

245

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

B. Transfer assist sheet assembly


(1) Positions from which the screws are not allowed to be removed
2 attaching screws of the actuator

[1]

[2]
[1]

Actuator

[2]

1050fs2223c

Screws not allowed to be removed

(2) Reason of prohibition


The accuracy of the transfer assist sheet assembly is guaranteed as a unit, and if disassembled, its accuracy is
not guaranteed. Accordingly, screws that lead up to the disassembly of the transfer assist sheet assembly are
not allowed to be removed.

246

6. OTHERS

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


C. Separation support member
(1) Positions from which the screws are not allowed to be removed
Separation support member, 2 pcs

[1]

[1]
[1]

1050fs2225c

Separation support member

(2) Reason of prohibition


The separation support members decide the distance from the transfer wire and the separation wire to paper,
and removing them changes the attaching height of the wire, thus resulting in the reduced performance of the
transfer and the separation. Accordingly, the separation support members are not allowed to be removed.

247

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS
6.1.6

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Main body (write position adjusting shaft)

(1) Positions from which the screws are not allowed to be removed
2 attaching screws of the write position adjusting shaft fixing plate

[1]

[3]
[1]

Screws not allowed to be removed

[2]

Write position adjusting shaft fixing plate

[2]

1050fs2224c

[3]

Write position adjusting shaft

(2) Reason of prohibition


The write position adjusting shaft is the reference angle of the installation of the write section to the drum.
Removing it may undermine the parallelism of the drum with the write section, thus causing the image to be
deformed. Therefore, be sure not to remove the attaching screw of the fixing plate of the write position adjusting
shaft.

248

6.2

6. OTHERS

List of parts to be disassembled and reassembled

NOTE
This list shows the explanation of the disassembly and reassembly of the parts which are considered necessary to replace (other than periodically replaced parts). However, these parts except for
the covers are not required to be disassembled while in normal service operations.
For the method of replacing the periodically replaced parts, see "3.5 Maintenance procedure".

No

Section

Cover

Parts name

Page referred to

Front door Rt

P.251

Front door Lt

P.252

Toner supply door

P.254

Rear cover

P.250

Right cover

P.250

Left cover

P.251

Upper cover /Rr1

P.255

Upper cover /Rr2

P.255

Upper cover /Rt

P.256

10

Upper cover /Lt

P.257

11

Upper cover /Fr

P.257

12

Original glass

P.256

CCD unit

P.260

14

Exposure lamp

P.262

15

Exposure unit

P.264

16

Scanner wire

P.266

Writing section

P.269

Lift wire

P.284

19

Paper feed assist fan

P.277

20

Paper lift motor

P.284

13

Scanner section

17

Writing section

18

Paper feed section

21

Registration section

22

Multi feed detection board /1


Multi feed detection board /2

P.289

23

ADU

ADU

P.291

24

HDD

Hard disk /1

P.294

Hard disk /2

P.295

25

249

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

6.3

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Disassembling/reassembling procedure

Caution:
When disassembling/reassembling the parts, be sure to unplug the power cord of the main body
from the power outlet.

6.3.1

Cover

A. Removing/reinstalling the rear cover


(1) Procedure

[2]

1.

[1]

Remove 9 screws [1] and then remove the rear


cover [2].

2.

steps in reverse.

[1]

[1]

Reinstall the above parts following the removal

1050fs2057c

B. Removing/reinstalling the right cover


(1) Procedure

1.

[2]

Remove 6 screws [1] and then remove the right


cover [2].

2.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[1]

[1]

1050fs2058c

250

6. OTHERS

C. Removing/reinstalling the left cover


(1) Procedure

1.

Remove 6 screws [1] and then remove the left


cover [2].

2.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[1]

[1]

[2]
1050fs2059c

D. Removing/reinstalling the front door /Rt


(1) Procedure

1.
2.

Open the front door /Rt [1].


Loosen 2 screws [2] and bring down the shaft
[3].

3.
4.

Remove the front door /Rt [1].


Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[3]

[2]

[1]

1050fs2060c

251

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

E. Removing/reinstalling the front door /Lt


(1) Procedure

1.
2.

Open the front door /Lt [1].


Loosen 2 screws [2], bring down the shaft [3]
and remove the front door /Lt [1].

[1]

[2]

[3]

1050fs2061c

252

6. OTHERS
NOTE
When reinstalling the front door /Lt [1], be

[3]

sure to insert the projection [4] of the hinge


[3] into the hole [2] provided in the lower section of the front door /Lt.

[4]

3.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[1]

[2]

1050fs2062c

253

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS
F.

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Removing/reinstalling the toner supply door

(1) Procedure

1.
2.

Open the toner supply door [1].


Remove the screw [2] and then remove the hinge
[3] together with the toner supply door [1].

[3]

NOTE
When reinstalling the toner supply door [1], be
sure to insert the projection [6] of the hinge

[2]

[5] into the hole [4] provided in the lower section of the toner supply door.

[1]

3.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[6]

[4]
[5]

1050fs2063c

254

6. OTHERS

G. Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Rr1


NOTE
The same removal and reinstallation procedure is applicable when the DF-603 is provided.
(1) Procedure

1.

Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the upper


cover /Rrl [2].

[2]

2.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[1]

1050fs2064c

H. Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Rr2


NOTE
The same removal and reinstallation procedure is applicable when the DF-603 is provided.
(1) Procedure

1.
2.

[3]

Remove 2 screw caps [1].


Remove 2 screws [2] and then remove the upper
cover /Rr2 [3].

3.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[2]

[1]

1050fs2065c

255

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS
I.

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Rt

NOTE
The same removal and reinstallation procedure is applicable when the DF-603 is provided.
(1) Procedure

1.
2.

[3]
[2]

Remove 5 screws [2] and then remove the upper


cover /Rt [3].

3.

[2]

Remove 3 screw caps [1].

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[1]

1050fs2066c

J.

Removing/reinstalling the original glass

NOTE
The same removal and reinstallation procedure is applicable when the DF-603 is provided.
When reinstalling the original glass, be sure that the shading correction plate (white) is on the
upper side of the glass.
(1) Procedure

[3]

1.

[6]

(See P.256)

2.

[4]

Remove the upper cover /Rt.

[5]

Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the original stopper plate /Lt [2].

3.

Remove 3 screws [3] and then remove the original stopper plate /Rr [4].

4.

[1]

Remove 2 screws [5] and then remove the original stopper plate /Rt [6].

[2]

5.
6.

Remove the original glass [7].


Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.

[7]

256

1050fs2067c

6. OTHERS

K. Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Lt


NOTE
The same removal and reinstallation procedure is applicable when the DF-603 is provided.
(1) Procedure

1.

[1]

Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the original stopper plate /Lt [2].

2.

[4]
[2]

Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the upper


cover /Lt [4].

3.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[3]

1050fs2068c

L. Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Fr


NOTE
The same removal and reinstallation procedure is applicable when the DF-603 is provided.
a.

Procedure

1.

[1]

Remove the upper cover /Rt.


(See P.256)

2.

Remove the original glass.


(See P.256))

3.

Remove the upper cover /Lt.


(See P.257)

4.

Remove the original glass guide /Fr [1].

1050fs2069c

257

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

5.

Remove the front door /Rt.


(See P.251)

6.

Remove the front door /Lt.


(See P.257)

7.

the upper cover /Fr [1].

[2]

[1]

[2]

[2]

1050fs2070c

258

Remove 4 screws [2] provided on the bottom of

[1]

6. OTHERS

[2]

8.

Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the upper


cover /Fr [2].

9.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

1050fs2071c

259

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS
6.3.2

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Scanner section

A. Removing/reinstalling the CCD unit


NOTE
After completion of reinstallation of the CCD unit, be sure to conduct the image adjustments in of
the service mode. (See P.317)
(1) Procedure

[1]

1.

Remove the upper cover /Rt.


(See P.257)

2.

Remove the original glass.


(See P.256)

3.

Remove 10 screws [1] and then remove the lens


light blocking cover [2].

[1]

[2]

[1]

1050fs2074c

4.

Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the cable


cover [2].

[2]

[1]

1050fs2075c

5.

[2]

[1]

260

Remove the ribbon cable [2] from the CCD board


(CCDB) [1].

1050fs2076c

6. OTHERS
NOTE

[2]

When removing the ribbon cable [1], bring


down the lock lever [3] of the connector [2] in
the direction as shown in the drawing to
release the lock and pullout the ribbon cable.

[3]

[1]

1050fs2077c

When reinstalling the ribbon cable [1], make

[3]

sure that the lock lever [2] is released. And


insert the ribbon cable fully into the connector
[3] while taking care that the conductor side
of the ribbon cable comes to the under side of
the lock lever.

[1]

[2]

1050fs2078c

And then return the lock lever [1] to its original position and lock the ribbon cable [2].

[1]

[2]

1050fs2079c

261

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

6.

[4]

Remove the screw [1] and then remove the


ground terminal [2].

7.

Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the CCD


unit [4].

8.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[3]

[1]

[2]
1050fs2080c

B. Removing/reinstalling the exposure lamp


(1) Procedure

1.
[2]

[1]

Remove the upper cover /Rt.


(See P.256)

2.

Remove the original glass.


(See P.256)

3.

Remove the upper cover /Lt.


(See P.257)

4.
5.

1050fs2081c

262

Remove the original glass guide /Fr [1].


Remove the original glass guide /Rr [2].

6. OTHERS

6.

Move the exposure unit [1] to the notch [2] of the


main body frame.

[9]

7.

Remove the screw [3] and then remove the cable


clamp [4].

[8]

8.
9.

Remove the connector [5].


Remove the screws [6], one each, and then
remove the lamp presser plates /Fr [7] and /Rr
[8].

[6]

10. Remove 2 screws [9] and then remove the exposure lamp [10].

11. Reinstall the above parts following the removal

[2]

steps in reverse.

[10]

[1]
[2]
[3]

[5]

[9]

[6]
[4]

[7]
1050fs2082c

263

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

C. Removing/reinstalling the exposure unit


(1) Procedure for removal

[5]

1.

[6]

Remove the upper cover /Rt.


(See P.256)

2.
[3]

Remove the original glass.


(See P.256)

3.

Remove the upper cover /Lt.


(See P.257)

[8]

4.

Remove the upper cover /Fr.


(See P.257)

5.
[7]

[2] of the main body frame.

6.
[4]
[2]

Move the exposure unit [1] to the notch position


Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the cord
presser member [4].

7.
[1]

Remove the screw [5] and then remove the


ground terminal [6].

8.
9.

Remove the connector [7].


Remove 4 screws [8] and then remove the exposure unit [1].

[2]

[8]

1050fs2083c

264

6. OTHERS

(2) Procedure for reinstallation

1.

Move the V-mirror unit [1] toward the V-mirror


positioning hole [2].

2.

Insert the optics unit positioning jig [3] into the Vmirror positioning hole [2] and fix the V-mirror unit
[1].

[3]

NOTE
Be sure to insert the optics unit positioning jig
[3] from the front side and pass it through the

[1]

[7]

V-mirror unit [1].

[2]

Be care full not to confuse the V-mirror positioning hole [2] with the unused hole [4].

[5]

3.

exposure unit positioning hole [5].

4.
[6]
[4]
[3]

Insert the optics unit positioning jig [6] into the


Press the exposure unit [7] against the optics unit
positioning unit [2].

5.
6.
7.

Reinstall the exposure unit with 4 screws.


Remove 2 optics unit positioning jigs.
For the parts to be installed hereafter, reinstall
them following the removal steps in reverse.

[3]

1050fs2084c

265

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

D. Stretching of the scanner wire


NOTE
Be sure to wind the wire closely without overlapping each other.
When re-stretching or replacing the scanner wire, be sure to use the optics unit positioning jig.
When re-stretching or replacing the scanner wire, be sure to conduct the image adjustment in the
service mode.(See P.317)
(1) Procedure

[1]

[2]

[4]
[3]

[3]

[3]

1050fs2226c

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Remove the upper cover /Rt. (See P.256)


Remove the original glass. (See P.256)
Remove the upper cover /Lt. (See P.257)
Remove the upper cover /Fr. (See P.257)
Move the exposure unit. (See P.264)
Move the V-mirror unit [1] toward the V-mirror positioning hole [2].
Insert the optics unit positioning jig [3] into the V-mirror positioning hole [2] and fix the V-mirror unit [1].

NOTE
Be sure to insert the optics unit positioning jig [3] from the front side and pass it through the V-mirror unit [1].
Be care full not to confuse the V-mirror positioning hole [2] with the unused hole [4].

266

6. OTHERS

[6]

[3]

[6]

[7]
[12]

[5]

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

[3]
[5]

[2]

[13]

[9]

[22]
[13]

[15]
[14]
[17]

[22]
[4]
[8]

[16]

[11]

[21]

[1]

[8]
[18]
[10]

[4]
[20]
[18]

[17]

[15]

[7]

[16]

[11]
1050fs2227c

8.

Drop the metal ball [3] in between the scanner wire /Fr [1] and /Rr [2] into the installation hole of the drive
pulley [4]. And with this hole as a starting point, wind the wire 4 turns [5] outwards and 5 turns [6] inwards.

NOTE
Be sure to wind the scanner wire with the metal ball [7] at the end outwards and the scanner wire
with the wire terminal [8] at the end inwards.
For both scanner wires, be sure to pull out the one wound outwards in the paper feed direction [9]
from above the drive pulley and the one wound inwards in the paper exit direction [10] from above
the drive pulley.

9.

For each scanner wire that has been wound round the drive pulley, fasten it to the respective wire stoppers
through the wire stopper /Fr [11] or /Rr [12] pulley /1 [13] and via the outside of the pulley [15] of the V-mirror unit [14].

NOTE
Each wire stopper is provided with 2 grooves. Fix the metal ball [7] in the groove on the outside for
the wire stopper /Fr [11], and fix it in the groove on the inside for the wire stopper /Rr [12].

267

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

10. For each scanner wire that has been wound round the drive pulley, after reversing it by the pulley /2 [16],
pass it through the inside of the pulley [15] of the V-mirror unit [14] and pulley /3 [17] and hook the wire terminal [8] to the spring fixing plate [18].

[11][12]

11. Paste the wire restriction sheet [19] to the wire

[19]

stoppers /Fr [11] and /Rr [12]. (The sheet is common to both the front and rear stoppers.)
NOTE
Be sure to paste it so that the wire restriction
sheet comes in contact with the wire.

1050fs2421c

12. Fasten tentatively each of the spring fixing plates with the screw [20].
13. Loosen once the screw [20], attach the spring [21] between 2 spring fixing plate [18] and then fix each
spring fixing plate with the screw [20].
NOTE
After attaching each of the scanner wires, check the respective exposure unit mounting brackets
[22] if they turn to the inside.

14. For the parts to be installed hereafter, reinstall them following the removal steps in reverse.

268

6.3.3

6. OTHERS

Writing section

Cautions:
Be absolutely sure not to turn on the writing section with it displaced from its regular position.
Be absolutely sure not to remove the writing section cover. If laser beams get in your eyes, you
may suffer loss of sight.
After turning off the main power switch (SW1) or the power switch (SW2), be absolutely sure not to
remove the writing section for about 2 minutes.

A. Removing/reinstalling the writing section


(1) Procedure

1.

Remove the right cover.


(See P.250)

2.

Remove 8 screws [1] and then remove the writing section cover [2].

[4]
[3]

NOTE
When reinstalling the writing section cover
[2], hold it by inserting the notch holes [3] at
either side into the hooks [4] of the main body
frame.

[1]

[2]

[1]
[1]

[3]

[4]

1050fs2085c

269

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

3.
4.

[1]

Remove 3 connectors [1].


Loosen 2 screws [2] and pull out the writing section [3] for removal.

5.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[3]

[2]

270

1050fs2086c

6.3.4

6. OTHERS

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Paper feed section

A. Removing/reinstalling the lift wire


NOTE
The same procedure for removing/reinstalling the lift wire is used for both the trays /1 and /2.
(1) Procedure

1.

Remove the tray.


(See P.94)

2.

Remove 2 screws [1] and the 2 screws [2] with


washer.

3.

[3]

[1] [4]

Remove the connector [3] and then remove the


tray front cover [4].

[1]

[2]

[2]

1050fs2754c

271

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

[6]

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

[4]

4.
5.
6.
7.

[2]

Remove the E-ring [1].


Remove 5 screws [2].
Remove the screw [3].
Remove the bearing [5], the bearing [6] and the
torque restriction gear [7] together with the gear
mounting plate [4].

[3]
NOTE

[5]

When removing the gear mounting plate [4],


take note that the gear comes off freely.

[1]
[2]

When reinstalling it, make sure that the step

[7]

[8] of each shaft gets in the gear mounting


plate [4] securely.
Be sure to reinstall the bearing (large) [5] from
the outside of the gear cover [4] and the bearing (small) [6] from the inside.

[4]

[8]

1050fs2755c

272

6. OTHERS

8.

Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the gear


[2] and the pin [3].

9.

[1]

[4]

Remove the E-ring [4].

[2]

[2]

[3]

1050fs2756c

10. Slide the pulley [1] and remove the wire end [2]

[2]

from the shaft hole [3].


NOTE
When reinstalling it, lift up the paper lift plate
a little to give slack to the lift wire you want to
insert. Then insert the wire ends [2] into the
shaft hole [3] one at a time and fix it with the
pulley [1].

[3]

[1]

1050fs2757c

273

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

[5]

[4]

[3]

[1]

[2]

11. Remove the E-rings [1], one each provided at the


2 places and then remove the wire covers [2],
one each.

12. Remove the lift wires /Fr1 [4] and /Fr2 [5] from
the pulley [3].
NOTE
When reinstalling it, make sure that the lift
wires /Fr1 [4] and /Fr2 [5] are contained in the
wire cover [2] and they are not crossing each
other.

[4]

[5]
1050fs2758c

[2]

13. Pull out from up to down the lift wires /Fr1 and /

[1]

Fr2 [2] from the arm [1] of the paper lift plate.
NOTE
Be sure to pull out the lift wire gently and take
care that the lift wire does not get damaged
by the edges of the metal frame.

1050fs2759c

274

6. OTHERS

14. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the


[3]

[5]

ground [2].

15. Remove 3 screws [3] and then remove the cover


[4].

16. Remove 4 screws [5] and then remove the connector mounting plate [6].

[4]

[2] [1]

[6]

1050fs2760c

[2]

17. Remove the E-ring [1].


18. Slide the pulley [2] and remove the wire end [3]

[3]

from the hole [4].

[4]

[1]

1050fs2761c

275

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

[1]

[2]

[3]

[5]

[4]

19. Remove the E-rings [1], one each provided at the


2 places and then remove the wire covers [2],
one each.

20. Remove the lift wires /Rr1 [4] and /Rr2 [5] from
the pulley [3].
NOTE
When reinstalling it, make sure that the lift
wires /Rr1 [4] and /Rr2 [5] are contained in the
wire cover [2] and they are not crossing each
other.

[5]

[4]

[2]

1050fs2762c

21. Pull out from up to down the lift wires /Rr1 and /

[1]

Rr2 [2] from the arm [1] of the paper lift plate.
NOTE
Be sure to pull out the lift wire gently and take
care that the lift wire does not get damaged
by the edges of the metal frame.

22. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.
NOTE
The lift wire /Fr is grey in color and /Rr black
in color.
Make sure that the lift wires do not cross
each other.
After completion of installation, check the
1050fs2763c

276

paper lift plate to ensure it is level.

6. OTHERS

B. Removing/reinstalling the paper feed assist fan


NOTE
The same removal and reinstallation procedures of the paper feed assist fans /Fr1 (FM20), /Rr1
(FM21) and /Fr2 (FM22), /Fr2 (FM23) are used for trays /1 and /2.
(1) Procedure

[2]

[3]

[1]

1.

Remove the tray.


(See P.94)

2.
3.

Loosen a screw [1].


With the release lever [2] placed at its original
position, hold the stopper [3] and tighten the
screw [1] to fix the stopper.

4.

Remove the tray front cover and lift wire.


(See P.271)

1050fs2422c

277

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

[4]

[5]

5.

[3]

Loosen the screws [1], one each provided at the


4 places and slide the bracket [2] in the arrowmarked direction.

6.

Hold down the paper stopper [3] and pull out the
lift plate cover [4] upward to remove it.

NOTE
When removing the lift plate cover [4], raise
up the pick-up roller [5] in the arrow-marked
direction to move it out of the way.
When reinstalling the bracket [2], push it
lightly in the opposite direction of removal
and fix it with screws.

[1]

[2]

1050fs2764c

278

6. OTHERS

7.

Rotate the gear of the drive section by hand and


raise the paper lift plate [1] upward. Move the
coupling gear [2] in the arrow-marked direction
and then fix the lift plate.

[1]

[2]

1050fs2765c

8.

Remove the connectors [1], one each, and the


wire binding bands [2], one each.

NOTE
To make it clear, the picture shows the condition in which the lift plate is removed.

[1]

[2]

[1]

1050fs2767c

279

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

[1]

9.

[3]

Remove the screw [1], the screw [2], the screw


[3] and the screws [4], 3 each.

10. Remove the paper guides /Fr [5] and /Rr [6].
NOTE
When reinstalling it, be sure to fasten the
paper guides /Fr [5] and /Rr [6] with the
screws [2] and the screws [3], 3 each. Then
tentatively tighten the screws [1] and the
screws [4], 3 each and tighten them up fully
after placing the paper guides /Fr and /Rr in a

[5]

[6]

horizontal position.
To check the verticality of the paper guides,
move the guide plate up and down with copy
paper placed on the lift plate and check the
clearance of the paper guide.

[2]

280

[4]
1050fs2768c

6. OTHERS

11. Remove the screws [1], 2 each, of the paper

[1]

guide /Rr and then remove the paper guide cover


[2].

[2]

1050fs2769c

[2]

12. Remove the screws [1], 2 each, and then remove

[1]

the paper stopper mounting plate [2].

13. Remove 6 screws [3], the screw (with a washer


and a spring washer) [4], 3 screws [5] and the fan

[3]

motor mounting plate [6].

[6]

[5]

[3]

[4]

1050fs2770c

281

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

14. Remove the connector [1].


15. Remove 2 screws (nuts) and the paper feed

[3]

assist fans /Rr1 (FM21) and /Rr2 (FM23) [3].

[2]

[1]

1050fs2771c

16. Remove the screws [1], 2 each of the paper

[1]

guide /Fr and then remove the paper guide cover


[2].

17. Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the lever


[2]

[3]

[4]

1050fs2772c

282

cover [4].

6. OTHERS

18. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the paper

[1]

[3]

[2]

stopper mounting plate [2].

19. Remove 6 screws [3], the screw (with a washer


and a spring washer) [4] and 3 screws [5], and
then remove the fan motor mounting plate [6].

[6]
[3]

[5]

[4]

1050fs2773c

20. Cut off the connector [1] and the wire binding
band [2].

21. Remove 2 screws [3] and the paper feed assist


fans /Fr1 (FM20), /Fr2 (FM22) [4].

[3]

[4]

NOTE
When reinstalling it, be sure to replace the
wire binding band with a new one.

22. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[2]
NOTE
After completion of reinstallation, be sure to

[1]

conduct the paper size detection adjust1050fs2774c

ments. (See chapter III "4.3.1 Tray adjustment.")

283

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

C. Removing/reinstalling the paper lift motor


NOTE
The same removal and reinstallation procedures are employed for the paper lift motors /1 (M25)
and /2 (M26) of the trays /1 and /2.
(1) Procedure

1.

Remove the tray.


(See P.94)

2.

Remove 2 screws [1] and 2 screws [2] with


washer.

3.

[3]

[1] [4]

tray front cover [4].

[1]

[2]

[2]

1050fs2775c

284

Remove the connector [3] and then remove the

6. OTHERS

4.

[1]

[2]

Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the cover


[2] and the stopper [3].

[3]

1050fs2776c

285

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

5.
6.
7.
8.

[2]

[4]

Remove the E-ring [1].


Remove 5 screws [2].
Remove the screw [3].
Remove the bearing [5], the bearing [6] and the
torque restriction gear [7] together with the gear

[6]
[3]
[5]

mounting plate [4].

[1]

NOTE

[7]

When removing the gear mounting plate [4],


take note that the gear comes off freely.
When reinstalling it, make sure that the step
[8] of each shaft gets in the gear mounting
plate [4] securely.

[2]

Be sure to reinstall the bearing (large) [5] from


the outside of the gear cover [4] and the bearing (small) [6] from the inside.

[4]

[8]

1050fs2777c

286

6. OTHERS

9.

Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the gear


[2] and the pin [3].

[2]

[1]

[2]

[3]

1050fs2778c

10. Remove 2 screws [1].

[1]

1050fs2779c

287

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

[3]

[1]

[2]

11. Remove the connector [1] and the wire binding


band [2], and then remove the paper lift motors /
1 (M25) and /2 (M26) [3].
NOTE
For ease of the removal and reinstallation
operations, press the release lever [4] so that
the coupling gear [5] can raise.

12. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[4]

288

[5]

1050fs2780c

6.3.5

6. OTHERS

Registration section

A. Removing/reinstalling the multi feed detection board


NOTE
The multi feed detection boards /1 and /2 were adjusted as a unit during the production process.
Be sure to replace it as a unit when replacing one.
When replacing the multi feed detection board /1 and /2, be sure to conduct the sensitivity adjustments of the multi feed sensor. (See P.380)
(1) Procedure

1.

Remove the registration section.


(See P.112)

2.

Remove 2 screws [1] and the remove the multi


feed detection board /2 (MFDB2) [2].

[2]

[1]

1050fs2228c

289

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

3.

Turn over the registration section and remove the


connector [1].

4.

Remove 2 screws [2] and then remove the multi


feed detection board /1 (MFDB1) [3].

5.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[3]

[1]

290

[2]

1050fs2229c

6.3.6

6. OTHERS

ADU

A. Removing/reinstalling the ADU


NOTE
The ADU is very heavy. So when removing and/or reinstalling it, be sure to conduct the operation
with 2 people.
(1) Procedure

1.

Pull out the ADU main body.


(See P.112)

2.
[1]

Remove the fusing section.


(See P.153)

3.

Remove the transfer/separation section.


(See P.112)

4.

Remove the registration section.


(See P.112)

5.
6.

Open the paper reverse/exit section [1].


Remove 2 screws [2] and then remove the connector cover [3].

7.
[4] [5]

[2]

When reinstalling the connector cover, be sure to


set the positioning hole [4] to the projection [5] of
the ADU.

[3]

1050fs2142c

291

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

8.

Remove 4 connectors [1].

9.

Remove 3 screws [1] and remove the cable arm

[1]

[1]

1050fs2143c

[2].

[2]
[1]

1050fs2144c

292

6. OTHERS

10. Remove the screws [1], 3 each, and release the


[6]

ADU from the guide rails /Lt [3] and /Rt [4].

11. Hold the stay [5] and the paper reverse/exit section [6] with 2 people and remove the ADU.
NOTE
Be sure place the ADU in a horizontal place.
Placing the ADU from the front side diagonally
may deform the open/close door /A [7]. Be
absolutely sure to avoid this.

[4]

[1]

12. Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[7]

[2]

[5]

[1]

[3]

1050fs2145c

293

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS
6.3.7

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


HDD

A. Removing/reinstalling the hard disk /1


(1) Procedure

1.
[4]

[1]

Remove the upper cover /Rt.


(See P.256)

2.
3.

Remove 12 screws [1].


Raise the cover [2] and remove 2 connectors [4]
connected to the image processing board (IPB)
[3].

[1]

[2]
[1]

[1]

[3]

1050fs2230c

4.
5.

[5]

Remove 2 connectors [1].


Remove 4 screws [2] and then remove the hard
disk mounting bracket [3].

[1]

6.

Remove 4 screws [4] and then remove the hard


disk /1 (HDD1) [5].

7.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[4]

[2]

[3]

[2]

294

[4]

1050fs2231c

6. OTHERS

B. Removing/reinstalling the hard disk /2


(1) Procedure

1.

Remove the rear cover.


(See P.250)

2.
3.

Remove 2 connectors [1].


Remove 4 screws [2] and then remove the hard
disk mounting bracket [3].

4.

Remove 4 screws [4] and the remove the hard


disk /2 (HDD2) [5].

5.

Reinstall the above parts following the removal


steps in reverse.

[1]

[3]

[4]
[2]

[2]

[5]

[4]

1050fs2232c

295

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

6.4

Commercially available parts

6.4.1

Status indicator light

A. Connecting connector
(1) Connector position

[1]

1050fs2233c

[1]

296

CN160

6. OTHERS

(2) Connector specifications


Connector

Pin No.
1

Signal name
PAT1

Description
Light ON signal

Output timing
L signal output when the

Type of signal
Open collector

printing available
2

PAT2

L signal output while in the


scanning or printing operation

PAT3

L signal output when an


abnormal stop occurs due to
jams, error codes, no paper,

160

or no toner
4

PAT4

L signal output when the


toner supply message is displayed

24V

24V DC source

At all times

24V,
500 mA

P.GND

Power ground

297

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

B. Procedure for reinstallation


(1) Preparation in advance
Be sure set the wiring harness pin assignment on the status indicator light to the pin assignment of CN160 on
the main body side so that the CN can be connected.
(2) Procedure on the main body side

[2]

[1]

1.

Remove the rear cover (See P.250) and the upper


cover /Rt (See P.256)

2.

Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the


adjusting knob [2]. Remove 2 screws [3] and
then remove the arm cover /1 [4].

[3]

[4]

1050fs2412c

3.

[1]

[2]

298

Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the arm


cover /2 [2].

1050fs2413c

6. OTHERS

4.

[1]

[2]

Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the arm


cover /3 [2].

1050fs2423c

5.

[1]

Remove the IC board unit. (See IC unit Field Service "4.2.1 Removal / Installation of IC Unit").

6.

Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the exterior mounting plate /A [2].

[2]

[1]

1050fs2414c

[2]

7.

Peel off the label [2] of the arm cover /3 [1].

1050fs2415c

299

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

[2]

[3]

[1]

8.

With the bolt section [1] of the status indicator


light provided with the nut [2] and washer [3],
pass the wiring harness of the status indicator
light through the arm cover /3 [4], the washer [5]
and the nut [6] and tighten up the nut [6].

[4]

[5]

[6]

1050fs2416c

300

6. OTHERS

[1]

[2]

9.

Pass the wiring harness [1] of the status indicator


light through the operation unit support member
[2] and install the arm cover /3 [4] with 3 screws
[3].

10. Reinstall the arm cover /1, the arm cover /2 and
the adjusting knob following the removal steps in
reverse.

[3]

[4]

1050fs2417c

301

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

[2]

11. Connect the connector [1] of the status indicator

[1]

light to the connector [2] on the main body for


wiring.
NOTE
When wiring, be sure that the wiring harness
does not come in contact with the drive section.

12. Reinstall the upper cover /Rt and the rear cover
following the removal steps in reverse.

1050fs2418c

302

6.4.2

6. OTHERS

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Coin vendor

A. Connecting connector
(1) Connector position

[1]

[4]

[3]
[2]

1050fs2234c

[1]

AC drive board (ACDB)

[3]

CN37 (Serial)

[2]

CN36 (Parallel)

[4]

Printer control board (PRCB)

303

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

6.5

PCS corresponding parts

6.5.1

PCS corresponding parts

"PCS" stands for "proactive customization support," and three types of items are set so that the demands
expected in the POD market and Product printing market can be met. Providing these parts allows customization adequate to the user's type of usage.
6.5.2

PCS corresponding parts list

A. Transfer assist sheet


(1) Purpose
For the transfer assist sheet, A3 and A4 sizes (metric)/11 inches size (inch) are provided as standard equipment.
When paper sizes other than the standard sizes are used more frequently, the transfer assist sheet can be
changed to these sizes.
(2) Characteristics
8 types of the transfer assist sheets are provided according to the paper sizes. However, when changing to
sizes other than those provided as standard equipment, it is necessary to add a new relay wiring harness and
size detection connector.
It is possible to use a number of the transfer/separation assist sheets. On that occasion, however, after adding
the relay wiring harness mentioned above, it is necessary to purchase a transfer assist sheet that has been
incorporated into the transfer/separation charger unit. This transfer/separation charger unit must be provide with
a size detection connector.
NOTE
When using plural sizes jointly, the transfer/separation unit of standard equipment (A3 and A4/
metric, 11 inches) requires the size detection connector.
Since no individual counter is equipped, when the unit is replaced for each size, the management
of the counter is unavailable.
(3) Counter management of the transfer/separation unit in the PCS correspondence
The copy count (fixed parts count) by parts that need to be replaced is equipped with a counter for each size.
When making the transfer/separation charger unit PCS corresponding, be sure to conduct the counter management with this counter. However, this counter counts any relevant size regardless of the size of the transfer assist
sheet installed to the main body. So, to manage the counter correctly, the user must replace the transfer/separation charger unit with an appropriate one.
Reference:
Double sided print job on the following condition
Transfer size: 8.5 inches
Weight: 91 g/m2 or less
No. of prints: 10
Size of the transfer assist sheet: A4S, A5
The copy count by parts that need to be replaced on this condition is as shown below. On this occasion, even if
the transfer assist sheet size is A4S or A5, the transfer size is "8.5 inches" and the count is up at 8.5 inches
No. 107 8.5 inches. double sided paper through count 10 counts
No. 108 A4S, A5 double sided paper through count

304

0 count

Unit

6. OTHERS
Type

Wire color of the

Remarks

size detection
connector
Transfer/separation Used exclusively for A3, A4
charger unit

Used exclusively for 11 inches

Brown
Red

Used exclusively for 8K, 16K

Orange

Used exclusively for B4, B5

Yellow

Used exclusively for 8.5 inches

Pink

Used exclusively for A4S, A5

Blue

Used exclusively for 8, 8.125, 8.25 inches


Used exclusively for B5S
Transfer assist

Used exclusively for A3, A4

sheet assembly

Used exclusively for 11 inches

Default size for metric area


Default size for inch area

Purple
Gray

Default size for metric area


Default size for inch area

Used exclusively for 8K, 16K


Used exclusively for B4, B5
Used exclusively for 8.5 inches
Used exclusively for A4S, A5
Used exclusively for 8, 8.125, 8.25 inches
Used exclusively for B5S
B. Cleaning brush
(1) Purpose
A cleaning brush is used while in the overlay printing in which coated paper is used. For coated paper while in off-set printing, ink gets dry slowly. Therefore, to prevent the transfer of ink onto the backside of the paper, powder is normally sprinkled.
The cleaning brush is used to prevent the occurrence of a no feed condition due to this powder.
However, to maintain the specified performance, the cleaning brush needs to be cleaned every 2,000 sheets of
paper through while in overlay printing.
Do not use the cleaning brush for the paper with many paper powders. The cleaning brush may be clogged by
the paper powder and the conveyance power may be reduced.
(2) Characteristics
The cleaning brush can clean the pick-up roller and the paper feed roller.
Since it is used while in the overlay printing, it can be installed only in the tray 4 of PF-701 that is used while in
the overlay printing.
C. Paper feed assist plate
(1) Purpose
The paper feed assist plate is used to adjust the pick-up pressure on paper by changing the load on the pick-up
roller. Adjustments can be made according to the type of paper to increase the paper feed performance.
Improve a non feed condition that is apt to occur when feeding paper, such as a thick paper, that is hard to convey.
(2) Characteristics
The paper feed assist plate weighs about 10g and the pick-up roller can be equipped with up to 4 plates.
Increasing or decreasing the number of plates allows you to adjust the pick-up pressure corresponding to the
type of paper.
4 plates only are packaged together with the main body and they can be purchased as service parts when
required.

305

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS
6.5.3

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Procedure for reinstallation

A. Transfer assist sheet


(1) Preparation
When changing from the standard size to any other size, it is necessary to purchase the following parts.
PCS corresponding (other than the standard size) transfer /separation charger unit (assembled with the transfer assist sheet) *
Size detection connector
Relay wiring harness
Wire binding band
*

Other than the transfer/separation charger unit assembled with each size of the transfer assist sheet, it is
possible to purchase the transfer assist sheet assembly.

(2) Addition of the size detection connector

1.

[1]

Pull out the ADU.


(See P.112)

2.

Remove the screw [1] and then remove the connector cover [2].

[2]

1050fs2019c

306

6. OTHERS

3.
4.

[2]

Disconnect the connector [1].


Loosen 2 screws [2] and remove the transfer/
separation charger unit [3].

[3]

[1]

[2]

1050fs2021c

307

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

5.

Turn over the transfer/separation charger unit [1]


and tighten the wiring harness of the existing
connector [2] and the wiring harness of the size
detection connector [3] with the wiring band [4].

NOTE
Be sure to install the wiring harness of the
size detection connector [3] so that the rear
end section [5] does not protrude from the
inner end [7] of the connector bracket plate

[6]

[1]

[6]. If it is protruding, the wiring harness may


be broken.
For the size detection connector, it is necessary to install the one corresponding to the
size to be used. This can be identified by the

[5]

wire color of the size detection connector.


(See P.306)

[7]

[4]
[2]

[3]
1050fs2022c

6.

Remove the screw [1] and then remove the lever


A [2].

[6]

7.
8.

Open the open/close guide /1 [3].


Loosen 2 screws [4] and remove the ADU cover /
Lt [5].

[4]

9.

Loosen 2 screws [6] and remove the ADU cover /


Rt [7].

[5]

[7]
[3]

[1]

[2]
1050fs2023c

308

6. OTHERS

10. Connect the connector [2] of the relay wiring har-

[4]

ness [1] to the CN599 of the ADU drive board /1


[3].

11. Pull around the relay wiring harness [1] as shown


in the drawing and hold it with the relay wiring
clamps [4] provided at the 12 placed.

[4]

[1]

[3]
[1]

[2]

[4]

[1]

1050fs2024c

12. Reinstall the transfer/separation charger unit [1].


13. Connect the size detection connector [4] to the

[3]

connector [3] of the relay wiring harness [2].

14. Reinstall the ADU covers /Rt and /Lt and the
lever A.

15. Put the ADU back to the inside of the main body.
16. Change the software DIPSW settings in the service mode to the following.
DIPSW26-0: On (1)
DIPSW26-1: On (1)
NOTE
When the above software DIPSW is changed,

[4]

[2]

1050fs2025c

the size detection connector is required by


the transfer/separation charger of standard
size. When the size detection connector is not
installed, the transfer assist sheet does not
operate.

309

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

B. Paper feed assist plate


(1) Checking of the contents of the package
The package contains the following as a set.
[1] Paper feed assist plate:4 pcs.
[2] Screw:2 pcs (TP3 x 8)

[1]

[2]
1050fs2722c

(2) Procedure
For the main body, see "11.1.3 Pick-up roller load adjustment".
For the PF, see"5.3 Adjusting the pick-up roller pressure" in the Field Service for the PF-701.

310

6.5.4

6. OTHERS

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Periodic maintenance of the PCS corresponding parts

A. Maintenance Item
No.

Unit

Description

Quantity

classification
1

Transfer/

Implementation classification

Materials

Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement

Tools used

(1) Removal of trans-

separation

fer/separation unit

charger unit
(2) Replacing of trans-

fer assist sheet


assembly

B. Periodically replaced parts list


No.

Classification

Parts name

Quan-

Actual replacement

tity

cycle

Transfer assist sheet

Exclusively used for A3 and A4

1,500,000

assembly * 1

Exclusively used for 11 inches

1,500,000

Exclusively used for 8K and 16K

1,500,000

Exclusively used for B4 and B5

1,500,000

Exclusively used for 8.5 inches

1,500,000

Exclusively used for A4S and A5

1,500,000

Exclusively used for 8, 8.125 and 8.25 inches

1,500,000

Exclusively used for B5S

1,500,000

Transfer/separation

Exclusively used for A4

6,000,000

10

charger unit

Exclusively used for 11 inches

6,000,000

11

Exclusively used for 8K and 16K

6,000,000

12

Exclusively used for B4 and B5

6,000,000

13

Exclusively used for 8.5 inches

6,000,000

14

Exclusively used for A4S and A5

6,000,000

15

Exclusively used for 8, 8.125 and 8.25 inches

6,000,000

16

Exclusively used for B5S

6,000,000

* 1 For the PCS corresponding transfer assist assembly, the counter management is not available. The numerical values given here are reference.

311

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

C. Maintenance procedure

Caution:
When replacing the periodically replaced parts, be sure to unplug the power cord of the main body
from the power outlet.

(1) Replacing the transfer assist sheet assembly


1)

Periodically replaced parts/cycle

Transfer assist sheet assembly: Every 1,500,000 prints


2)

Procedure

See 3.5.8 J. Replacing the transfer assist sheet assembly.

312

6.6

CMS corresponding parts

6.6.1

CMS corresponding parts

6. OTHERS

"CMS" stands for "customer maintenance support," and this is applicable when the user wants to change parts
by himself.
For CMS corresponding parts, 9 types of parts are set. However, some parts provided as an assembly of parts
larger than those replaced normally by the CE so that the user can easily conduct the part replacement operation.
6.6.2

CMS corresponding parts list

A. Pick-up roller unit


(1) Purpose
To return to normal operation in a short time when the paper feedability goes down due to deterioration of the
pick-up roller.
(2) Replacement cycle
Pick-up roller unit (Main body): Every 2,250,000 prints (Periodically replaced cycle: 500,000 prints)
Pick-up roller unit (DF-603): Every 4,500,000 prints (Periodically replaced cycle: 800,000 prints)
Pick-up roller unit (PF-701): Every 2,250,000 prints (Periodically replaced cycle: 500,000 prints)
Pick-up roller unit (PP-701): Periodically replaced cycle: 50,000 prints
(3) Replacement procedure
1)

Pick-up roller unit (Main body)

See "3.5.6 A. Removing/reinstalling the pick-up roller assembly/separation roller assembly.


NOTE
The steps 1 to 8 are applicable.
2)

Pick-up roller unit (DF-603)

See DF-603 Service Manual (Field service)


"2.1.2 Replacing the separation roller/torque limiter".
NOTE
The steps 1 to 5 are applicable.
3)

Pick-up roller unit (PF-701/PP-701)

See PF-701,PP-701 Service Manual (Field service)


"2.1.1 Removing/reinstalling the pick-up roller Assy/separation roller Assy".
NOTE
The steps 1 to 8 are applicable.

313

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

B. Separation roller unit


(1) Purpose
To return to the normal operation in a short time when the paper feedability goes down due to deterioration of
the separation roller.
(2) Replacement cycle
Separation roller unit (Main body): Every 2,250,000 prints (Periodically replaced cycle: 500,000 prints)
Separation roller unit (DF-603): Every 2,250,000* prints (Periodically replaced cycle: 400,000 prints)
Separation roller unit (PF-701): Every 2,250,000 prints (Periodically replaced cycle: 500,000 prints)
Pick-up roller unit (PP-701): Periodically replaced cycle: 50,000 prints
* For the torque limiter and the separation roller that are the component parts of the separation roller unit (DF603), the periodically replaced cycle is different. So, the cycle of the separation roller that is the shorter of
the two is employed.
(3) Replacement procedure
1)

Separation roller unit (Main body)

See "3.5.6 A. Removing/reinstalling the pick-up roller assembly/separation roller assembly.


NOTE
The steps 9 to 11 are applicable.
2)

Separation roller unit (DF-603)

See DF-603 Service Manual (Field service)


"2.1.2 Replacing the separation roller/torque limiter".
NOTE
The steps 1 to 2 are applicable.
3)

Separation roller unit (PF-701/PP-701)

See PF-701/PP-701 Service Manual (Field service)


"2.1.1 Removing/reinstalling the pick-up roller Assy/separation roller Assy".
NOTE
The steps 9 to 11 are applicable.
C. Transfer/separation charger unit
(1) Purpose
To return to normal operation in a short time when the transfer or separation performance goes down due to
deterioration of the transfer/separation charger unit.
(2) Replacement cycle
Transfer/separation charger unit: 6,000,000 prints
(3) Replacement procedure
See "E. Replacing the transfer/separation charger unit".

314

6. OTHERS

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


D. Waste toner recycle box
1)

Purpose

To return to the normal operation as soon as possible when the waste toner recycle box of RC-501 is full.
2)

Replacement cycle

Waste toner recycle box (RC-501) : 750,000 prints


3)

Replacement procedure

See RC-501 Service Manual (Field service)


"3.1.2 Waste toner recycle box"
NOTE
The steps 1 to 4 are applicable.
6.6.3

1.

CMS corresponding parts counter management

When the user replaces CMS corresponding parts, the counter needs to be reset. By changing the CMS
corresponding parts counter from DIPSW15-0 to 1, [CMS Parts Count] is displayed in the utility menu
screen.

2.

The parts name/parts number/limit value of [CMS Parts Count] is registered by the user, and can also be
reset. In addition, as this count value uses the value of [Count of each part] in service mode, when
DIPSW15-0 is set to 1, the contents of the [Count of each part] settings are displayed in the [Utility] mode.

3.

The counting method of the [CMS Parts Count] is shown in the table below.

DIPSW

CMS Function

Counter No.

Ignore

1 to 30

Counting Method

15-0
0

1 count for each paper exit in the single side mode, 2 counts in
the double side mode.

Apply

1 to 2

When paper in tray 1 is used, 1 count for each paper exit.

3 to 4

When paper in tray 2 is used, 1 count for each paper exit.

5 to 6

When paper in tray 3 is used, 1 count for each paper exit.

7 to 8

When paper in tray 4 is used, 1 count for each paper exit.

9 to 10

When paper in tray 5 is used, 1 count for each paper exit.

11 to 12

When the document is scanned from the ADF, 1 count for each
paper exit.

13 to 14
15 to 30

1 count for each paper exit.


1 count for each paper exit in the single side mode, 2 counts in
the double side mode.

31

For waste toner box of RC-501


Displayed when the DIPSW5-1, 5-4, 12-5, 15-0 are all "1".
Timing of pre-full display, full warning display can be changed
by DIPSW5-0

315

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

6. OTHERS

Blank page

316

7. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT / SETTING SECTION

ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
7. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT / SETTING SECTION

B. Checkpoints when conducting on-site ser-

7.1

repairing the machine.

Composition

vice
Due attention should be paid to the following when

1.

Be sure to unplug the power cord from the

This part "ADJUSTMENT/SETTING" describes items

power outlet. Also, when operating the machine

to be adjusted and the method of adjustment that is

with the power supplied, be careful of the scan

required by this machine, it also gives detailed expla-

of the exposure unit and be sure not to get

nations.

caught by the gear.

2.

not to get burnt when handling it.

A. Checking before starting work


When conducting claims in the field, it is necessary to

The fusing section may be very hot. Be careful

3.

The developing unit is strongly magnetized. Be

check first the following:

careful not to bring a watch and instrument near

1.

to the unit.

Are the power supply and voltage secured in


accordance with the specifications?

2.
3.

Is the power supply properly grounded?


Is any equipment that repeatedly consumes a lot

4.
5.

Be careful not to damage the drum with a tool.


Be careful not to touch IC directly with bare
hands.

of electricity connected to the same power supply? (e.g.: Electric noise sources such as elevator and air conditioner)

4.

Are environmental conditions suitable for the


machine?
High temperature and high humidity, direct
sunlight, air ventilation, etc.
Levelness of the location on which the
machine is installed.

5.

Does the cause of poor images lie in the original


itself?

6.
7.
8.
9.

Is density selected properly?


Is the original glass stained?
Is proper paper used for copy?
Are copy consumables replaced with new ones
at their life? (e.g.: Developer, drum, cleaning
blade, etc)

10. Is toner filled?

317

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

8. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS

Machine adjustment

Magnification adjustment

Timing adjustment

Centering adjustment
Warp adjustment

ADF adjustment

Process
adjustment

Counter

ISW
Finisher adjustment
IP HDD format
Others

318

High voltage adjustment


Drum peculiarity adjustment

Count

Copy count of special parts


ISW mode
Stacker adjustment

Regist line speed adjustment


Printer drum clock adjustment (Side1)
Printer horizontal adjustment (Side1)
Scanner drum clock adjustment
ADF drum clock adjustment
Printer drum clock adjustment (Side2)
Printer horizontal clock adjustment (Side2)
Printer restart timing adjustment (Side1)
Scanner restart timing adjustment
ADF restart timing adjustment
ADF regist loop adjustment
Printer centering adjustment
ADF Centering adjustment
Scanner (Glass) warp (Main)
Scanner (Glass) warp (Deputy)
Scanner (ADF) warp (Main)
Scanner (ADF) warp (Deputy)
ADF density adjustment
ADF original size adjustment
ADF sensor sensitivity adjustment
ADF incline offset adjustment
ADF centering sensor adjustment
High voltage auto adjustment
Blade setting mode
Auto drum potential adjustment
Auto maximum density adjustment
Auto dot diameter adjustment
LD offset adjustment
Auto gamma adjustment (1dot)
Cartridge set mode
PM cycle setting counter reset
Developer setting counter reset
Sensitive drum setting counter reset
Fixing cleaning web

Slit glass

Cleaning web

Toner guide brush

Replacement parts/Others

Cleaning blade

Adjustment items

Developer

This table shows the list of adjustment items when replacing a part. Items are numbered in a circle by the
priority if there is any.

Drum

After PM Implementation

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

8. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS

e
f
g
h
i
j
k

e
f
g
h
i
j

{
c
e
c

Paper width adjustment


Paper length adjustment

IP HDD format
Setting powder application
Dust-proof glass cleaning (Write unit)
Mirror unit positioning (require the jigs)
Blade auto replacement spring charge
Fusing lamp's installation direction (Maker's mark in front)
Thermistor positioning (require the jig)
Thermostat positioning (require the jig)
Parameter board (PB) replacement
EEPROM replacement
Grip conveyance home sensor adjustment
Trimmer board solenoid operation counter clear
Multi feed detection board adjustment

c
d

d
d

When replacing the image processing board (IPB) due to the IPB being damaged, the parameter board (PB)
that was installed on the damaged IPB should be used on the new IPB. Contact the service manager of the
authorized distributor if it is considered that the PB is also damaged.
The parameter board (PB) stores various adjustment data, setting data and counter data. Therefore, when
replacing the PB, perform all adjustments and settings, and be sure to replace the parts for control correction (Drum, developer, cleaning blade, cleaning web). For details, contact the service manager of the
authorized distributor.

e
f
g
h

c
d
e

{
c
{

h
i
j
k

e
h

g
f
i
g

d
j

f
d
k
e

f
g
h
i
j
k

c
c
e
f
d
d

d
d
d

When replacing a board due to the PB control board (PBCB), the SD control board (SDCB), FD control

board (FDCB) or the FNS control board (FNSCB) being damaged, the non-volatile memory (EEPROM) that

was installed on the damaged control board should be used on the new control board. Install the new EEP-

ROM and perform all adjustments for the PB, SD, FD or FS if it is considered that the EEPROM is also dam-

aged.

319

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

PI drive board (PIDB)

ADU drive board /1


(ADUDB1)

Trimmer board assembly

PB control board
(PBCB)

SD control board
(SDCB)

Hard disk /2 (HDD2)

FNS control board


(FNSCB)

FD control board (FDCB)

c
d

LS control board (LSCB)

RADF control board


(RADFCB)

Operation board /1
(OB1)

Printer control board


(PRCB)

Overall control board


(OACB)

High voltage unit /1, /2


(HV1, /2)

Thermostat /2 (TS2)

Thermostat /1 (TS1)

Thermistor /3 (TH3)

Thermistor /1 (TH1)

Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4)

Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3)

Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)

Multi feed detection board


/1, /2 (MFDB /1, /2)

Registration roller

Write unit

CCD unit

Scanner wire mirror


unit

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


8. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

9. UTILITY MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

9. UTILITY MODE
9.1

List of utility modes

Note
For details on the utility mode, refer to "User's guide."
01 System Setting 01 Language Setting
02 Buzzer Setting

01 Buzzer On/Off, Volume Setting


02 Buzzer for Job Stop Setting

03 1 SHOT Indication Time


04 Default Screen Setting
05 Auto Reset Setting
06 Key Response Time
07 Change User Password
08 Function Key Setting
02 Function

01 Feed Tray Setting

Setting

01 Feed Tray Auto Selection


02 ATS Permit
03 Auto Paper Type

02 Each Function Setting


03 Density Setting

01 Density Shift for Enhance Mode


02 User Density Setting
03 Photo Mode Density Selection
04 Image Density Selection

04 Preset Zoom
05 Tandem Setting

01 Batch Reading Mode


02 Wait/Proof Mode
03 Shift Value Setting
04 Tandem Setting after JOB

06 User Paper Selection


03 Copy Setting

01 Reset Setting

01 Initial Setting
02 Reset Function Setting
03 Initial by Key Counter Insert

02 Each Function Setting


04 Scanner Set-

01 Default Address Setting

ting

02 Each Function Setting

05 Touch Screen Adjustment


06 Machine
Manager Setting

01 System Setting

01 Power Save Setting


02 Time and Date Setting
03 Weekly Timer

01 Weekly Timer On/Off Setting

Setting

02 Time Setting
03 Timer Action On/Off Setting
04 Lunch Hour Off Setting
05 Set Password for Timer Interrupt

04 Management List Print

320

06 Machine

01 System Setting

9. UTILITY MODE

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


05 Operation Prohibit Setting

Manager Setting
06 Expert

01 Original Scan Area Setting

Adjustment

02 ADF Frame Erasure Setting


03 Non Image Area Erase Setting

07 Size Setting
08 Annotation Setting
09 Perfect Binding Mode Setting
02 Manager/Machine Register

01 Machine Manager Register

03 User Auth./Volume

01 Authentication Method

Track

02 Authentication Setting
02 Section Management Setting

02 Volume Track
03 User Authentication Set
04 Non register/Output Set
04 Network Setting

01 Machine NIC Setting


02 Controller NIC

01 TCP/IP

Setting

02 NetWare
03 IPP
04 FTP
05 SNMP
06 SMB
07 AppleTalk
08 E-Mail

01 E-Mail Send Setting


02 E-Mail Receive Setting
03 Title Setting
04 Sentence Setting

09 HDD
10 Alert Mail
11 CSRC

01 CSRC Send Setting


02 CSRC Receive Setting
03 CSRC Communication Test

12 AP I/F
13 PSWC
14 Network Setting Clear
15 SNMP Trap
05 Copy/Printer Setting

01 Job Offset Operating


02 Continuation print(Print)
03 Page No. pos.(Booklet)
04 Fixing Prerotation Set
05 Image Auto Rotation
06 Interruption Suspend
07 Copy Reserve Operation
08 Scan Stop (pull out tray)
09 Continuation Print (Copy)

321

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

9. UTILITY MODE
06 Machine

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


05 Copy/Printer Setting

Manager Setting

10 Original Glass SDF


11 SDF Auto Setting

06 System Connection

01 User Call

07 Security Setting

01 Machine Manager Password


02 HDD Management

01 Folder Box List/Delete

Setting

02 HDD Data Auto Delete Period Setting


03 Change HDD Lock Password

03 Security Strengthen Mode


08 Scanner Address
Register

322

01 Send Address Edit/Delete

10. SERVICE MODE

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

10. SERVICE MODE


10.1 Setting method
This machine is provided with a service mode for various adjustments/settings. Data adjusted/set in this
mode is stored in the parameter board (PB).
10.1.1

Start and exit service mode

You can access the service mode while the power is


both turned ON and OFF. In either way, the started
service mode is the same, but how to exit differs.
A. Starting and exiting service mode while the
power
p
is ON

1.

Be sure that the ordinary copy screen is displayed.

2.
3.

Press the Utility/Counter button.


"Utility Menu screen"
On the Operation panel, press the following buttons.
Stop 0 0 Stop 0 1
When the CE password has been set, you must
enter the password to enter the service mode.

4.

"Service mode menu screen"


The service mode appears.

5.

Press the key for an item you want to configure.


The setting screen for each item appears.

6.

Press the [Exit] key to go back to the "Utility


Menu" screen.

7.

The new settings become effective.

B. Starting and exiting service mode while the


p
power
is OFF

1.

While pressing the Utility/Counter button, turn


ON the power switch (SW2).
When the CE password has been set, you must
enter the password to enter the service mode.

2.

"Service mode menu screen"


The service mode appears.

3.

Press the key for an item you want to configure.


The setting screen for each item appears.

4.
5.

Turn OFF the SW2.


After the reboot, the new settings become effective.

323

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

10.2 List of service mode


01 Machine Adjustment

01 Tray Adjustment
02 Magnification

01 Regist Line Speed Adjustment

Adjustment

02 Printer Drum Clock Adjustment <SIDE1>


03 Printer Drum Clock Adjustment <SIDE2>
04 Printer Horizontal Adjustment <SIDE1>
05 Printer Horizontal Adjustment <SIDE2>
06 Scanner Drum Clock Adjustment
07 ADF Drum Clock Adjustment

03 Timing Adjustment

01 Printer Restart Timing Adjustment <SIDE1>


02 Printer Restart Timing Adjustment <SIDE2>
03 Printer Regist Loop Adjustment
04 Printer Pre-regist Adjustment
05 Printer Lead Edge Timing Adjustment
06 Transfer Assistance Timing Adjustment
07 Scanner Restart Timing Adjustment
08 ADF Restart Timing Adjustment
09 ADF Regist Loop Adjustment

04 Centering Adjust-

01 Printer Centering Adjustment

ment

02 Scanner Centering Adjustment


03 ADF Centering Adjustment

05 Warp Adjustment
06 NonImage Area Erase Check
07 ADF Adjustment

01 ADF Density Adjustment


02 ADF Original Size Adjustment
03 ADF Sensor Sensitivity Adjustment
04 ADF Incline Offset Adjustment
05 ADF Centering Sensor Adjustment

02 Process Adjustment

08 Recall Standard Data

Recall standard data: Machine adjustment

01 High Voltage

01 High Voltage Auto Adjustment

Adjustment

02 HV Adjustment (Charge)
03 HV Adjustment (Transfer)
04 HV Adjustment (Separation AC)
05 HV Adjustment (Separation DC)
06 HV Adjustment (Charging grid voltage)
07 HV Adjustment (Bias of development DC)
08 Transfer Guide Confirm

02 Drum Peculiarity Adj.

01 Blade Setting Mode


02 Auto Drum Potential Adjustment
03 Auto Maximum Density Adjustment
04 Auto Dot Diameter Adjustment
05 LD Offset Adjustment

324

02 Process Adjustment

10. SERVICE MODE


02 Drum Peculiarity

06 Auto Gamma Adjustment (1dot)

Adjustment

07 LD1 Bias Adjustment

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

08 LD2 Bias Adjustment


09 Cartridge Set Mode
03 Drum Peculiarity Manual
04 User Paper Setting
05 Recall Standard Data
03 Counter

01 PM Count
02 Data Collection

01 Total count of each paper size


02 Copy count of each paper size
03 Print count of each paper size
04 Large size count
05 ADF Count
06 Pixel ratio of each section
07 Pixel ratio ranking list
08 JAM data of time series
09 JAM Count
10 Count of each copy mode
11 SC data of time series
12 SC Count
13 JAM count of each section
14 SC count of each section

03 Parts Counter

01 Count of special parts


02 Count of each parts

04 Machine Condition

01 I/O Check mode

05 List Output

01 List Output

06 Test Mode

01 Test Pattern Output Mode


02 Test Pattern Density
03 Running Test Mode

07 System Setting

01 Software SW Setting
02 Telephone Number Setting
03 M/C Serial Number Setting
04 Setting Date Input

08 ROM Version

01 ROM Version

09 CS Remote Care

01 CS Remote Care

01 E-Mail
02 Modem

10 ISW

01 ISW

11 Finisher Adjustment

01 Stapler Position Adj.

01 Stapling Center Position Adjustment


02 Paper Width Adjustment

02 Multi Folder (Punch)

01 Paper Width Adjustment

Adj.

02 Hole-Punch Vertical Position Adjustment

325

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE


11 Finisher Adjustment

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


03 Multi Folder (Fold)

01 Folding Position Adjustment

Adj.

02 Letter Fold-in Position Adjustment


03 Letter Fold-out Pos. Adjustment
04 Double Parallel Position Adjustment
05 Z-Fold Position Adjustment
06 Gate Position Adjustment
07 Fold Regist Loop Adjustment

04 Multi Folder (PI) Adj.


05 Stacker Adjustment

01 Paper Width Adjustment


02 Paper Length Adjustment

06 Saddle Stitcher Adj.

01 Stapling Centring Adjustment


02 Stapling Paper Width Adjustment
03 Stapling Pitch Adjustment
04 Folding Position Adjustment
05 Three-Fold Position Adjustment
06 Fold Paper Width Adjustment
07 Trimming Adjustment

07 Perfect Binder

01 Cover Trimming Adjustment

Adjustment

02 Cover Lead Edge Adjustment


03 Spine Corner forming Position Adj.
04 Pasting Start Postion Adjustment
05 Pasting Finish Position Adjustment
06 Paste Formation Finish Position Adj.
07 Temperature Adjustment
08 Sub Compile CD Width Adjustment
09 Clamp CD Width Adjustment
10 Cover Up/Down CD Width Adjustment
11 Clamp FD Position Adjustment

08 Recall Standard Data


12 Machine Manager Setting 01 Manager Authentication
02 Machine Manager Password
13 CE Setting

01 CE Authentication Setting
02 CE Password Setting

14 IP HDD Format

326

01 IP HDD Format

10. SERVICE MODE

10.3 Machine adjustment

5. Pull out the selected tray and widen the paper


guide [1] to the max. width. Narrow the paper

10.3.1

Tray adjustment

guide [1] slowly to fill a gap [3] between the lift

Adjust the paper size from tray /1 to tray /5.

plate cover [2] and the paper guide [1] until it

This adjustment is needed when a paper size is not

reaches the scale "250"[4]. (The scale inside

detected properly.

the paper guide is 250 mm)

(1) Procedure

[2]

[3]

[1]

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.
Press the [01 Tray Adjustment] key on the sub
menu.

4. "Tray adjustment screen"


Tray adjustment includes the following items.
Press the [Next] key or the [Back], and select
(1) of the tray you adjust.

[4]

[Tray 1 (1)]
[Tray 1 (2)]
[Tray 2 (1)]
[Tray 2 (2)]
[Tray 3 (1)]

Info HJG:
1. 250mm
2. 297mm

250mm

[Tray 3 (2)]
[Tray 4 (1)]
[Tray 4 (2)]
[Tray 5 (1)]
[Tray 5 (2)]

[1]

Note
Be sure to select (1) of the tray you adjust.

1050fs3021c

6. Set the tray.


7. Press the [Start] key on the screen.

Info HJG:
Wichtig: Zum Ausfhren Justage mssen
die Papiermagazine eingeschoben sein !

The current position of the selected tray is read


in. When the adjustment is done, the message
"Complete" appears.

8. Press the [Next] key and select (2) of the trays


you want to adjust.
Note
Be sure to select (2) of the trays you want
to adjust.

9. Pull out the tray and widen the paper guide to


the max. width. Narrow the paper guide slowly
to fill a gap between the lift plate cover and the
paper guide until it reaches the scale "A3A4".
(The scale inside the paper guide is 297 mm)

10. Set the tray.

327

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

11. Press the [Start] key on the screen.


The current position of the selected tray is read

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


10.3.2

Magnification adjustment

Adjust various kinds of image magnification.

in. When the adjustment is done, the message


"Complete" appears.

12. To adjust other trays, repeat steps 4 to 11.

A. Regist line speed adjustment


Change the line speed of the registration roller to
match the line speed of the drum.
NOTE

Info HJG:
Geschwindigkeit der Registrierrollen

This adjustment changes the line speed of


the registration roller only. Unless properly
adjusted, it may cause a transfer jitter at a
position 145 mm from the paper trailing edge.
Usually, do not use this adjustment in the
field. Use this only when replacing the registration roller and when a transfer jitter occurs
at a position 145 mm from the paper trailing
edge.
(1) Procedure

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.
Press the [02 Magnification Adjustment] key on
the sub menu.

4. "Magnification adjustment mode menu screen"


Press the [01 Regist Line Speed Adjustment]
key.

5. "Regist Line Speed Adjustment screen"


Confirm that the [Inside Pattern] is displayed
"16", and press the [COPY] key.

6. Set A3 or 11 x 17 paper (130 g/m2 or 35 lb


Bond) in the tray. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).
Note
Select [72-91g] for the basic weight setting.

328

10. SERVICE MODE

7. Measure the magnification of the sub scan


direction with a scale.

15. Check the transfer jitter around 145 mm from


the paper trailing edge, and find an output with

Standard value: 0.5% or less (When in life-size)

the least transfer jitter (Density of half-tone is


even with surrounding area).

0 mm
Within 102.8
-0.5

16. Press the [SERVICE] key.


17. "Regist Line Speed Adjustment screen"
Through the numeric keys, enter the adjusted

102.8 -0.5

step number of the output paper you selected


in step 15, and press the [Set] key.
Setting range:-40 (short) to +55 (long)
1 step = 0.05%

1050fs3001c

8. When the value is not within the standard value,


press the [SERVICE] key.

9. "Regist Line Speed Adjustment screen"


Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
Setting range:-40 (short) to +55 (long)
1 step = 0.05%

10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value


can be obtained.

11. "Regist Line Speed Adjustment"


Press the [Inside Pattern] key and enter 9 with
the numeric key. Press the [Set] key.
Press the [Inside Pattern] key again and press
the [COPY] key.
Note
The density of "Test pattern density setting" is reflected. So, be sure to check the
set value of "Test pattern density setting"
to ensure it is "255."

12. Set A3 or 11 x 17 paper (130 g/m2 or 35 lb


Bond) in the tray. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.9).

13. Press the [SERVICE] key to return to the [Regist


Line Speed Adjustment] screen.

14. Repeat steps 11 to 13 to output test patterns


for two steps before and after the value you
entered in step 10.
e.g.: When the adjusted value is "-1"
Output 5 test patterns for -3, -2, -1, 0, 1.

329

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

B. Printer drum clock adjustment (Side 1)

C. Printer drum clock adjustment (Side 2)

Adjust the magnification of the sub scan direction on

Adjust the magnification of the sub scan direction on

only side 1 of the printer system.

only side 2 of the printer system.

This adjustment changes the line speed of the drum

This adjustment changes the line speed of the drum

and the registration roller on side 1 evenly.

and the registration roller on side 2 evenly.

Info HJG: Mastab in FD der Seite 1

Info HJG: Mastab in FD der Seite 2


(1) Procedure

(1) Procedure

1. Enter the service mode.

1. Enter the service mode.

2. "Service mode menu screen"

2. "Service mode menu screen"

Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the

Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the

screen.

screen.

Press the [02 Magnification Adjustment] key on

Press the [02 Magnification Adjustment] key on

the sub menu.

the sub menu.

4. "Magnification adjustment mode menu screen"

4. "Magnification adjustment mode menu screen"

Press the [02 Printer Drum Clock Adjustment

Press the [03 Printer Drum Clock Adjustment

<SIDE1>] key.

<SIDE2>] key.

5. "Printer Drum Clock Adjustment <SIDE1>


screen"

5. "Printer Drum Clock Adjustment <SIDE2> screen"


Tray can be adjusted by each (tray /1 to /5).

Press the [COPY] key.

Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the


2

6. Set A3 or 11 x 17 paper (130 g/m or 35 lb


Bond) in the tray. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).

item you adjust, and press the [COPY] key.

6. Set A3 or 11 x 17 paper (130 g/m2 or 35 lb


Bond) in the tray. Press the Start button to out-

7. Measure the magnification of the sub scan

put the test pattern (No.16).

7. Measure the magnification of the sub scan

direction with a scale.


Standard value: 0.5% or less (When in life-size)

direction with a scale.


Standard value: 0.5% or less (When in life-size)

Within 205.7 1 mm

Within 205.7 1 mm

205.7 1
205.7 1

1050fs3002c
1050fs3003c

8. When the value is not within the standard value,


press the [SERVICE] key.

9. "Printer Drum Clock Adjustment <SIDE1>

press the [SERVICE] key.

9. "Printer Drum Clock Adjustment <SIDE2> screen"

screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys

Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys

and press the [Set] key.

and press the [Set] key.

Setting range:-10 (short) to +10 (long)

Setting range:-10 (short) to 0 (long)

1 step = 0.05%

1 step = 0.05%

10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value

10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value

can be obtained.

330

8. When the value is not within the standard value,

can be obtained.

10. SERVICE MODE

D. Printer horizontal adjustment (Side 1)

E. Printer horizontal adjustment (Side 2)

Adjust the magnification of the main scan direction on

Adjust the magnification of the main scan direction on

only side 1 of the printer system.

only side 2 of the printer system.

This adjustment changes the horizontal magnification

This adjustment changes the horizontal magnification

in image processing prior to the laser exposure.

in image processing prior to the laser exposure.

Info HJG: Mastab in CD der Seite 1

Info HJG: Mastab in CD der Seite 2


(1) Procedure

(1) Procedure

1. Enter the service mode.

1. Enter the service mode.

2. "Service mode menu screen"

2. "Service mode menu screen"

Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.

Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the

screen.

screen.

Press the [02 Magnification Adjustment] key on

Press the [02 Magnification Adjustment] key on

the sub menu.

the sub menu.

4. "Magnification adjustment mode menu screen"

4. "Magnification adjustment mode menu screen"

Press the [04 Printer Horizontal Adjustment

Press the [05 Printer Horizontal Adjustment

<SIDE1>] key.

<SIDE2>] key.

5. "Printer

Horizontal

Adjustment

<SIDE1>

5. "Printer Horizontal Adjustment <SIDE2> screen"

screen"

Tray can be adjusted by each (tray /1 to /5).

Press the [COPY] key.

Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the

6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start but-

item you adjust, and press the [COPY] key.

6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start but-

ton to output the test pattern (No.16).

7. Measure the magnification of the main scan

ton to output the test pattern (No.16).

7. Measure the magnification of the main scan

direction with a scale.


Standard value: 0.5% or less (When in life-size)

direction with a scale.


Standard value: 0.5% or less (When in life-size)

Within 190 1 mm

Within 190 1 mm

190
190

1050fs3004c
1050fs3005c

8. When the value is not within the standard value,

8. When the value is not within the standard value,

press the [SERVICE] key.

9. "Printer

Horizontal

Adjustment

<SIDE1>

press the [SERVICE] key.

9. "Printer Horizontal Adjustment <SIDE2> screen"

screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys

Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys

and press the [Set] key.

and press the [Set] key.

Setting range:-10 (short) to +10 (long)


1 step = 0.1%

10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value


can be obtained.

Setting range:-5 (short) to 0 (long)


1 step = 0.1%

10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value


can be obtained.

331

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE


F.

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


G. ADF drum clock adjustment

Scanner drum clock adjustment

Adjust the magnification of the main scan direction of

Adjust the magnification of the main scan direction of

the scanner system.

the scanner system.

This adjustment changes the scanning speed of the

This adjustment changes the scanning speed of the

exposure unit.

ADF.

Info HJG: Mastab in FD vom Originalglas

Info HJG: Mastab in FD vom Feeder

(1) Procedure

(1) Procedure

1. Enter the service mode.

1. Enter the service mode.

2. "Service mode menu screen"

2. "Service mode menu screen"

Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the

Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the

screen.

screen.

Press the [02 Magnification Adjustment] key on

Press the [02 Magnification Adjustment] key on

the sub menu.

the sub menu.

4. "Magnification adjustment mode menu screen"

4. "Magnification adjustment mode menu screen"

Press the [06 Scanner Drum Clock Adjustment]

Press the [07 ADF Drum Clock Adjustment]

key.

key.

5. "Scanner (Orig. Glass) drum clock adj. screen"


Press the [COPY] key.

5. "Scanner (ADF) drum clock adj. screen"


Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select the

6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and set the "test

magnification you adjust. Press the [COPY] key.

chart" on the original glass. Press the Start but-

The magnification changes as follows:

ton.

100% 75% 200% 400%

7. Measure the magnification of the sub scan

6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and set the "adjustment chart" on the ADF. Press the Start button.

direction with a scale.


Standard value: 0.5% or less (When in life-size)

7. Measure the magnification in the sub scan


direction with a scale.

Within 200 1 mm

Standard value: 0.5% or less (When in life-size)


Within 190 1 mm

200

1050fs3006c

8. When the value is not within the standard value,


press the [SERVICE] key.

9. "Scanner (Orig. Glass) drum clock adj. screen"


Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
Setting range:-40 (short) to +40 (long)
1 step = 0.05%

10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value


can be obtained.

190

1050fs3007c

8. When the value is not within the standard value,


press the [SERVICE] key.

9. "Scanner (ADF) drum clock adj. screen"


Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
Setting range:-40 (short) to +40 (long)
1 step = 0.05%

10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value


can be obtained.

332

10.3.3

10. SERVICE MODE

Timing adjustment

9. "Printer Restart Timing Adjustment <SIDE1>

Adjust various image timing.

screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys

A. Printer restart timing adjustment (Side 1)


Adjust the image leading edge timing on only side 1.

and press the [Set] key.


Setting range:-30 (short) to +30 (long)

This adjustment changes the laser writing start timing.

Info HJG: Drucker Neustart - Bildanfang Seite 1

1 step = 0.1 mm

10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

can be obtained.

NOTE
Be sure the printer drum clock adjustment
(Side 1) has been adjusted.

B. Printer restart timing adjustment (Side 2)


Adjust the image leading edge timing on only side 2.

(1) Procedure

This adjustment changes the laser writing start timing.

1. Enter the service mode.

Info HJG: Drucker Neustart - Bildanfang Seite 2

2. "Service mode menu screen"

NOTE

Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the

Be sure the printer drum clock adjustment


(Side 2) has been adjusted.

screen.
Press the [03 Timing Adjustment] key on the

(1) Procedure

sub menu.

1. Enter the service mode.

4. "Timing adjustment menu screen"


Press the [01 Printer Restart Timing Adjustment

2. "Service mode menu screen"


Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.

<SIDE1>] key.

5. "Printer Restart Timing Adjustment <SIDE1>

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the

screen"

screen.

Tray can be adjusted as a whole and by each

Press the [03 Timing Adjustment] key on the

(tray /1 to /5). Press the [Next] or the [Back] key

sub menu.

to select the item you adjust, and press the

4. "Timing adjustment menu screen"


Press the [02 Printer Restart Timing Adjustment

[COPY] key.

6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).

7. Measure the leading edge timing with a scale.

<SIDE2>] key.

5. "Printer Restart Timing Adjustment <SIDE2>


screen"
Tray can be adjusted by each (tray /1 to /5).

Standard value:20 0.5 mm

Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the


item you adjust, and press the [COPY] key.

20

6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start


button to output the test pattern (No.16).

1050fs3008c

8. When the value is not within the standard value,


press the [SERVICE] key.

333

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

7. Measure the leading edge timing with a scale.


Standard value:20 0.5 mm

5. "Printer regist loop adj. screen"


Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the
item you adjust, and press the [COPY] key.
The item changes as follows:

20

Side 1 Side 2 Side 1 thick Side 2 thick


Note
The adjustment values for "Side 1" and
"Side 2" are reflected on the paper weight
50 to 161 g/m2.
The adjustment values for "Side 1 thick"
1050fs3009c

8. When the value is not within the standard value,


press the [SERVICE] key.

9. "Printer Restart Timing Adjustment <SIDE2>


screen"

and "Side 2 thick" are reflected in 162 to


300 g/m2.

6. Set the copy according to the item that has


been adjusted and press the Start button to
output a test pattern (No. 16).

7. When the trouble is not solved, press the

Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys


and press the [Set] key.
Setting range:-30 (short) to +30 (long)
1 step = 0.1 mm

10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value

[SERVICE] key.

8. "Printer regist loop adj. screen"


Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
Setting range:-10 (small) to +10 (large)

can be obtained.

1 step = 1 ms

9. Repeat the steps 5 to 8 until an appropriate


C. Printer regist loop adjustment

value is obtained.

Adjust the paper loop amount in the registration roller


section to remove paper skew and wrinkle, or paper
jamming in the registration section.

Info HJG: Bausch - Registrierrollen


(1) Procedure

D. Printer pre-regist adjustment


Adjust the paper loop amount in the pre-registration
roller section to remove paper skew and wrinkle, or
paper jamming in the pre-registration section.

1. Enter the service mode.

Info HJG: Bausch - Vor-Registrierrollen

2. "Service mode menu screen"

(1) Procedure

Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.
Press the [03 Timing Adjustment] key on the
sub menu.

4. "Timing adjustment menu screen"


Press the [03 Printer Regist Loop Adjustment]
key.

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.
Press the [03 Timing Adjustment] key on the
sub menu.

4. "Timing adjustment menu screen"


Press the [04 Printer Pre-regist Adjustment]
key.

5. "Printer pre-regist adj. screen"


Tray can be adjusted by each (tray /1 to /5).
Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the
item you adjust, and press the [COPY] key.

334

6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).

7. When the trouble is not solved, press the


[SERVICE] key.

8. "Printer pre-regist adj. screen"


Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
Setting range:-10 (small) to +10 (large)
1 step = 1ms

9. Repeat the steps 5 to 8 until an appropriate


value is obtained.

10. SERVICE MODE


F.

Transfer assist timing adjustment

Adjust the pressure/release timing and the pressure


amount of the transfer assist sheet when transfer
error (such as missing image portions) occurs.
Preparation:
Select the appropriate paper setting beforehand
so that the transfer assist sheet (50 to 91 g/m2)
can be fed through.
NOTE
Perform "Transfer Assist Pressure Level adj."
properly, or the photoconductor may get

E. Printer lead edge timing adjustment


Adjust the image erasure amount of the leading edge.

damaged.
Only perform this adjustment when the trans-

Info HJG: Lschbereich am Bildanfang

fer error still occurs after performing "Trans-

(1) Procedure

fer Assist Push Position adjustment" and


"Transfer Assist Release Position adj."

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the

Always perform "Transfer Assist Push Position

adjustment"

Release

Position

and

"Transfer

adj."

after

Assist

performing

"Transfer Assist Pressure Level adj."

screen.
Press the [03 Timing Adjustment] key on the
sub menu.

(1) Procedure

1. Enter the service mode.

4. "Timing adjustment menu screen"


Press the [05 Printer Lead Edge Timing Adjustment] key.

5. "Printer lead edge timing adjustment screen"


Press the [COPY] key.

6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).

7. Check the printer lead edge timing.


Standard value:within 4 mm

8. When the value is not within the standard value,


press the [SERVICE] key.

9. "Printer lead edge timing adjustment screen"

2. "Service mode menu screen"


Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.
Press the [03 Timing Adjustment] key on the
sub menu.

4. "Timing adjustment menu screen"


Press the [06 Transfer Assistance Timing
Adjustment] key.
Press the [NEXT] or the [Back] key to select the
item to be adjusted, and press [COPY].

5. "COPY screen"

Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys

Change the print mode to [1 - 2], and select the

and press the [Set] key.

tray in which the transfer assist sheet is loaded.

Setting range:-20 (small) to +40 (large)


1 step = 0.1 mm

10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value


can be obtained.

6. Press [START] to print the test pattern (No. 16).


Print a halftone image or the original as necessary.

7. If the transfer error still occurs, press the


[SERVICE] key.

335

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

8. Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys

G. Scanner restart timing adjustment


Adjust image leading edge timing of original scanning

and press the [Set] key.


[Transfer Assist Push Position adjustment]

from the original glass.

[Transfer Assist Release Position adj.]

In this adjustment, the starting position for reading

Setting range:-32 (earlier) to +31(later)

while in the original scanning mode is adjusted.

Info HJG: Scanner Neustart

1 step = 0.5mm

(1) Procedure vom Originalglas fr Bildanfang

[Transfer Assist Pressure Level adj.]


Setting range:-10 (pressure amount-low) to
+10 (pressure amount-high)
1 step = 0.1 mm

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the

Note
The following table shows the relation

screen.

among pressure amount, pressure point,

Press the [03 Timing Adjustment] key on the

release point, and limit step of the adjust-

sub menu.

ment. If the adjustment value exceeds the

4. "Timing adjustment menu screen"

limit steps, the transfer assist sheet may

Press the [07 Scanner Restart Timing Adjust-

contact and damage the photoconductor.

ment] key.

(Note that the steps described below are

5. "Scanner (Orig. Glass) restart timing adj.


screen"

only used as a guide.)

Press the [COPY] key.


Pressure amount

Pressure point

Release point

(Step)

(Step)

(Step)

-10

+12

-10

-20

+22

+10

+2

6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and set the "test


chart" on the original glass. Press the Start button.

7. Check the leading edge timing.


Standard value:within 1.5 mm

8. When the value is not within the standard value,


9. Repeat the steps 4 to 7 until an appropriate
value is obtained.

press the [SERVICE] key.

9. "Scanner (Orig. Glass) restart timing adj.


screen"
Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
Setting range:-40 (image, fast) to
+40 (image, slow)
1 step = 0.1 mm

10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value


can be obtained.

336

10. SERVICE MODE

H. ADF restart timing adjustment

I.

Adjust image leading edge timing of original scanning

Adjust the original loop amount in the ADF registra-

from the ADF.

tion roller section to remove paper skew and wrinkle,

In this adjustment, the starting position for reading

or original jamming in the registration section.

while in the ADF scanning mode is adjusted.

Info HJG: ADF Originalbausch

Info HJG: ADF Neustart - Bildanfang


(1) Procedure

ADF regist loop adjustment

(1) Procedure

1. Enter the service mode.

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the

2. "Service mode menu screen"


Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.

screen.

Press the [03 Timing Adjustment] key on the

Press the [03 Timing Adjustment] key on the

sub menu.

sub menu.

4. "Timing adjustment menu screen"

4. "Timing adjustment menu screen"


Press the [08 ADF Restart Timing Adjustment
key.

Press the [09 ADF Regist Loop Adjustment]


key.

5. "ADF regist loop adj. screen"

5. "ADF restart timing adj. screen"

Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the

Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the

side of original you adjust, and press the

side of original you adjust, and press the

[COPY] key.

[COPY] key.

The side of original changes as follows:

The side of original changes as follows:

SIDE1 SIDE2

SIDE1 SIDE2
Note
SIDE 1 represents the front side and SIDE 2

Note
SIDE 1 represents the front side and SIDE 2
represents the back side.

6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and set the "adjustment chart" on the ADF. Press the Start button.

7. Check the image leading edge timing.


Standard value: 2 mm

8. When the value is not within the standard value,


press the [SERVICE] key.

9. "ADF restart timing adj. screen"


Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
Setting range:-50 (image, fast) to
+50 (image, slow)

represents the back side.

6. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and set the


"adjustment chart" on the ADF. Press the Start
button.

7. When the ADF regist loop amount is not appropriate, press the [SERVICE] key.

8. "ADF regist loop adj. screen"


Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
Setting range:-10 (small) to +10 (large)
1 step = 0.1 mm

9. Repeat the steps 5 to 8 until an appropriate


value is obtained.

1 step = 0.1 mm

10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value


can be obtained.

337

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE


10.3.4

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Centering adjustment

B. Scanner centering adjustment

Adjust the mis-centering of images in the main scan

Adjust the mis-centering of images when scanning

direction.

from the original glass.

This adjustment changes the laser writing start tim-

Info HJG: Scannerzentrierung Originalglas

ing.

NOTE
Be sure the printer centering has been

A. Printer centering adjustment

adjusted.

Adjust the mis-centering of images on the printer.

Info HJG: Drucker Zentrierung CD


(Siehe untere Info)

NOTE

Be sure the printer horizontal adjustment


(Side 1) and the printer horizontal adjustment
(Side 2) have been adjusted.

(1) Procedure

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.

(1) Procedure

Press the [04 Centering Adjustment] key on the

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.

4. "Centering adjustment mode menu screen"


Press the [02 Scanner Centering Adjustment]
key and press the [COPY] key.

5. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and set the "test

Press the [04 Centering Adjustment] key on the

chart" on the original glass. Press the Start but-

sub menu.

ton.

4. "Centering adjustment mode menu screen"

6. Fold the printed paper into two along the center

Press the [01 Printer Centering Adjustment] key

in the main scan direction, and measure how

and press the [COPY] key.

much the left and right lines misalign from each

5. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).

6. Fold the printed paper into two along the center


in the main scan direction, and measure how
much the left and right lines misalign from each
other.

7. When the value is not within the standard value,


press the [SERVICE] key.

8. "Printer centering adjustment screen"


Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
Setting range:-64 (image in front) to
+63 (image in back)
1 step = 0.1 mm

9. Repeat steps 5 to 8 until the standard value


can be obtained.

Info HJG:
Fr die Justage mu DIPSW 12 (Bit 3) auf 1 gesetzt
werden (Zentrierungssensor ist dann fr die
Justage = deaktiviert) !
Nach der Justage mu der Bit wieder auf 0 gesetzt
werden !
2

other.
Standard value: within 2 mm

7. When the value is not within the standard value,


press the [SERVICE] key.

8. "Scanner (Orig. Glass) centering Adj. screen"


Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys

Standard value: within 1.5 mm

338

sub menu.

and press the [Set] key.


Setting range:-30 (image in front) to
+30 (image in back)
1 step = 0.1 mm

9. Repeat steps 5 to 8 until the standard value


can be obtained.

10. SERVICE MODE

C. ADF Centering adjustment

Note

Adjust the mis-centering of images when scanning

SIDE 1 represents the front side and SIDE 2

from the ADF.


NOTE

Info HJG: ADF Zentrierung


(Siehe untere Info)

Be sure the printer centering has been


adjusted.

represents the back side.


"Small" represents paper which is smaller
than 300 mm in the sub-scan direction.
However, this excludes A4 or 8.5 x 11 which
is automatically adjusted by the centering
sensor.

(1) Procedure

"Large" represents paper which is larger

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the

than 300 mm in the sub-scan direction.


However, this excludes A3 or 11 x 17 which
is automatically adjusted by the centering
sensor.
When adjusting ADF centering sensor

screen.

adjustment (SIDE1:8.5 x 11) and (SIDE1:11 x

Press the [04 Centering Adjustment] key on the

17), change the centering sensor /Fr posi-

sub menu.

tion to "LT" side. Then, turn OFF/ON the

4. "Centering adjustment mode menu screen"

power switch, and follow the procedure of

Press the [03 ADF Centering Adjustment] key

this adjustment. (See chapter III "1.5

and press the [COPY] key.

Centering sensor switchover adjustment"

5. "ADF centering adjustment screen"


Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the

in the Theory of Operation for DF-603)

6. Select paper according to the adjusted item.

item you adjust, and press the [COPY] key.

Set the "adjustment chart" on the ADF and

The item switches as follows:

press the Start button.

ADF Centering Adjustment (SIDE1:Small)

ADF Centering Adjustment (SIDE2:Small)

ADF Centering Adjustment (SIDE1:Large)

ADF Centering Adjustment (SIDE2:Large)

ADF Centering Sensor Adjustment (SIDE1:A4)


or (SIDE1:8.5 x 11)*1

ADF Centering Sensor Adjustment (SIDE1:A3)


or (SIDE1:11 x 17)*1

7. Fold the printed paper into two along the center


in the main scan direction, and measure how
much the left and right lines misalign from each
other.
Standard value: within 2 mm

8. When the value is not within the standard value,


press the [SERVICE] key.

9. [ADF centering adjustment screen]


Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
Setting range:-30 (image in front) to
+30 (image in back)
1 step = 0.1 mm

*1

When the power switch is ON, the ADF's


centering correction sensor /Fr position is

10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value


can be obtained.

automatically detected and displayed.

Info HJG:
Formate A4 und A3 werden automatisch
ber den Centringsensor justiert (siehe bei Note)

339

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE


10.3.5

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Warp adjustment

10.3.6

Non-image area erase check

Adjust the image distortion in scanning.

When installing the copier or moving its installation

Info HJG: Schrgeinzug - Originalglas/ADF

location, check to see if the non-image area erase

(1) Procedure

function of the copy application functions works sat-

1. Enter the service mode.

isfactorily. This also automatically adjusts sensitivity to


correctly detect the non-image area.

2. "Service mode menu screen"


Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.

Preparation:
Open fully the DF.
There should not be anything on the original glass.

Press the [05 Warp Adjustment] key on the sub

Clean the original glass.

Info HJG: Lschung Bildfreier Bereich

menu.

4. "Warp adjustment menu screen"


Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the
item you adjust, and press the [COPY] key.
The item switches as follows:
Scanner (Orig. Glass) warp adj. (Main) FD

Scanner (Orig.Glass)warp adj. (Deputy) CD

Scanner (ADF) warp adj. (Main) FD

Scanner (ADF) warp adj. (Deputy) CD

5. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Set the "test chart"

A. Procedure

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.
Press the [06 Non Image Area Erase Check]
key on the sub menu.

4. "Non image area erase check screen"


Press the [Start] key.

5. Make sure the following message appears.

at the position (original glass or ADF) according


to the adjusted item, and press the Start but-

NORMAL adjustment selected.

ton.

The machine is set to appropriate parame-

6. Measure the image distortion with a scale.

ters for Non-image area erase.

Standard value: 0.5% or less (difference in the


diagonals of 200 mm square

If any other message appears, refer to "B. Error

must be 1.4 mm or less)

message and Handling", and perform the non-

7. When the value is not within the standard value,


press the [SERVICE] key.

8. "Warp adjustment menu screen"


Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys
and press the [Set] key.
Setting range:-50 (counterclockwise) to
+50 (clockwise)
1 step = 0.05%

9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value


can be obtained.

340

image area erase check again.

10. SERVICE MODE

B. Error message and Handling

10.3.7

ADF adjustment

If an error is detected while performing the "Non

A. ADF density adjustment

Image Area Erase Check" mode, the following error

Since the slit glass of the scanning section is coated

message will be displayed.

with electrical conductive material, The way it refracts


light from the exposure lamp is different from that of

(1) Error message 1

the original glass. Thus, perform this adjustment


when replacing the slit glass.

Adjust for Moderate Brightness.

Info HJG: Belichtungsintensitt


ber ADF fr die kleine Glasplatte

The Non-image area erase function may not

Preparation:

operate correctly with dark (density) origi-

Clean the slit glass.

nals.

Make sure the white chart is not dirty. (Partial dirt


can be ignored)

Handling 1
When the non-image area erase function is not used
very frequently, or when copy originals that have a
dark background are not copied very frequently in
non-image area erase, the copier can be used in the
current installation location. However, when copy
originals that have a dark background are frequently

(1) Procedure

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the

copied, install the copier in a location where less

screen.

external light gets in (darker) than the present loca-

Press the [07 ADF Adjustment] key on the sub

tion, and check the non-image area erase check

menu.

mode again.

4. "ADF adjustment mode menu screen"


Press the [01 ADF Density Adjustment] key.

(2) Error message 2

5. "ADF density adjustment screen"


Set the "white chart" on the ADF.

Adjust for Extreme Brightness.


In many case, the non-image area erase

Note

function will not operate correctly.

Set the "white chart" in the A4-direction.

6. Press the [Start] key.


Handling 2
When the non-image area erase function is not
used very frequently, the copier can be used in
the current installation location. However, if the
non-image area erase function is frequently
used, install the copier in a location where less
external light gets in (darker) than the present

The white chart is scanned, and density is


automatically adjusted.

7. When an error message appears, turn OFF/ON


the power switch (SW2) of the main body.
Repeat steps 1 to 6 until it is completed properly.

location, and check the non-image area erase


check mode again. At this time, when there is a
bright light source such as a fluorescent light
installed directly above the copier, reconsider the
installation location, or take some measures to
shield the light source and check the mode
again.

B. ADF original size adjustment


Conduct this adjustment when the ADF original size is
not properly detected.
(1) Procedure

Info HJG:
ADF Originalformaterkennung

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.

341

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

5. "ADF sensor sensitivity adjustment screen"

screen.

Press the [Start] key.

Press the [07 ADF Adjustment] key on the sub

The ADF sensor sensitivity is automatically

menu.

adjusted, and the message of completion

4. "ADF adjustment mode menu screen"


Press the [02 ADF Original Size Adjustment]
key.

5. "ADF original size adj. (A4 or 8.5 x 11) 1/2


screen"

appears.

6. Press the [COPY] key to check to see if there is


any malfunction.

7. When malfunction is found, press the [SERVICE] key to repeat steps 5 and 6.

Set A4 paper (for metric machine) or 8.5 x 11


paper (for inch machine) on the ADF and press
the [Start] key.

6. Confirm the message of completion, press the


[Next] key.

7. "ADF original size adj. (A5R or 5.5 x 8.5R) 2/2


screen"

D. ADF incline offset adjustment


Adjust image skew in the ADF scanning mode.
This adjustment is reflected on the skew adjustment
control in ADF scanning mode.

Info HJG: ADF Schrgeinzug


(1) Procedure

Set A5R paper (for metric machine) or 5.5 x


8.5R paper (for inch machine) on the ADF and

1. Enter the service mode.

press the [Start] key.

2. "Service mode menu screen"

8. Confirm the message of completion, press the


[COPY] key.

9. Make sure the ADF original size is properly


detected.

Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.
Press the [07 ADF Adjustment] key on the sub
menu.

C. ADF sensor sensitivity adjustment


Conduct this adjustment when a malfunction (JAM
display does not disappear despite no paper JAM)
occurs in the reflective type sensors.

Info HJG: ADF Sensorempfindlichkeit


Preparation:
Clean each of the ADF reflective sensors.

4. "ADF adjustment mode menu screen"


Press the [04 ADF Incline Offset Adjustment]
key.

5. "ADF Incline offset adjustment screen"


Press the [COPY] key.

6. Set the "adjustment chart" on the ADF and


press the Start button.

7. Measure the image skew with a scale.


(1) Procedure

Standard value:within 0.5%


Difference between a and b is 2.1mm or less

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.
Press the [07 ADF Adjustment] key on the sub
menu.

4. "ADF adjustment mode menu screen"


b

ment] key.

Press the [03 ADF Sensor Sensitivity Adjust1050fs3026c

8. When the value is not within the standard value,


press the [SERVICE] key.

342

9. "ADF Incline Offset Adjustment screen"


Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys

10. SERVICE MODE

6. Remove one screw [1] to remove the sensor


cover [2].

and press the [Set] key.


Setting range:-60 (counterclockwise) to
+60 (clockwise)
1 step = 0.05%

10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value


can be obtained.

E. ADF centering sensor adjustment


Adjust sensitivity of the centering sensor /Fr.

Info HJG: ADF Sensorempfindlichkeit


NOTE
Be sure to conduct adjustment for both A4
and 8.5 x 11.

[1]

[2]

(1) Procedure

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.
Press the [07 ADF Adjustment] key on the sub
menu.

4. "ADF adjustment mode menu screen"


Press the [05 ADF Centering Sensor Adjustment] key.

5. "ADF Centering Sensor Adj. screen"


Press the [Next] or [Back] key to select "ADF

1050fs3022c

Centering Sensor Adj. (A4)".

7. Remove one screw [1] to place the sensor


mounting plate [2] to the "A4" side [3] impress,
the two locating projections [4] to their places.

[2]

[4]

[1]

[3]

[4]

1050fs3023c

343

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

8. "ADF Centering Sensor Adj. (A4) screen"

10.3.8

Recall standard data

Press the [Start] key. Sensitivity of the sensor is

Reset the adjustment values of the machine adjust-

adjusted, and message of completion is dis-

ment to the factory initial data or the installation initial

played.

data.

9. Press the [Next] key to select "ADF Centering


Sensor Adj. (8.5 x 11)."

10. Remove one screw [1] to place the sensor


mounting plate [2] to the "LT" side [3] impress,
the two locating projections [4] to their places.

Info HJG:
Rcksetzung auf Werks- / oder
A. Procedure Inst. Justagedaten (siehe untere Info)
1. Enter the service mode.
2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [01 Machine Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


[3]

[2]

screen.
Press the [08 Recall Standard Data] on the sub
menu.

4. "Recall standard data (Machine adjustment)


screen"
Press the [Factory Initial Data] or the [Installation Initial Data] key.
Note
Selecting [Factory initial data] recalls the
factory initial data.

[4]

[1]

1050fs3024c

11. "ADF Centering Sensor Adj. (8.5 x 11) screen"

Selecting [Installation initial data] recalls


the adjustment values stored when code

Press the [Start] key. Sensitivity of the sensor is

"91" of the I/O check mode was conducted.

adjusted, and message of completion is dis-

When selecting [Data at shipment] or [Data

played.

12. Replace the sensor plate to the position of orig-

at installation], the data returns with no display changed on the screen.

inal size (A4 or 8.5 x 11) that the customer


mainly uses.

344

Info HJG:
Erfolgte nderung im Speicher sichern
Servicemode
04 Machine condition
01 I/O check Mode
Eingabe 9 u. 1 <091-00>

10.4 Process adjustment

10. SERVICE MODE


G. HV adjustment (Bias of development DC)
Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.

Make various adjustments around the process.


H. Transfer guide confirm
10.4.1

High voltage adjustment

Do not use this adjustment in the field.

Adjust various high voltage values.


A. High voltage auto adjustment
Current values and voltage values of a transfer, separation (AC), separation (DC), developing bias are
automatically adjusted respectively.
Preparation:
The photo conductor section must be set.
(1) Procedure

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [02 Process Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.
Press the [01 High Voltage Adjustment] key on
the sub menu.

4. "High voltage adjustment mode menu screen"


Press the [01 High Voltage Auto Adjustment]
key.

5. "HV adjustment (Auto adjustment) screen"


Press the [Start] key.
NOTE
When an error message appears during the
adjustment, check to see if the error unit is
properly installed and cleaned. Conduct the
adjustment again.
B. HV adjustment (Charge)
Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.
C. HV adjustment (Transfer)
Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.
D. HV adjustment (Separation AC)
Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.
E. HV adjustment (Separation DC)
Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.
F.

HV adjustment (Charging grid voltage)

Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.

345

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE


10.4.2

Drum peculiarity adjustment

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu

Make various adjustments related to image creation

screen"

to the drum.

Press the [02 Auto Drum Potential Adjustment]

Info HJG: Trommelbesonderheiten anpassen


A. Blade setting mode
Perform this adjustment when changing the cleaning
blade. In this mode, apply toner to the cleaning blade
and drum, to prevents damages to them.
NOTE

Info HJG: nur bei Cleaningblade Wechsel


machen. Achtung, siehe untere Info !

key.

5. "Auto drum potential adjustment screen"


Press the [Start] key. After the automatic
adjustment,

the

message

of

completion

appears.
NOTE

Perform this only when changing the cleaning

When the following error messages appear,

blade. Otherwise, the cleaning blade special

check to see if the drum potential sensor

parts counter is reset, thus making it impos-

(DPS) is properly installed and cleaned. Con-

sible to implement the auto blade change in

duct the adjustment again.

the right timing.

1) Error 1

Apply setting powder to the cleaning blade


and drum.

In the 0V check of the DPS, voltage over


100V is detected 5 times or more.
2) Error 2

(1) Procedure

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [02 Process Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.

The drum potential after laser exposure is


detected to be over 350V, and it is determined that control patch detect signal is
not outputted.
3) Error 3
Drum potential has been corrected 10 or
more times, but it does not converge.

Press the [02 Drum Peculiarity Adj.] key on the


sub menu.

4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu

C. Auto maximum density adjustment


Automatically adjust maximum density of images.

screen"

Info HJG: Max. Kontrast - Dmax Sensor Justage

Press the [01 Blade Setting Mode] key.

(1) Procedure

5. "Blade setting mode screen"


Press the [Start] key. With toner applied, the
drum is cleaned with the cleaning blade. The
message of completion appears.

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [02 Process Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.
B. Auto drum potential adjustment

Press the [02 Drum Peculiarity Adj.] key on the

Measure the charging potential of drum, and adjust

sub menu.

automatically the developing bias value, charging


voltage and grid voltage.

4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu


screen"
Press the [03 Auto Maximum Density Adjust-

(1) Procedure

1. Enter the service mode.

ment] key.

5. "Auto maximum density adjustment screen"


Press the [Start] key.

2. "Service mode menu screen"


Press the [02 Process Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the

346

NOTE
When the following error messages appear,

screen.

check to see if the toner control sensor board

Press the [02 Drum Peculiarity Adj.] key on the

(TCSB) is properly installed and cleaned.

sub menu.

Conduct the adjustment again.

Info HJG:
Achtung, nur bei Cleaningblade Wechsel machen. Sonst wird beim Ausfhren nur der
Zhler auf 0 gesetzt, aber das Cleaningblade bleibt in vorheriger Position.

10. SERVICE MODE

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


E. LD offset adjustment

1) Error 1
The maximum density sensor (on the
TCSB) dirt correction has been corrected
10 or more times, but it does not converge.

Equally adjust two laser intensity.

Info HJG: LD Versatz


(1) Procedure

1. Enter the service mode.

2) Error 2
The auto maximum density adjustment is
not completed, when the developing roller
rotation speed reaches the specified

2. "Service mode menu screen"


Press the [02 Process Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.

value.

Press the [02 Drum Peculiarity Adj.] key on the

3) Error 3
No signal is outputted from the maximum
density sensor. Control patch detect signal is not outputted.

sub menu.

4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu


screen"
Press the [05 LD Offset Adjustment] key.

D. Auto dot diameter adjustment


Automatically adjust the diameter of laser beam.

Info HJG: Punktdurchmesser


(1) Procedure

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [02 Process Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.
Press the [02 Drum Peculiarity Adj.] key on the
sub menu.

5. "LD offset adjustment screen"


Press the LD1 offset line speed [490 mm] key,
and press the [COPY] key.

6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and press the Start


button to output a test pattern.

7. Adjust laser intensity of LD1 and LD2.


Standard value: Compare image patterns created by the LD1 and LD2. Confirm that density
is uniform ( 1 gap is OK) as per the following
figure, and the highlighted patterns start
between the two reference lines.

4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu


screen"
Press the [04 Auto Dot Diameter Adjustment]

[1]

key.

5. "Auto dot diameter adjustment screen"


Press the [Start] key.
NOTE
When the following error messages appear,
check to see if the toner control sensor board
(TCSB) is properly installed and cleaned.
Conduct the adjustment again.
1) Error 1
The gamma sensor (on the TCSB) dirt correction has been corrected 10 or more

LD1 LD2 LD1 LD2 LD1 LD2 LD1 LD2

times, but it does not converge.


1050fs3010c

2) Error 2
The auto dot diameter adjustment com-

[1] Reference lines

pleted with an abnormal value.

8. When the value is not within the standard value,


press the [SERVICE] key.

347

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

9. "LD Offset Adjustment screen"


Press the [490mm] key for the laser you want

G. LD1 bias adjustment

to adjust (LD1 offset or LD2 offset). Enter a

Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.

numeric value through the numeric keys and


press the [Set] key and then the [COPY] key.
Setting range:-128 (lighter) to +127 (darker)

H. LD2 bias adjustment


Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.

10. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and press the Start


button to output a test pattern.

11. When the value is not within the standard value,


press the [SERVICE] key to repeat steps 5 to
10 until the standard value can be obtained.

12. Adjust the line speed 425 mm and 290 mm

I.

Cartridge set mode

Conduct this adjustment when black spots (toner)


appear on the print-out after removing/inserting the
photo conductor section.
(1) Procedure

likewise as well.

1. Enter the service mode.


F.

Auto gamma adjustment (1 dot)

Automatically adjust image gradation (gamma).

Info HJG: Auto Gamma Anpassung 1dot


(1) Procedure

2. "Service mode menu screen"


Press the [02 Process Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.
Press the [02 Drum Peculiarity Adj.] key on the

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [02 Process Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.

sub menu.

4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu


screen"
Press the [09 Cartridge Set Mode] key.

5. "Cartridge set mode screen"

Press the [02 Drum Peculiarity Adj.] key on the

Press the [Start] key. The development unit and

sub menu.

the drum rotate for 3 minutes to charge low-

4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu

charge toner.

screen"

6. After the rotation stops, press the [COPY] key.

Press the [06 Auto Gamma Adjustment (1dot)]

7. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start

key.

5. "Auto gamma adjustment (1dot) screen"


Press the [Start] key.

button to output 10 blank papers, thus cleaning


the drum. siehe unten

8. When the black spot does not disappear, press


the [SERVICE] key to repeat steps 5 to 7.

NOTE
When the following error messages appear,
check to see if the toner control sensor board
(TCSB) is properly installed and cleaned.
Conduct the adjustment again.
1) Error 1
The gamma sensor (on the TCSB) dirt correction has been corrected 10 or more
times, but it does not converge.
2) Error 2
No signal is outputted from the gamma
sensor. Control patch detect signal is not
outputted.
3) Error 3
Regression error during the gamma curve
calculation.

348

Wichtig:
Es mssen die 10 weien A3 Seiten
ausgedruckt werden. Sonst werden
die Daten nicht gespeichert !

10.4.3

10. SERVICE MODE

Drum peculiarity manual

Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.

10.4.5

Recall standard data

Reset the adjustment values of the process adjustment to the factory initial data or the installation initial

10.4.4

data.

User paper setting

Use this adjustment when the transfer and separation


functions do not work satisfactorily with the standard
adjustments because of using special papers, etc.
This setting is applied when you select [User] as the

A. Procedure

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"

paper type.
By default, the following data are inputted.
2

For Japan: 62 to 71 g/m Normal paper


2

For inch area: 72 to 91 g/m Normal paper


2

For metric area: 72 to 91 g/m Normal paper

Press the [02 Process Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.
Press the [05 Recall Standard Data] key on the
sub menu.

NOTE
Input data according to instructions of KMBT
field support section.

4. "Recall standard data (Process adjustment)


screen"
Press the [Factory initial data] or the [Installation
initial data] key.

A. Procedure

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [02 Process Adjustment] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the

Note
Selecting [Factory initial data] recalls the
factory initial data.
Selecting [Installation initial data] recalls
the adjustment values stored when code

screen.

"91-00" of the I/O check mode was con-

Press the [04 User Paper Setting] key on the

ducted.

sub menu.

4. "User Paper Setting screen"


Select one of the followings; [User Paper 1] /

When selecting [Data at shipment] or [Data


at installation], the data returns with no display changed on the screen.

[User Paper 2] / [User Paper 3]


Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select an
item you adjust.

5. Input data for the selected item, and press the


[Set] key.

6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 to configure other items.

User Paper Setting (Areas)


Bereich <Anfang bis A>: lead edge
Bereich <A bis B>: center 1
Bereich <B bis C>: center 2
Bereich <C bis D>: rear edge 1
Bereich <D bis Ende>: rear edge 2

349

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

10.5 Counter

Also, the Drum/Deve icon on the user


screen does not disappear.

Confirm and configure settings of various counters.


(1) Procedure
10.5.1

PM count

Configure the reset and cycle of the PM count, developer count and drum count.

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [03 Counter] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.

NOTE
The PM count is different in the count condition depending on the setting of DIPSW86.

4. "PM count/cycle screen"


Press the key for an item you reset, and press

When set to "0": 1 count for a single side of


each large paper exit, and
2 counts for a double side.
When set to "1": 2 counts for a single side

5. "Reset confirm screen"


Press the [Yes] key to reset the counter.
The counter is reset, and the start date is automatically inputted.

(the definition of large size

Press the [No] key not to reset the counter. You

paper is set by DIPSW10-3

return to the "PM count/cycle screen."

6. "PM count/cycle screen"

double side. For those

Pressing the [OK] key validates resetting.

other than the large size,

Pressing the [Cancel] key invalidates the count

the count is same as when

reset.

set to "0."
The developer count and the sensitive drum
count are made at all times 1 count for a single side and 2 counts for a double side for a
small size paper, 2 counts for a single count
and 4 counts for a double count for a large
size paper.
A. Counter reset
Reset the PM count, developer count and drum
count.
NOTE
Be sure to reset the PM count after implementing a periodic check (every 750,000
prints).
Otherwise, the periodic check alert message
and icon do not disappear.
Be sure to reset the developer count after
replacing a developer. Otherwise, gray background image and toner scatter may occur.
Also, the Drum/Deve icon on the user
screen does not disappear.
Be sure to reset the sensitive drum count
after replacing a drum. Otherwise, image gray
background and toner scatter may occur.

the [Count Reset] key.

of each large paper exit

and 4), and 4 counts for a

350

Press the [01 PM Count] key on the sub menu.

10. SERVICE MODE

B. PM cycle

10.5.2

Data collection

Configure settings of the PM cycle, developer cycle

It is possible to confirm various data held in the

and drum cycle.

machine. It is also possible to confirm collected data


by the CS Remote Care, list output and the mail

NOTE

remote notification system.

The PM cycle, developer cycle and drum


cycle are already inputted in the initial set-

A. Confirmation method

tings. Usually, do not change these settings.

(1) Procedure

(1) Procedure

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [03 Counter] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.
Press the [01 PM Count] key on the sub menu.

4. "PM count/cycle screen"


Press the key for an item you configure.

5. Enter the first three digits of the cycle value


through the numeric keys

6. "PM count/cycle screen"

Press the [03 Counter] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.
Press the [02 Data Collection] key on the sub
menu.

4. "Data collection menu screen"


Data collection include the followings:
[01 Total count of each paper size]
[02 Copy count of each paper size]
[03 Print count of each paper size]
[04 Large size count]

Pressing the [OK] key returns you to the "Serv-

[05 ADF count]

ice mode menu screen."

[06 Pixel ratio of each section]

Press the [Cancel] key to invalidate the

[07 Pixel ratio ranking list]

changed settings.

[08 JAM data of time series]


[09 JAM count]
[10 Count of each copy mode]
[11 SC data of time series]
[12 SC count]
[13 JAM count of each section]
[14 SC count of each section]
Note Info HJG: Siehe DIPSW 30-1
When setting DIPSW30-1 to 1, 08 to 14 can be
confirmed.

5. Press the data collection item key you want to


confirm.

351

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

6. "Individual data confirmation screen"


Press the [Next] or [Previous] key to scroll the
screen.
Note
The [Count Reset] key is shown in the individual data confirmation screen of the [13
JAM count of each section] and the [14 SC
count of each section].
When pressing the [Count Reset] key,
"Count

reset

confirmation

screen"

is

shown, and when pressing the [Yes] key,


the section data is reset. Pressing the [No]
key returns to "Individual data confirmation
screen" with the interval data not reset.
Reset these data while in the PM implementation to confirm the jam or SC occurrence count after it was visited last time.

352

10. SERVICE MODE

B. Details of the data collection


(1) Data collection No. 1 to 3: Total, copy and print count of each paper size
Confirm the number of print of each paper size.
Note
Maximum count: 99,999,999
1 count is made for paper of all types regardless of the paper size.
All size of paper not included in the below table are counted as special. However, wide paper and
R-direction paper are counted as the same size.
Example: A4W and A4S are counted as A4.
8K is counted as B4, and 16K is counted as B5.
NO.

CSRC parameter

For

Remark

(B1, B6, B8)

Japan

Inch

Metric

00

A2

17 x 22

A2

01

A3

11 x 17

A3

02

B4

81/2 x 14

B4 (8K)

03

A4

81/2 x 11

A4

04

B5

5 /2 x 8 /2

B5 (16K)

05

A5

A5

06

B6

F4

07

81/2 x 14

08

8 /2 x 11

A4

10

09

Special

Special

Special

11

0A

PostCard

Not used

(2) Data collection No. 04: Large size count


Confirm the number of print of the large size paper.
Note
Maximum count: 99,999,999
Definition of the large size can be changed by DIPSW10-3, 4 (A3, 11 x 17, 12 x 18 for default).
NO.

CSRC command

Item

Remark

(Parameter)
1

BH (00)

Large size printer count

BI (00)

Large size copy count

F6 (01)

Large size scan count

353

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

(3) Data collection No. 05: ADF count


Confirm the number of originals fed in each ADF mode.
Note
Maximum count: 99,999,999
No.1, 2 are not counted as No.3 to 8.
NO.

CSRC parameter

Item

Remark

(F0)

354

00

N of originals fed in ADF mode

Simplex mode

01

N of originals fed in RADF mode

Duplex mode

02

N of 1 sided SDF original fed

Single Feed mode

03

N of 2 sided SDF original fed

Single Feed mode

04

N of 1 sided mixed original fed

Mixed Original mode

05

N of 2 sided mixed original fed

Mixed Original mode

06

N of 1 sided Z-folded original fed

Z-Fold mode

07

N of 2 sided Z-folded original fed

Z-Fold mode

10. SERVICE MODE

(4) Data collection No. 06: Pixel ratio of each section


It is possible to confirm the average pixel ratio of 5,000 print sheets (At max. 30 data. Older data are deleted
first).
Note
This pixel ratio is a calculated value based on the colored area and the transfer paper area, and is
different from the print ratio when actually printed.
NO.

CSRC parameter

Item

(V0)
1

00

Average pixel

Remark

ratio (%)
Total count

01

Print count 1

02

Print count 2

03

Print count 3

04

Print count 4

05

Print count 5

06

Print count 6

07

Print count 7

08

Print count 8

10

09

Print count 9

11

0A

Print count 10

12

0B

Print count 11

13

0C

Print count 12

14

0D

Print count 13

15

0E

Print count 14

16

0F

Print count 15

17

10

Print count 16

18

11

Print count 17

19

12

Print count 18

20

13

Print count 19

21

14

Print count 20

22

15

Print count 21

23

16

Print count 22

24

17

Print count 23

25

18

Print count 24

26

19

Print count 25

27

1A

Print count 26

28

1B

Print count 27

29

1C

Print count 28

30

1D

Print count 29

31

1E

Print count 30

Displaying up to
the first place of a Newest data
decimal point

Oldest data

355

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

(5) Data collection No. 7: Pixel ratio ranking list


Confirm data for the top 15 jobs with higher pixel ratio ranks.
To exclude faulty operations (skyshot) by a user, display only data for continuous 5 or more print-outs.
Note
This pixel ratio is a calculated value based on the colored area and the transfer paper area, and is
different from the print ratio when actually printed.
NO.
1

CSRC parameter

Pixel ratio

Print

(V1)

(%)

Quantity

Displaying

Displaying

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

10

09

11

0A

12

0B

13

0C

14

0D

15

0E

Paper Size

up to the first the number


place of a

Mode

Date

Remark

Copier or
Printer

of papers

decimal
point

(6) Data collection No. 08: JAM data of time series


With respect to the latest 100 jam data, it is possible to confirm jam code, total count, date of occurrence, time
of occurrence, tray, paper size and magnification.

356

10. SERVICE MODE

(7) Data collection No. 9, 13: JAM count, JAM

NO.

count of each section


code (except idling JAM).
NOTE
Maximum count: 999,999

CSRC

Jam code is shown on

Jam code is shown on

Section

parameter the operation panel when

Confirm the JAM occurrence count for each JAM

NO.

CSRC

Section

parameter the operation panel when


(J0)

DIPSW11-7 is set to 1

00

J11-01

01

J11-02

02

J11-03

03

J11-04

04

J12-01

05

J12-02

06

J12-03

07

J12-04

08

J13-01

10

09

J13-02

11

0A

J13-03

12

0B

J13-04

13

0C

J14-01

14

0D

J14-02

15

0E

J14-03

16

0F

J15-01

17

10

J15-02

18

11

J15-03

19

12

J15-04

20

13

J17-01

Paper feed

21

14

J17-02

conveyance

22

15

J17-03

23

16

J17-04

24

17

J17-05

25

18

J17-06

26

19

J17-12

27

1A

J18-01

28

1B

J18-02

29

1C

J18-03

Tray /4

30

1D

J18-04

Tray /5

31

1E

J18-05

32

1F

J18-06

Tray /3

33

20

J18-07

Tray /4

Tray /1

Tray /2

(J0)

DIPSW11-7 is set to 1

34

21

J18-08

Tray /5

35

22

J21-01

Sensitive drum

36

23

J31-01

Registration

37

24

J31-02

38

25

J32-01

39

26

J32-02

40

27

J32-03

41

28

J32-04

42

29

J32-05

43

2A

J32-06

44

2B

J92-01

45

2C

J92-02

46

2D

J93-01

47

2E

J94-01

48

2F

J19-01

Tray /5

Tray /3

ADU

Paper feed conveyance

Tray /3

Tray /4

Fixing/exit

49

30

J19-02

PF

50

31

J51-01

Main body

51

32

J61-01

DF

52

33

J61-02

53

34

J62-01

54

35

J62-02

55

36

J62-03

56

37

J62-04

57

38

J62-05

58

39

J62-06

59

3A

J62-07

60

3B

J62-08

61

3C

J62-09

62

3D

J62-10

63

3E

J63-01

64

3F

J63-02

65

40

J63-03

66

41

J63-04

67

42

J63-05

68

43

J63-06

69

44

J63-07

70

45

J63-08

71

46

J63-09

72

47

J63-10

73

48

J63-11

357

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE


NO.

CSRC

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Jam code is shown on

Section

NO.

parameter the operation panel when

358

(J0)

DIPSW11-7 is set to 1

74

49

J72-01

75

4A

76

CSRC

Jam code is shown on

parameter the operation panel when


(J0)

DIPSW11-7 is set to 1

115

72

J72-66

J72-02

116

73

J72-67

4B

J72-03

117

74

J72-68

77

4C

J72-04

118

75

J72-69

78

4D

J72-05

119

76

J72-70

79

4E

J72-06

120

77

J72-71

80

4F

J72-09

121

78

J72-72

81

50

J72-10

122

79

J72-73

82

51

J72-11

123

7A

J72-74

83

52

J72-12

124

7B

J72-75

84

53

J72-13

125

7C

J72-76

85

54

J72-14

126

7D

J72-77

86

55

J72-16

127

7E

J72-78

87

56

J72-17

128

7F

J72-79

88

57

J72-18

129

80

J72-80

89

58

J72-19

130

81

J72-81

90

59

J72-20

131

82

J72-82

91

5A

J72-21

132

83

J72-83

92

5B

J72-22

133

84

J72-84

93

5C

J72-23

134

85

J72-85

94

5D

J72-28

135

86

J72-86

95

5E

J72-30

136

87

J72-87

96

5F

J72-39

137

88

J72-88

97

60

J72-40

138

89

J72-89

98

61

J72-41

139

8A

J72-90

99

62

J72-42

140

8B

J72-99

100

63

J72-43

141

8C

J74-01

101

64

J72-44

142

8D

J74-02

102

65

J72-45

143

8E

J74-03

103

66

J72-46

144

8F

J74-04

104

67

J72-47

145

90

J74-05

105

68

J72-48

146

91

J74-06

106

69

J72-49

147

92

J74-07

107

6A

J72-50

148

93

J74-08

108

6B

J72-58

149

94

J74-09

109

6C

J72-59

150

95

J74-10

110

6D

J72-61

151

96

J74-11

111

6E

J72-62

152

97

J74-12

112

6F

J72-63

153

98

J74-19

113

70

J72-64

154

99

J74-31

114

71

J72-65

155

9A

J74-32

Section

FD

FS

FD

SD

SD

LS

NO.

CSRC

10. SERVICE MODE

Jam code is shown on

Section

NO.

parameter the operation panel when


(J0)

DIPSW11-7 is set to 1

156

9B

J74-33

157

9C

158

CSRC

Jam code is shown on

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Section

parameter the operation panel when


(J0)

DIPSW11-7 is set to 1

197

C4

J74-90

J74-34

198

C5

J74-91

9D

J74-35

199

C6

J74-92

159

9E

J74-36

200

C7

J74-93

160

9F

J74-37

201

C8

J74-96

161

A0

J74-38

202

C9

J74-97

162

A1

J74-39

203

CA

J74-98

163

A2

J74-40

204

CB

J74-99

164

A3

J74-41

165

A4

J74-42

166

A5

J74-49

167

A6

J74-60

168

A7

J74-61

169

A8

J74-62

170

A9

J74-63

171

AA

J74-64

172

AB

J74-65

173

AC

J74-66

174

AD

J74-67

175

AE

J74-68

176

AF

J74-69

177

B0

J74-70

178

B1

J74-71

179

B2

J74-72

180

B3

J74-73

181

B4

J74-74

182

B5

J74-75

183

B6

J74-76

184

B7

J74-77

185

B8

J74-78

186

B9

J74-79

187

BA

J74-80

188

BB

J74-81

189

BC

J74-82

190

BD

J74-83

191

BE

J74-84

192

BF

J74-85

193

C0

J74-86

194

C1

J74-87

195

C2

J74-88

196

C3

J74-89

LS

PB

PB

359

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

(8) Data collection No. 10: Count of each copy mode


Confirm the status of use of each copy mode.
Note
Maximum count: 99,999,999

NO.

CSRC parameter

Item

(F1)

360

00

1-1 mode

01

1-2 mode

02

2-1 mode

03

2-2 mode

04

ADF 1-1 mode

05

ADF 1-2 mode

06

Mixed original mode

07

SDF mode

08

Z-folded original mode

10

09

LEF: Portrait/SEF: Landscape (Reg.)

11

0A

LEF: Landscape/SEF: Portrait (Reg.)

12

0B

LEF: Portrait/SEF: Landscape (Rev.)

13

0C

LEF: Landscape/SEF: Portrait (Rev.)

14

0D

Text & Photo

15

0E

Text

16

0F

Photo

17

10

Low contrast

18

11

Custom size

19

12

1 oblique staple (Upper left)

20

13

1 oblique staple (Upper right)

21

14

2 parallel staples (Left binding)

22

15

2 parallel staples (Upper binding)

23

16

Right & Left binding

24

17

2 parallel staples (Right binding)

25

18

Upper binding

26

19

Tab original

27

1A

Folding & Stapling

28

1B

Stacker1 5000 sheets full alarm

29

1C

Group

30

1D

Offset group

31

1E

Collated

32

1F

Offset collated

33

20

Face down

34

21

Face up

35

22

1 to N

36

23

N to 1

Count conditions

NO.

10. SERVICE MODE

CSRC parameter

Item

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Count conditions

(F1)
37

24

Stacker 2 5000 sheets full alarm

38

25

Cover sheet

39

26

Trimmer

40

27

Real size copy

41

28

Preset magnification E4

42

29

Preset magnification E3

43

2A

Preset magnification E2

44

2B

Preset magnification E1

45

2C

Preset magnification R4

46

2D

Preset magnification R3

47

2E

Preset magnification R2

48

2F

Preset magnification R1

49

30

Preset Zoom 1

50

31

Preset Zoom 2

51

32

Preset Zoom 3

52

33

ZOOM

53

34

Vertical/Horizontal ZOOM

54

35

Maximum ZOOM

55

36

Minimum ZOOM

56

37

APS

57

38

AMS

58

39

Auto density

59

3A

Preset density level 1

60

3B

Preset density level 2

61

3C

Interrupted copy

62

3D

Auto image rotation cancellation

63

3E

Sheet insertion

64

3F

Chapter control

65

40

Combination

66

41

Booklet copy

67

42

OHP interleave copy

68

43

OHP interleave blank

69

44

Image insert

70

45

Book copy

71

46

Program job

72

47

Non-image area erase

73

48

Neg-/Positive reverse

74

49

Auto repeat

75

4A

Manual repeat

76

4B

Standard size repeat

77

4C

Frame erasure

78

4D

Fold erasure

361

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE


NO.

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

CSRC parameter

Item

Count conditions

(F1)
79

4E

Image centering

80

4F

All-image area

81

50

Image shift

82

51

Reduction shift

83

52

Overlay

84

53

Watermark

85

54

Stamp

86

55

Date/Time

87

56

Page

88

57

Numbering

89

58

Set quantity 1

90

59

Set quantity 2-5

91

5A

Set quantity 6-10

92

5B

Set quantity 11 or more

93

5C

Time while power remote 1 is On

Accumulation of time during which the overall


control board/image processing board is powered (main power switch is ON). (in minutes)

94

5D

Time while power remote 2 is On

Time during which the main relay is ON. (in minutes)

95

5E

Time while power remote 3 is On

Time during which the power control signal


(REM3) is ON. (in minutes)

96

5F

Time while power remote 4 is On

Time during which the power control signal


(REM4) is ON. (in minutes)

97

60

Time during Low Power mode

Time in the LOW POWER mode. (in minutes)

98

61

Time during warm up time

Time for warm-up, except print ready time.


(in minutes)

99

62

Time during which the front door is

Time during which the front door is open.

open

(in seconds)

100

63

Ope.time in 1side straight exit

Time from the start of print and the end of

101

64

Ope.time in 1side reverse exit

print. (in seconds)

102

65

Operation time in 2side print

(Down time due to jam omitted)

103

66

Operation time in ADF mode

Time during which ADF operates. (in seconds)

104

67

Morning correction count

Counts 1 per image stabilization control (fixing temperature is 50C or lower)

105

68

Time during APS sensor On

Time during which the APS sensor is ON.


(in seconds)

106

69

107

6A

108

6B

N of folding & stapling used jobs

109

6C

N of ADF special error 5 occurred

Number of ADF double feed detection

110

6D

N of ADF NF occurred

Number of ADF no feed detection

111

6E

N of ADF special error 1 occurred

Number of wrong detection of original size

112

6F

N of ADF special error 2 occurred

Number of wrong detection of next original


information

362

NO.

10. SERVICE MODE

CSRC parameter

Item

Count conditions

(F1)
113

70

N of ADF special error 3 occurred

Number of error in size for which mixed


size mode is not allowed

114

71

N of scanner scanned

Counts 1 for pressing Start button in the


platen mode

115

72

N of electrode cleaned

116

73

N of memory overflow

Sum of No.124, 125, 126 plus HDD memory shortage

117

74

N of fixing alarm occurred

118

75

N of no toner stop occurred

119

76

N of AGC retry

120

77

Multi letter tray full alarm

121

78

N of mis-centering correct error

122

79

N of ADF distortion adjust error

123

7A

N of ADF distortion data error

124

7B

Compression memory overflow

Scanner compression/print compression


memory shortage

125

7C

Page memory overflow (scan)

Shortage in memory for receiving print data

126

7D

Page memory overflow (print)

Decompression page memory shortage

127

7E

Staple Finisher main tray alarm

128

7F

Staple Finisher staple alarm

129

80

Saddle Stitcher trash full alarm

130

81

N of ADF special error 4 occurred

131

82

Store for HDD (Sync.with Copying)

132

83

Store for HDD (Store Scan HDD)

133

84

Store for PC (Store Scan PC)

134

85

Store for PC (Store HDD PC)

135

86

Recall from HDD (Recall HDD)

136

87

Recall from PC (PC/JobEditer)

137

88

Saddle Stitcher staple alarm

138

89

Wide paper count (A3W or 11 x 17W)

139

8A

Wide paper count (A4W or 8.5 x 11W)

140

8B

Wide paper count (A4SW or 8.5 x 11SW)

141

8C

Wide paper count (A5W or 5.5 x 8.5W)

142

8D

Wide paper count (Others)

143

8E

Hole-Punch

144

8F

Z-Folding

145

90

Multi Folder trash full alarm

146

91

Mixplex (Simplex)

147

92

Mixplex (Duplex)

148

93

Right/Left binding originals

149

94

Upper binding originals

150

95

Inside print multi letter

Ready timeout error

363

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE


NO.

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

CSRC parameter

Item

(F1)

364

151

96

Outside print multi letter

152

97

Inside print letter fold-in

153

98

Outside print letter fold-in

154

99

Inside print letter fold-out

155

9A

Outside print letter fold-out

156

9B

Inside print double parallel

157

9C

Outside print double parallel

158

9D

Inside print gate

159

9E

Outside print gate

160

9F

Multi Center

161

A0

Inside print folding

162

A1

Outside print folding

163

A2

Main tray output

164

A3

Stacker 1 tray output

165

A4

Stacker 2 tray output

166

A5

Stacker auto setting output

167

A6

Stacker pile setting permit

168

A7

Folding & Stapling tray output

169

A8

Three-Folding tray output

170

A9

Folding sub tray output

171

AA

Stacker 1 sub tray output

172

AB

Stacker 2 sub tray output

173

AC

Folding & Stapling sub tray output

174

AD

Stapling sub tray output

175

AE

Main tray output Job number

176

AF

Stacker 1 tray output Job number

177

B0

Stacker 2 tray output Job number

178

B1

Folding & Stapling output Job No.

179

B2

Three Folding tray output Job No.

180

B3

Folding sub tray Job number

181

B4

Stacker 1 sub tray Job number

182

B5

Stacker 2 sub tray Job number

183

B6

Fold & Staple sub tray Job number

184

B7

Stapling sub tray Job number

185

B8

Multi center Job number

186

B9

Inside print folding Job number

187

BA

Outside print folding Job number

188

BB

Arbitrary stamp

189

BC

Perfect binding blank cover mode

190

BD

Perfect binding 1 in 1 mode

191

BE

Perfect binding 2 in 1 mode

192

BF

Perfect binding 3 in 1 mode

Count conditions

NO.

10. SERVICE MODE

CSRC parameter

Item

Count conditions

(F1)
193

C0

PB cover paper tray mode

194

C1

Number of perfect binding cover

Number of books created by perfect binding machine.

195
196
197

C2
C3
C4

Number of perfect binding cover with

Number of books when cover paper trim-

trim

ming is set.

Number of perfect binding cover

Number of books when cover paper trim-

without trim

ming is not set.

Number of ejected paper on the sub


tray (perfect binding)

198

C5

Number of ejected paper on the


stacker (perfect binding)

199

C6

Number of times PB tray is pulled

200

C7

Number of times PB front door is


opened/closed

201

C8

Number of times PB upper door is


opened/closed

(9) Data collection No. 11: SC data of time series


With respect to the latest 20 SC, confirm SC code, total count, date of occurrence, time of occurrence and
machine condition (00: Idling, 01: Scanner operating, 02: Printer operating, 03: Scanner and printer operating).

365

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

(10) Data collection No. 12, 14: SC count, SC

NO.

count of each section

CSRC

SC code

Section

parameter

Confirm the number of SC occurrence of each SC


code.

(E0/E1)
28

1B

SC21-04

Transfer/separation

29

1C

SC21-05

cleaning motor

30

1D

SC21-06

abnormality

When the service mode DIPSW3-1 is 1

31

1E

SC21-07

Transfer assist motor

(Latched), SC34, 35, 36, 23-14 and 23-17 are

32

1F

SC21-08

abnormality

not counted.

33

20

SC23-01

Toner bottle motor

NOTE
Maximum count: 99,999,999

NO.

CSRC

SC code

abnormality

Section
34

parameter

21

SC23-02

(E0/E1)
1
2
3

00
01
02

03

SC13-01
SC13-02
SC13-03

SC13-05

Paper feed motor

35

22

SC23-03

Blade motor abnormality

abnormality

36

23

SC23-04

Paper feed motor

37

24

SC23-05

abnormality (PF)

38

25

SC23-06

Vertical conveyance

39

26

SC23-07

motor abnormality

40

27

SC23-08

(PF)

41

28

SC23-09

Exit conveyance motor

42

29

SC23-10

43

2A

SC23-11

Toner supply abnormality

abnormality (PF)

366

Developing motor
abnormality

Tray /1 abnormality

Drum motor abnormality

04

SC18-11

44

2B

SC23-12

05

SC18-12

45

2C

SC23-13

06

SC18-13

46

2D

SC23-14

07

SC18-10

47

2E

SC23-15

08

SC18-21

48

2F

SC23-17

10

09

SC18-22

49

30

SC23-20

11

0A

SC18-23

50

31

SC23-21

12

0B

SC18-20

51

32

SC23-22

13

0C

SC18-31

52

33

SC23-24

14

0D

SC18-32

53

34

SC23-25

15

0E

SC18-33

54

35

SC23-26

16

0F

SC18-30

55

36

SC24-01

Drum temperature

17

10

SC18-41

56

37

SC24-02

sensor abnormality

18

11

SC18-42

57

38

SC28-01

High voltage abnor-

19

12

SC18-43

mality

20

13

SC18-40

21

14

SC18-51

22

15

SC18-52

23

16

SC18-53

24

17

SC18-50

25

18

SC21-01

Charger cleaning

26

19

SC21-02

motor abnormality

27

1A

SC21-03

Tray /2 abnormality

Tray /3 abnormality

Tray /4 abnormality

Tray /5 abnormality

58

39

SC28-02

59

3A

SC28-03

60

3B

SC28-04

61

3C

SC29-01

62

3D

SC29-02

63

3E

SC29-03

64

3F

SC29-04

65

40

SC29-05

66

41

SC29-06

Process abnormality

NO.

CSRC

10. SERVICE MODE

SC code

Section

NO.

CSRC

parameter

parameter

(E0/E1)

(E0/E1)

67

42

SC29-07

68

43

69

Process abnormality

SC code

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Section

108

6B

SC32-33

SC29-08

109

6C

SC32-34

44

SC29-09

110

6D

SC32-35

70

45

SC29-10

111

6E

SC32-36

71

46

SC29-11

112

6F

SC32-37

72

47

SC29-12

High voltage abnor-

113

70

SC32-38

73

48

SC29-13

mality

114

71

SC32-39

74

49

SC29-14

115

72

SC32-40

75

4A

SC29-15

116

73

SC32-41

76

4B

SC29-16

117

74

SC32-42

77

4C

SC32-01

118

75

SC32-43

78

4D

SC32-02

119

76

SC32-44

79

4E

SC32-03

120

77

SC32-45

80

4F

SC32-04

121

78

SC32-46

81

50

SC32-05

122

79

SC32-47

82

51

SC32-06

123

7A

SC32-48

83

52

SC32-07

124

7B

SC32-49

84

53

SC32-09

125

7C

SC32-50

85

54

SC32-10

126

7D

SC32-51

86

55

SC32-11

127

7E

SC32-52

87

56

SC32-12

128

7F

SC32-53

88

57

SC32-13

129

80

SC32-54

89

58

SC32-14

130

81

SC32-55

90

59

SC32-15

131

82

SC33-01

ADU drive board

91

5A

SC32-16

132

83

SC33-02

abnormality

92

5B

SC32-17

133

84

SC33-04

Printer control board

93

5C

SC32-18

134

85

SC33-05

abnormality

94

5D

SC32-19

135

86

SC33-06

95

5E

SC32-20

136

87

SC34-01

96

5F

SC32-21

137

88

SC34-02

97

60

SC32-22

138

89

SC34-03

98

61

SC32-23

139

8A

SC34-04

99

62

SC32-24

140

8B

SC35-01

100

63

SC32-25

141

8C

SC35-02

101

64

SC32-26

142

8D

SC36-01

102

65

SC32-27

143

8E

SC36-02

103

66

SC32-28

144

8F

SC36-03

104

67

SC32-29

145

90

SC36-04

105

68

SC32-30

146

91

SC36-05

106

69

SC32-31

147

92

SC36-06

107

6A

SC32-32

Fan abnormality

Fan abnormality

Fusing abnormality

367

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE


NO.

148

368

CSRC

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


SC code

Section

NO.

CSRC

parameter

parameter

(E0/E1)

(E0/E1)

93

SC41-01

Scanner abnormality

189

BC

SC code

SC46-36

Image processing
abnormality

149

94

SC41-02

190

BD

SC46-40

150

95

SC41-03

191

BE

SC46-41

151

96

SC41-10

192

BF

SC46-42

152

97

SC41-11

193

C0

SC46-43

153

98

SC42-01

194

C1

SC46-50

154

99

SC42-02

195

C2

SC46-51

155

9A

SC42-03

196

C3

SC46-61

156

9B

SC42-04

197

C4

SC46-62

157

9C

SC42-05

198

C5

SC46-63

158

9D

SC42-06

199

C6

SC46-64

159

9E

SC42-07

200

C7

SC46-66

160

9F

SC42-08

201

C8

SC46-80

161

A0

SC42-09

202

C9

SC46-81

162

A1

SC42-10

203

CA

SC46-82

163

A2

SC42-16

204

CB

SC46-83

164

A3

SC42-17

205

CC

SC46-90

165

A4

SC42-18

206

CD

SC46-91

166

A5

SC42-19

207

CE

SC46-99

167

A6

SC46-01

Image processing

208

CF

SC49-01

168

A7

SC46-02

abnormality

209

D0

SC49-03

169

A8

SC46-03

210

D1

SC49-04

170

A9

SC46-05

211

D2

SC49-05

171

AA

SC46-06

212

D3

SC49-06

172

AB

SC46-08

213

D4

SC50-01

173

AC

SC46-12

214

D5

SC50-02

174

AD

SC46-13

215

D6

SC50-03

175

AE

SC46-14

216

D7

SC50-04

176

AF

SC46-15

217

D8

SC50-05

177

B0

SC46-16

218

D9

SC50-10

178

B1

SC46-17

219

DA

SC50-11

179

B2

SC46-19

220

DB

SC52-01

180

B3

SC46-21

221

DC

SC52-02

181

B4

SC46-23

222

DD

SC52-03

182

B5

SC46-24

223

DE

SC52-04

183

B6

SC46-25

224

DF

SC52-05

184

B7

SC46-26

225

E0

SC52-06

185

B8

SC46-27

226

E1

SC52-07

186

B9

SC46-31

227

E2

SC52-08

187

BA

SC46-32

228

E3

SC52-09

188

BB

SC46-35

229

E4

SC52-10

Write abnormality

Fan abnormality

Section

Fan abnormality

NO.

230

CSRC

10. SERVICE MODE

SC code

Section

NO.

CSRC

parameter

parameter

(E0/E1)

(E0/E1)

E5

SC52-11

Fan abnormality

268

0B

SC code

Section

SC70-01

Communication

269

0C

SC70-02

abnormality

Fusing motor abnormality

270

0D

SC76-01

LS abnormality

Total count abnormality

271

0E

SC76-02

272

0F

SC76-03

273

10

SC76-04

274

11

SC76-05

Power source abnor-

275

12

SC76-06

mality

276

13

SC76-07

277

14

SC76-08

278

15

SC76-09

SC53-12

279

16

SC76-10

F1

SC53-13

280

17

SC76-11

243

F2

SC53-14

281

18

SC76-31

244

F3

SC53-15

PF paper feed abnor-

282

19

SC76-32

245

F4

SC53-16

mality

283

1A

SC76-33

246

F5

SC53-17

Printer control board

284

1B

SC76-34

abnormality

285

1C

SC76-35

Erase lamp abnormality

286

1D

SC76-36

231

E6

SC52-12

232

E7

SC53-01

233

E8

SC53-02

234

E9

SC53-03

235

EA

SC53-04

236

EB

SC53-05

237

EC

SC53-06

238

ED

SC53-07

239

EE

SC53-08

240

EF

SC53-11

241

F0

242

247

F6

SC53-18

248

F7

SC53-19

249

F8

SC53-20

Key counter abnormality

Paper feed abnormality

Conveyance motor

287

1E

SC76-37

abnormality

288

1F

SC76-38

ADU reverse paper

289

20

SC76-39

290

21

SC76-40

291

22

SC76-41

292

23

SC77-01

293

24

SC77-02

294

25

SC77-03

295

26

SC77-04

296

27

SC77-05

297

28

SC77-06

298

29

SC77-07

299

2A

SC77-08

300

2B

SC77-11

301

2C

SC77-12

302

2D

SC77-15

303

2E

SC77-21

304

2F

SC77-22

305

30

SC77-25

306

31

SC77-28

exit motor abnormality


250

F9

SC60-01

251

FA

SC60-02

252

FB

SC60-03

253

FC

SC60-11

254

FD

SC67-01

255

FE

SC67-02

256

FF

SC67-03

257

00

SC67-04

258

01

SC67-05

259

02

SC67-06

260

03

SC67-07

261

04

SC67-08

262

05

SC67-09

263

06

SC67-10

264

07

SC67-11

265

08

SC67-12

266

09

SC67-13

267

0A

SC67-14

DF abnormality

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

FS abnormality

369

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE


NO.

370

CSRC

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


SC code

Section

NO.

CSRC

parameter

parameter

(E0/E1)

(E0/E1)

307

32

SC77-30

308

33

309

Section

SD abnormality

348

5B

SC77-82

SC77-31

349

5C

SC77-83

34

SC77-32

350

5D

SC77-84

310

35

SC77-33

351

5E

SC77-85

311

36

SC77-34

352

5F

SC77-86

312

37

SC77-35

353

60

SC77-87

313

38

SC77-36

354

61

SC77-88

314

39

SC77-37

355

62

SC77-89

315

3A

SC77-38

356

63

SC77-90

316

3B

SC77-39

357

64

SC77-95

317

3C

SC77-40

358

65

SC77-96

318

3D

SC77-41

359

66

SC77-97

319

3E

SC77-42

360

67

SC77-98

320

3F

SC77-43

361

68

SC77-99

321

40

SC77-44

362

69

SC80-01

Communication

322

41

SC77-48

363

6A

SC80-02

abnormality

323

42

SC77-49

364

6B

SC80-03

324

43

SC77-58

365

6C

SC80-1*

325

44

SC77-59

366

6D

SC80-30

326

45

SC77-60

367

6E

SC80-31

327

46

SC77-61

368

6F

SC80-32

328

47

SC77-62

369

70

SC80-40

329

48

SC77-63

370

71

SC80-41

330

49

SC77-64

371

72

SC80-42

331

4A

SC77-65

372

73

SC80-43

332

4B

SC77-66

373

74

SC80-44

333

4C

SC77-67

374

75

SC80-45

334

4D

SC77-68

375

76

SC90-01

335

4E

SC77-69

376

77

SC90-02

336

4F

SC77-70

377

78

SC90-03

Communication

337

50

SC77-71

378

79

SC90-04

abnormality

338

51

SC77-72

379

7A

SC93-01

ADU drive board

339

52

SC77-73

340

53

SC77-74

341

54

SC77-75

342

55

SC77-76

FD abnormality

SC code

SD abnormality

ISW abnormality

ADU abnormality

abnormality
380

7B

SC93-05

Power source abnormality

381

7C

SC93-06

ADU drive board

343

56

SC77-77

382

7D

SC93-07

abnormality

344

57

SC77-78

383

7E

SC93-08

PF drive board abnor-

345

58

SC77-79

346

59

SC77-80

347

5A

SC77-81

mality
384

7F

SC95-01

Fan abnormality

385

80

SC49-07

IC abnormality

NO.

CSRC

SC code

10. SERVICE MODE


Section

NO.

CSRC

parameter

parameter

(E0/E1)

(E0/E1)

386

81

SC49-08

387

82

388

IC abnormality

SC code

Section

PB abnormality

427

AA

SC78-38

SC49-09

428

AB

SC78-39

83

SC49-10

429

AC

SC78-40

389

84

SC77-91

SD abnormality

430

AD

SC78-41

390

85

SC23-50

Main body abnormality

431

AE

SC78-42

391

86

SC78-01

PB abnormality

432

AF

SC78-43

392

87

SC78-02

433

B0

SC78-44

393

88

SC78-04

434

B1

SC78-45

394

89

SC78-05

435

B2

SC78-46

395

8A

SC78-06

436

B3

SC78-47

396

8B

SC78-07

437

B4

SC78-48

397

8C

SC78-08

438

B5

SC78-49

398

8D

SC78-09

439

B6

SC78-50

399

8E

SC78-10

440

B7

SC78-51

400

8F

SC78-11

441

B8

SC78-52

401

90

SC78-12

442

B9

SC78-53

402

91

SC78-13

443

BA

SC78-54

403

92

SC78-14

444

BB

SC78-55

404

93

SC78-15

445

BC

SC78-56

405

94

SC78-16

446

BD

SC78-57

406

95

SC78-17

447

BE

SC78-58

407

96

SC78-18

448

BF

SC78-59

408

97

SC78-19

449

C0

SC78-60

409

98

SC78-20

450

C1

SC78-61

410

99

SC78-21

451

C2

SC78-62

411

9A

SC78-22

452

C3

SC78-63

412

9B

SC78-23

453

C4

SC78-64

413

9C

SC78-24

454

C5

SC78-91

414

9D

SC78-25

455

C6

SC78-92

415

9E

SC78-26

456

C7

SC78-93

416

9F

SC78-27

457

C8

SC78-94

417

A0

SC78-28

458

C9

SC78-96

418

A1

SC78-29

459

CA

SC78-97

419

A2

SC78-30

460

CB

SC78-98

420

A3

SC78-31

461

CC

SC78-99

421

A4

SC78-32

462

CD

SC80-46

422

A5

SC78-33

423

A6

SC78-34

424

A7

SC78-35

425

A8

SC78-36

426

A9

SC78-37

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

371

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE


10.5.3

Copy count of part

A. Copy count of special parts


When a part is replaced, reset the counter of the part
that has been replaced to manage the service history.
(1) Procedure

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [03 Counter] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.
Press the [03 Parts Counter] key on the sub
menu.

4. "Copy count of part menu screen"


Press the [01 Count of special parts] key.

5. "Count of special parts screen"


Press the [Next] or [Previous] key to scroll the
screen.
Press the [S] or [T] key to select an item you
want to reset.

6. Press the [Count Reset] key.


7. "Reset confirm screen"
Press the [Yes] key to reset the counter.
Press the [No] key not to reset the counter. You
return to the "Count of special parts screen."

372

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

10. SERVICE MODE

B. Count of special parts list


Note
Be sure to reset the fixing cleaning web counter (No.001) after replacing the cleaning web. Otherwise, fuser cleaning trouble may occur.
Be sure to perform the blade set mode of the service mode after replacing the cleaning blade. This
automatically resets the cleaning blade counter (No.002). Otherwise, the auto blade replacement
cannot be implemented.

NO

CSRC

Parts name

Parts No.

Count conditions

parameter
(Z1)
001

00

Fixing cleaning web

56UA5351

1 count for each paper exit in the single side

002

01

Cleaning blade

56UA5601

mode, 2 counts in the double side mode.

003

02

Charging wire

56UA2509

004

03

Charging grid

56UA2508

005

04

Charging cleaning unit

55VA-255

006

05

Develop suction filter

56UA3108

007

06

Trans./sep. wire

56UA2613

008

07

Trans./sep. CL unit

56GA-276/
56GA-277/
56GA-278

009

08

Drum Separation claws

55VA2919

2 counts for each A3, 11x17, 8K paper exit in


the single side mode, 4 counts for double.
Except these, 1 count for the single and 2
counts for the double.

010

09

Trans Assist PET1

56UA-281

For the paper type which is 297 mm width or


more and 91 g/m2 or less, 0 count for each
paper exit in the single side mode, and 1 count
for the double side mode.

011

0A

Trans Assist PET2

56UE-281

For the paper type which is between 279 and


297 mm width and 91 g/m2 or less, 0 count for
each paper exit in the single side mode, and 1
count for the double side mode.

012

0B

Cleaner fur brush

56UA-574

1 count for each paper exit in the single side


mode, 2 counts in the double side mode.

013

0C

Cleaner side seal R

56UA-558

014

0D

Cleaner side seal F

56UA-559

015

0E

Fix. roller (U)

56UA5304

016

0F

Fix. roller Unit (L)

56UA-528

017

10

Fixing claws upper

55VA5321

018

11

Fixing claws lower

25AA5329

019

12

Heat sleeve (Upper)

45405339

020

13

Upper roller bearing

45407504

021

14

Fixing CL sheet

56UA-547

022

15

Temperature sensor

56GA-209

023

16

Toner supply sleeve /1

55VA-334

373

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE


NO

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

CSRC

Parts name

Parts No.

Count conditions

parameter
(Z1)
024

17

Toner supply sleeve /2

55VA-335

1 count for each paper exit in the single side

025

18

Cleaner toner tray

56UA-568

mode, 2 counts in the double side mode.

026

19

Fur brush scraper

56UA-561

027

1A

Heat sleeve (Heated)

26AA5315

028

1B

Heat roller bearing

56UA7507

029

1C

Upper roller sensor

55VA8804

030

1D

Heat roller sensor

55VA8806

031

1E

Fixing sub roller

56UA5307

032

1F

Ozone filter

56UA1121
56UA1128

033

20

Ozone suction filter

56UA1122
56UA1129

034

21

Charging corona

56UA-250

035

22

PCL

56UA-257

036

23

Developing unit

56UA-300

037

24

Develop suction box

56UA-325

038

25

Trans/Sep unit

56UA-270

039

26

TSL

55VA8308

040

27

Regis. feed count

56UA7602
56UA4606

041

28

ADU accelerator roller

56UA4740

1 count for each reverse exit paper in the single


side mode, 0 count for each 1side straight
mode, 1 count in the double side mode.

042

29

Reversal output roller

56UA4741

2 count for each reverse exit paper in the single


side mode, 0 count for each 1side straight
mode, 1 count in the double side mode.

043

2A

ADU reversal roller

56UA4741

2 count for each reverse exit paper in the single


side mode, 0 count for each 1side straight
mode, 2 count in the double side mode.

044

2B

Output convey roller

56UA4742

1 count for each reverse exit paper in the single

56UA4743

side mode, 0 count for each 1side straight


mode, 0 count in the double side mode.

045

2C

046

2D

ADU convey roller


Fixing exit roller

56UA4744

0 count for each paper exit in the single side

56UA4683

mode, 1 counts in the double side mode.

56UA4595

1 count for each paper exit in the single side

(N = 4)

374

047

2E

Output roller

56UA4557

048

2F

Fixing gear /2

56UA7783

049

30

Web Motor

56GA8017

050

31

Fixing output actuator

56UA5383

051

32

Toner pump /1

56UA-780

052

33

Toner pump /2

56UA-790

mode, 2 counts in the double side mode.

NO

CSRC

10. SERVICE MODE


Parts name

Parts No.

Count conditions

parameter
(Z1)
053

34

Tray 1 feed roller

55VA-464

054

35

Tray 1 conv/rev roller

55VA-463

055

36

Tray 1 feed clutch

56AA8201

056

37

Tray 1 handle clutch

56AA8201

1 count for each paper exit from tray /1.

1 count for each paper exit when the clutch is


turned ON by paper from tray /1.

057

38

Tray 2 feed roller

55VA-464

058

39

Tray 2 conv/rev roller

55VA-463

059

3A

Tray 2 feed clutch

56AA8201

060

3B

Tray 2 handle clutch

56AA8201

1 count for each paper exit from tray /2.

1 count for each paper exit when the clutch is


turned ON by paper from tray /2.

061

3C

Tray 3 feed roller

55VA-484

1 count for each paper exit from tray /3.

062

3D

Tray 3 conv/rev roller

55VA-483

063

3E

Tray 3 feed clutch

56AA8201

064

3F

Tray 3 handle clutch

56AA8201

1 count for each paper exit when the clutch is

065

40

Tray 3 reverse clutch

56AA8201

turned ON by paper from tray /3.

066

41

Tray 4 feed roller

55VA-484

1 count for each paper exit from tray /4.

067

42

Tray 4 conv/rev roller

55VA-483

068

43

Tray 4 feed clutch

56AA8201

069

44

Tray 4 handle clutch

56AA8201

1 count for each paper exit when the clutch is

070

45

Tray 4 reverse clutch

56AA8201

turned ON by paper from tray /4.

071

46

Tray 5 feed roller

55VA-484

1 count for each paper exit from tray /5.

072

47

Tray 5 conv/rev roller

55VA-483

073

48

Tray 5 feed clutch

56AA8201

074

49

Tray 5 handle clutch

56AA8201

1 count for each paper exit when the clutch is

075

4A

Tray 5 reverse clutch

56AA8201

turned ON by paper from tray /5.

076

4B

Paper fur brush

55VA-574

1 count for each paper exit.

077

4C

V-convey exit roller

56UA4412

078

4D

Paper powder scraper

56UA4419

079

4E

V-convey clutch top

56AA8201

1 count for each paper exit from tray /1 and /2.

080

4F

V-convey clutch mid.

56AA8201

1 count for each paper exit from tray /2.

081

50

V-convey clutch low

56AA8201

082

51

V-convey roller /1

56UA4413

1 count for each paper exit.

083

52

V-convey roller 2/3

56UA4414

1 count for each paper exit from tray /2.

56UA4464
084

53

Tray 1 pre-reg. roller

56UA4411

1 count for each paper exit from tray /1 and /2.

085

54

Tray 2 pre-reg. roller

56UA4411

1 count for each paper exit from tray /2.

086

55

PFU V-convey roller /T

15BA4507

1 count for each paper exit from tray /3.

15BA4508
087

56

PFU V-convey roller /M

15BA4507

1 count for each paper exit from tray /4.

088

57

PFU V-convey roller /L

15BA4507

1 count for each paper exit from tray /5.

15BA4508

375

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE


NO

CSRC

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Parts name

Parts No.

Count conditions

parameter
(Z1)
089

58

PFU output roller

15BA5011

1 count for each paper exit from tray /3, /4 and


/5.

090

59

PFU V-convey clutch /T

56AA8201

1 count for each paper exit from tray /3.

091

5A

PFU V-convey clutch /M

56AA8201

1 count for each paper exit from tray /4.

092

5B

PFU V-convey clutch /L

56AA8201

1 count for each paper exit from tray /5.

093

5C

PFU Mid-conv clutch /T

56AA8201

1 count for each paper exit from tray /3.

094

5D

PFU Mid-conv clutch /L

56AA8201

1 count for each paper exit from tray /5.

095

5E

Exposure On time

56UA8301

Accumulation of time lamp is on. 1 count per


second.

096

5F

Fixing cleaning roller

56UA5353

1 count for each paper exit in the single side

097

60

Web prevention part

56UA-544

mode, 2 counts in the double side mode.

098

61

Main Switch

55GA8601

1 count each time the main power switch turns


OFF the power.

099

62

Door Switch

40AA8501

1 count each time the front door is opened

100

63

Tray 1 feed count

56UA-400

1 count for each paper exit from tray /1.

101

64

Tray 2 feed count

56UA-400

1 count for each paper exit from tray /2.

102

65

Tray 3 feed count

15BA-300

1 count for each paper exit from tray /3.

103

66

Tray 4 feed count

15BA-400

1 count for each paper exit from tray /4.

104

67

Tray 5 feed count

15BA-300

1 count for each paper exit from tray /5.

105

68

8k,16k Duplex count

For the paper type which is between 270 mm


and 279 mm width and 91 g/m2 or less, 0
count for each paper exit in the single side
mode, and 1 count for the double side mode.

106

69

B4, B5 Duplex count

For the paper type which is between 257 mm


and 270 mm width and 91 g/m2 or less, 0
count for each paper exit in the single side
mode, and 1 count for the double side mode.

107

6A

8.5 Duplex count

For the paper type which is between 215 mm


and 257 mm width and 91 g/m2 or less, 0
count for each paper exit in the single side
mode, and 1 count for the double side mode.

108

6B

A4S, A5 Duplex count

For the paper type which is between 210 mm


and 215 mm width and 91 g/m2 or less, 0
count for each paper exit in the single side
mode, and 1 count for the double side mode.

109

6C

8, 8.125, 8.25 Dup.count

For the paper type which is between 203 mm


and 210 mm width and 91 g/m2 or less, 0
count for each paper exit in the single side
mode, and 1 count for the double side mode.

110

6D

B5R Duplex count

For the paper type which is between 182 mm


and 203 mm width and 91 g/m2 or less, 0
count for each paper exit in the single side
mode, and 1 count for the double side mode.

376

NO

CSRC

10. SERVICE MODE


Parts name

Parts No.

Count conditions

parameter
(Z1)
111

6E

FS Staple/Front

15AA4222

1 count for each paper exit in either of the 1staple at front or the 2-staple mode.

112

6F

FS Staple/Back

15AA4222

1 count for each paper exit in either of the 1staple at rear or the 2-staple mode.

113

70

FS solenoid /A

56QA8251

1 count for each paper exit in the non-sort


mode and the sort mode.

114

71

FD feed roller /A Top

50BA-574

Counts the paper feed from PI tray /Up.

115

72

FD reverse rubber /Top

13QN-443

116

73

FD feed roller /B Top

50BA-575

117

74

FD feed roller /A Low

50BA-574

118

75

FD reverse rubber /Low

13QN-443

119

76

FD feed roller /B Low

50BA-575

120

77

FD punch motor assy

15AG-573

1 count for each paper exit in the punch mode.

121

78

FD solenoid /A (release 1)

56QA8251

1 count for each paper exit in the punch or fold-

Counts the paper feed from PI tray /Lw.

ing mode (all size).


122

79

FD solenoid /A (release 2)

56QA8251

1 count for each paper exit in the folding


mode (all size)
1 count for each paper exit in the punch
mode (paper length 220 mm or larger).

123

7A

FD motor assy

129U-108

1 count for each paper exit to the main tray.

124

7B

LS1 solenoid (Lead)

15AV8252

1 count for each paper exit in the non-sort and

125

7C

LS1 solenoid (Rear)

15AV8253

sort mode (all size).

126

7D

LS1 solenoid (Center)

15AV8251

1 count for each paper exit in the non-sort and


sort mode (Length 295 mm or more and Width
226 or more).

127

7E

LS1 solenoid (Curl)

15AV8255

1 count for each paper exit in the non-sort


mode.

128

7F

LS1 Up/Down motor

15AV8003

Counts operation number of times of the


stacker tray up down motor.

129

80

LS2 solenoid (Lead)

15AV8252

1 count for each paper exit in the non-sort and

130

81

LS2 solenoid (Rear)

15AV8253

sort mode (all size).

131

82

LS2 solenoid (Center)

15AV8251

1 count for each paper exit in the non-sort and


sort mode (Length 295 mm or more and Width
226 or more).

132

83

LS2 solenoid (Curl)

15AV8255

1 count for each paper exit in the non-sort


mode.

133

84

LS2 Up/Down motor

15AV8003

Counts operation number of times of the


stacker tray up down motor.

134

85

SD Staple/Right

15AN-550

1 count for each paper exit in the saddle stitch

135

86

SD Staple/Left

15AN-550

mode.

136

87

SD trimmer edge

15AN-570

1 count for each paper exit in the trimming

137

88

SD trimmer receiver

15AN5282

mode.

377

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE


NO

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Parts name

CSRC

Parts No.

Count conditions

parameter
(Z1)
138

89

SD convey solenoid

15AN8251

1 count for each paper exit to the folding sec-

139

8A

SD solenoid

13QE8251

tion.

140

8B

SDFNS solenoid /2

12QR8252

1 count for each paper exit to the stacker.

141

8C

ADF pick up roller

13GA4604

Original feed count in all modes.

142

8D

ADF feed roller

15AS4605

143

8E

ADF retard roller

13GA4606

144

8F

ADF sub pick roller

13GA4601

145

90

ADF torque limiter

13GA-135

146

91

ADF SDF solenoid

13GA8252

147

92

ADF LSB solenoid

13GA8251

Total original feed count in the single feed mode.


1 count for each set of the large size original
single side mode.
1 count for each sheet of the large size original double side mode. *1

148

93

ADF press/release SD

13GA8251

1 count for each sheet of the large size original


double side mode. *1

149

94

ADF SSB solenoid

13GA8251

1 count for each sheet of the small size original


double side mode.

150

95

Toner collect box

14RT-970

1 count for each paper exit in the single side

151

96

Recycling cut pump

14RT-210

mode, 2 counts in the double side mode.

152

97

Accumulator

14RT-230

153

98

Stirring plate assy

56UA-347

1 count for each paper exit in the single side

56UA-348

mode, 2 counts in the double side mode.

154

99

PB sub tray exit solenoid

15ANR714

1 count for each paper exit on the sub tray.

155

9A

PB SC roller release

13GQ8005

1 count for each paper exit on the stacker.

motor
156

9B

PB SC stopper solenoid

15AA8251

157

9C

PB SC pressure arm sole-

A07B746

noid
158

9D

PB switchback roller

13GQ4519

1 count for each paper exit.

159

9E

PB pick-up roller

55VA-464

1 count for each book exit in PB tray cover

160

9F

PB paper feed roller sep-

55VA-463

mode.

aration roller
161

A0

162

A1

PB paper pick up clutch

56AA8201

PB cover paper separa-

56AA8201

tion clutch
163

A2

PB roller cutter blade assy

A0756230

1 count for each book exit in cover trimming mode.

164

A3

PB filter /1

A0753724

1 count for each paper exit.

165

A4

PB filter /2

A0753734

166

A5

PB straight gate solenoid

56QA8251

1 count for each book exit except in PB tray


cover mode.

*1

The large size original represents all originals in the mixed original mode; A3, B4, A4S, B5S, 8K, 16KS, 11
x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11S, 8 x 13, 81/4 x 13, 81/8 x 13 and 81/2 x 13.

378

10. SERVICE MODE

C. Copy count of each part

(2) Resetting of each part counter

This is used when you want to control the service his-

1)

tory of each part not registered as a special part.


Confirm and reset part name, part number, limit value

Procedure

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"

setting and print count.


Up to 30 data from No.01 to No.30 can be set.
1 count is taken for each passage of paper, regard-

Press the [03 Counter] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.

less of the paper size.

Press the [03 Parts Counter] key on the sub


(1) Setting of each part and confirmation of the
copy count
1)

menu.

4. "Copy count of part menu screen"

Procedure

Press the [02 Count of each parts] key.

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [03 Counter] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.
Press the [03 Parts Counter] key on the sub
menu.

4. "Copy count of part menu screen"


Press the [02 Count of each parts] key.

5. "Copy count of each part screen"


Press the [Next] or [Previous] key to scroll the
screen.
Press the [S] or [T] key to select an item you
want to reset.

6. Press the [Count Reset] key.


7. "Reset confirm screen"
Press the [Yes] key to reset the counter.
Press the [No] key not to reset the counter. You
return to the "Copy count of each part screen."

5. "Copy count of each part screen"


Press the [Next] or [Previous] key to scroll the
screen.

NOTE

Press the [S] or [T] key to select a data

When the copy count is in excess of a limit

number.

value, an asterisk "*" is shown to the right of

6. Select either the [Name Setting], [P/N Setting]

the limit value.

or [Limit Setting] key.

7. Press one of the key you want to set or


change, and enter it with the alphanumeric
keys.
[Name Setting]

: Enter a part name (8 digits)

[P/N Setting]

: Enter a part number (9 digits)

[Limit Setting]

: Enter a limit value (8 digits)

8. Press the [OK] key to update data.


Press the [Cancel] key to cancel the update.

379

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

D. Relationship between each data number

10.6 Machine condition

and CSRC parameter


10.6.1

I/O check mode

NO.

NAME

P/N

COUNT

LIMIT

01

Z4:00

Z3:00

G0:00

H0:00

output check function) to check and adjust the vari-

02

Z4:01

Z3:01

G0:01

H0:01

ous signals and loads.

03

Z4:02

Z3:02

G0:02

H0:02

04

Z4:03

Z3:03

G0:03

H0:03

05

Z4:04

Z3:04

G0:04

H0:04

06

Z4:05

Z3:05

G0:05

H0:05

07

Z4:06

Z3:06

G0:06

H0:06

08

Z4:07

Z3:07

G0:07

H0:07

09

Z4:08

Z3:08

G0:08

H0:08

10

Z4:09

Z3:09

G0:09

H0:09

11

Z4:0A

Z3:0A

G0:0A

H0:0A

12

Z4:0B

Z3:0B

G0:0B

H0:0B

13

Z4:0C

Z3:0C

G0:0C

H0:0C

14

Z4:0D

Z3:0D

G0:0D

H0:0D

15

Z4:0E

Z3:0E

G0:0E

H0:0E

16

Z4:0F

Z3:0F

G0:0F

H0:0F

17

Z4:10

Z3:10

G0:10

H0:10

[1] I/O check code

18

Z4:11

Z3:11

G0:11

H0:11

[2] Multi code

19

Z4:12

Z3:12

G0:12

H0:12

[3] Input check

20

Z4:13

Z3:13

G0:13

H0:13

[4] Output check

21

Z4:14

Z3:14

G0:14

H0:14

22

Z4:15

Z3:15

G0:15

H0:15

23

Z4:16

Z3:16

G0:16

H0:16

24

Z4:17

Z3:17

G0:17

H0:17

1. Enter the service mode.

25

Z4:18

Z3:18

G0:18

H0:18

2. "Service mode menu screen"

26

Z4:19

Z3:19

G0:19

H0:19

27

Z4:1A

Z3:1A

G0:1A

H0:1A

28

Z4:1B

Z3:1B

G0:1B

H0:1B

29

Z4:1C

Z3:1C

G0:1C

H0:1C

30

Z4:1D

Z3:1D

G0:1D

H0:1D

This mode provides self-diagnostic functions (input/

A. I/O check screen

[1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

B. Input check method


(1) Procedure

Press the [04 Machine Condition] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.
Press the [01 I/O Check Mode] key on the sub
menu.

4. "I/O check mode screen"


Enter the input check code with the numeric
keys.

5. To use the multi mode, press the Access button.

6. Enter the multi code with the numeric keys.


7. Input check result will appear in the message
display area.

8. Repeat steps 3 to 7 to perform the other signal


input check.

380

C. Output check method


(1) Procedure

10. SERVICE MODE


(1) Procedure

1. Replace the multi feed detection board /1, /2.

1. Enter the service mode.

(See chapter II "Maintenance 4.3.5 Registration

2. "Service mode menu screen"

section")

Press the [04 Machine Condition] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the

2. Check the stamp letter [1] placed on the multi


feed detection board /1, /2, and rotate the

screen.

rotary switch [2] on the ADU drive board /1

Press the [01 I/O Check Mode] key on the sub

(ADUDB1) as shown in the table below.

menu.

4. "I/O check mode screen"

[1]

Enter the output check code with the numeric


keys.

5. To use the multi mode, press the Access button.

6. Enter the multi code with the numeric keys.


7. Press the Start button to perform the output
check.

8. Press the STOP button to stop it.


9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 to perform the other load
or signal output check.

[2]
D. Adjustment when replacing the multi feed
detection board (main body)
When the multi feed detection board of the main
body or the ADU drive board /1 (ADUDB1) is
replaced, conduct this adjustment. And also adjust it
when multi feed is not detected properly due to specific types of paper (such as thin paper, coated paper
with less stiffness, and thick paper).
However, multi feed detection control is not applicable to paper weight more than 210 g/m2 and coated
paper of 50 to 61 g/m2.
1050fs3056c

NOTE
The multi feed detection board /1 and /2 are

Stamp letter

Rotary switch

Adjustment error may occur because of the

temperature of the sensor surface. Make the

adjustment at a temperature close to that in

which the copier is actually used (20 to 30C).

adjusted in the manufacturing process as a


pair of upper and lower. Be sure to replace
them as a pair.

(In case you brought a new part from outdoors, make the adjustment after the temperature of the sensor surface and the room

3. Select the input check code "56-00" of the I/O


check mode in the service mode.

temperature become the same)

381

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

4. Insert one sheet of the paper (P/N 65AA-9910)

8. Insert one sheet of paper that customer mainly

between the multi feed detection board /1 and

use (paper weight 62 to 209 g/m2), and confirm

/2 (200 to 300 g/m paper can also be used).

that "L" appears on the input check display.

Be sure the paper does not trail down.

"L": no multi feed (0 or 1 sheet of paper)


"H": multi feed (2 sheets of paper)

Note
If the paper trails down, the angle of paper

Note

insertion is different from that of paper pas-

When "H" is once detected, the guide plate

sage, thus making it impossible to make an

to which the multi feed detection board /2

accurate adjustment.

is installed must be opened and closed.

5. Connect the tester (voltmeter) to the following

Otherwise, a return to "L" is not available.

9. Insert another sheet of paper (2 sheets in all),

positions of the ADUDB1.


+terminal: test pin No. TP60 (white) [1]

that customer mainly use and confirm that "H"

- terminal: test pin No. TP57 (green) [2]

appears on the input check display.

Range: DC 20 V

10. In case of detection error, return to step 4 to


conduct the adjustment again. In step 6, set
power voltage to the value 1.0 V lower than the
previous adjustment.

11. Repeat the steps 8 to 10 until detection error is


resolved.

12. Pull out the inserted papers, and install the


parts you removed.

E. Cleaning blade transportation lock


This separates the cleaning blade from the drum,
thus preventing any damage on the cleaning blade
while moving the machine or during a long-term stor-

[1]

[2]

1050fs3057c

age.
Use this when packing the machine while moving an
installation location.

Note
Because the ADU is powered, do not drop
any metal material on the board, or do not
connect the tester pin to an irrelevant terminal.
It may cause the board to short circuit and
be damaged.

6. In the multi feed detection board /2 volume, set

NOTE
While conducting this mode, the blade is
automatically replaced. In case the first
cleaning blade was used before packing, be
sure to perform a spring charge for the auto
blade replacement as you reinstall the
machine.

power voltage to the standard value.


Standard value: 8.0 0.2 V

(1) Procedure

7. Pull out the paper inserted in step 4.


1. Check whether the currently used cleaning
blade is the first one or the second one.

2. Enter the I/O check mode.


3. Enter "17" with the numeric keys. Confirm that
"17-00" is displayed in the message display
area.

382

4. Open the front door /Rt.

10. SERVICE MODE

6. The toner pump motor (M28) and the air pump


motor (M29) start rotating. Press the STOP but-

Note

ton to stop them after abut 1 minute.

If the front door /Rt is not open, the blade


motor (M22) does not rotate.

5. Press the Start button.


6. The blade motor (M22) starts rotating, and the
cleaning blade moves from the drum to the
transportation lock position.

H. Adjustment when replacing the multi feed


detection board (PI)
Adjust when replacing the multi feed detection board
of the PI section or the PI drive board (PIDB). Also,
perform this adjustment when multi feed of special
paper (thin paper, coated paper with less stiffness,

F.

Scanner transportation lock

thick paper) cannot be detected properly.

Move the scanner mirror to the transportation lock


position, thus making it easy to fix the mirror with

NOTE

screws.

The multi feed detection board /1 and /2 are

Use this when packing the machine while moving an

adjusted in the manufacturing process as a

installation location.

pair of upper and lower. Be sure to replace


them as a pair.

(1) Procedure

Adjustment error may occur because of the


temperature of the sensor surface. Make the

1. Enter the I/O check mode.

adjustment at a temperature close to that in

2. Enter "36" with the numeric keys. Confirm that

which the copier is actually used (20 to 30C).

"36-00" is displayed in the message display

(In case you brought a new part from out-

area.

doors, make the adjustment after the temper-

3. Press the Start button.

ature of the sensor surface and the room

4. The scanner motor (M27) starts rotating, and

temperature become the same)

the mirror moves to the left.

5. Fix the mirror with the lock screws of the scanner mirror you removed when unpacking the
machine.

(1) Procedure

1. Replace the multi feed detection board /1, /2.


(See "3.3.17 Removing/reinstalling the multi
feed detection boards /1 (MFDB/1) and /2
(MFDB/2)") in Field Service for FD-501)

G. Removing toner in the toner mixing section


After moving the installation location of the machine,
remove toner which may have dropped into the mixing section of the toner supply section.
(1) Procedure

1. Enter the I/O check mode.


2. Enter "54" with the numeric keys. Confirm that
"54-00" is displayed in the message display
area.

3. Press the Access button.


4. Enter "09" with the numeric keys. Confirm that
"54-09" is displayed in the message display
area.

5. Press the Start button.

383

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

2. Check the stamp letter [1] placed on the multi

4. Open the FD upper door and front door to turn

feed detection board /1, /2, and rotate the

the jam clearing knob [1]. Insert one sheet of

rotary switch [2] on the PI drive board (PIDB) as

paper [2] (P/N 65AA-9910) between the multi

per following table.

feed detection board /1 and /2 [3] (200 to 300


g/m2 paper can also be used).
Note
Turn the jam clearing knob until the paper
hits the roller [4], thus confirming that the
paper is between the multi feed detection
board /1 and /2.

[2]
[1]

[2]

fd501fs3005c

[1]
Stamp letter

Rotary switch

Note
The rotary switch 5 is not used.

3. Select the output check code "70-82" of the I/


O check mode in the service mode.

384

[4]

[3]
fd501fs3006c

10. SERVICE MODE

5. Press the Start button to activate the output

12. Pull out the inserted papers, and install the

check mode. Connect the tester (voltmeter) to

parts you removed.

the following positions of the PIDB.


+ terminal: test pin No. TP51 (GAIN) [1]
- terminal: test pin No. TP11 (SGND) [2]

I.

Adjustment when replacing the multi feed


detection board (PB)

Range: DC 20 V

Adjust when replacing the multi feed detection board


of the PB or the PB control board (PBCB). Also, per-

VR2

form this adjustment when multi feed of special paper


(thin paper, coated paper with less stiffness, thick
paper) cannot be detected properly.
NOTE
The multi feed detection board /1 and /2 are
adjusted in the manufacturing process as a
pair of upper and lower. Be sure to replace
them as a pair.
Adjustment error may occur because of the
temperature of the sensor surface. Make the
adjustment at a temperature close to that in
which the copier is actually used (20 to 30C).

LED1
[1]

[2]

fd501fs3007c

(In case you brought a new part from outdoors, make the adjustment after the temperature of the sensor surface and the room

Note

temperature become the same)

Because the FD is powered, do not drop


any metal material on the board, or do not
connect the tester pin to an irrelevant terminal.
It may cause the board to short circuit and
be damaged.

6. In the PIDB volume (VR2), set power voltage to

(1) Procedure

1. Replace the multi feed detection board /1, /2.


(See 3.2.24 Removing/reinstalling the multi
feed detection board /1 (MFDTB71) and /2
(MFDTB72) in Field Service for FB-501)

the standard value.


Standard value: 8.0 0.2 V

7. Pull out the paper inserted in step 4.


8. Insert one sheet of paper that customer mainly
use (paper weight 50 to 300 g/m2), and confirm
that the PIDB's LED (LED1) can be turned on.
LED on: no multi feed (0 or 1 sheet of paper)
LED off: multi feed (2 sheets of paper)

9. Insert another sheet of paper (2 sheets in all),


that customer mainly use, and to see if the LED
is turned off.

10. In case of detection error, return to step 4 to


conduct the adjustment again. In step 6, set
power voltage to the value 1.0 V lower than the
previous adjustment.

11. Repeat steps 7 to 10 until detection error is


resolved.

385

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

2. Check the stamp letter [1] placed on the multi


feed detection board /1, /2, and rotate the
rotary switch [2] on the PBCB as per following
table.

8. Press the Start button.


The paper is fed from the PB cover paper tray
and stops at the conveyance section.
Note
Confirm that the paper is between the multi
feed detection board /1 and /2.

9. After the operation, press the Stop button.


10. Connect the tester (voltmeter) to the following
positions of the PBCB.
+ terminal: test pin No. TP28 (GAIN) [1]
- terminal: test pin No. TP24 (SGND) [2]
Range: DC 20 V

[1]
[1]

[2]
[2]

VR4

564Af3c002cb

564Af3c001cb

Note
Because the PB is powered, do not drop
Stamp letter

Rotary switch

any metal material on the board, or do not

connect the tester pin to an irrelevant ter-

minal.

It may cause the board to short circuit and

3. Insert one sheet of paper (P/N 65AA-9910, fusing adjustment paper, 16 sheets/A3) in the
cover paper tray of the PB (200 to 300 g/m2
paper can also be used).

4.

Select the output check code "75-96" of the I/


O check mode in the service mode.

5. Press the Start button to perform the all initializing operation.


6. After the operations, press the Stop button.
7. Select the output check code "75-95" of the I/
O check mode in the service mode.

385-1

be damaged.

11. In the PBCB volume (VR4), set power voltage


to the standard value.
Standard value: 8.0 0.1 V

12. Pull out the paper inserted in step 8.


13. Insert one sheet of paper that customer mainly
use (paper weight 50 to 300 g/m2), and confirm
that the PBCB's LED (LED1) can be turned on.
LED on: no multi feed (0 or 1 sheet of paper)
LED off: multi feed (2 sheets of paper)

14. Insert another sheet of paper (2 sheets in all),


that customer mainly use, and to see if the LED
is turned off.

15. In case of detection error, return to step 3 to

10. SERVICE MODE


NOTE

conduct the adjustment again. In step 11, set

Only one type of data can be backed up.

power voltage to the value 1.0 V lower than the

When backed up again, data will be overwrit-

previous adjustment.

ten.

16. Repeat steps 3 to 14 until detection error is


resolved.

17. Pull out the inserted papers, and install the


parts you removed.
J.

Finishing option adjustment data EEPROM


storage (Installation initial data)

Backup adjustment data of the FD, SD, FS, PB which


are adjusted in the field are stored in the non-volatile
memory (EEPROM) of the each control board. When
necessary, it can be recalled with installation initial
data of Recall standard data (Finisher adjustment
data) in the service mode.
NOTE
Only one type of data can be backed up.
When backed up again, data will be overwritten.
When the main body is connected to two or
more option, data is backed up to all
EEPROMs. If you want to back up data to
specific option, connect specific option to the
main body.
(1) Procedure

1. Enter the I/O check mode.


2. Enter "90" with the numeric keys. Confirm that "9000" is displayed in the message display area.

3. Press the Start button.


4. "NOW" is displayed while in the back-up. And
when completed, "FIN" is displayed and the
current finisher adjustment data is backed up in
the EEPROM.

K. Main body adjustment data parameter


board storage (Installation initial data)
Adjustment data of the main body which are adjusted
in the field are backed up to the parameter board
(PB). When necessary, it can be recalled with installation data of Recall standard data (Machine adjustment data, Process adjustment data) in the service
mode.

385-2

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

(1) Procedure

Replace the HDD1 in case performing the

1. Enter the I/O check mode.


2. Enter "91" with the numeric keys. Confirm that "9100" is displayed in the message display area.

3. Press the Start button.


4. "NOW" is displayed while in the back-up. And
when completed, "FIN" is displayed and the
current machine adjustment data and the process adjustment data are backed up in the PB.
K. Hard disk check
Perform this operation if you want to check the
copier's hard disk /1 (HDD1) total capacity, the
remaining capacity, and the malfunction code (SC4640 to SC46-43) related to the hard disk.
(1) Procedure

1. Enter the I/O check mode.


2. Enter "99" with the numeric keys. Confirm that
"99-00" is displayed in the message display
area.

3. Press the Access button.


4. Enter one of the followings with the numeric
keys.
Check that "99-{{" ({{ represent multi code
number) appear in the message display area.
01: HDD1 total capacity check
02: HDD1 remaining capacity check
03: HDD1 bad sectors check and recovery

5. Press the Start button.


HDD1 total capacity check: The total capacity
is displayed
HDD1 remaining capacity check: Remaining
capacity is displayed
HDD1 bad sectors check and recovery:
During the operation-"NOW" appears
The operation succeeded - "OK" appears
The operation failed - "NG" appears
Press the Start button to perform the HDD1
bad sectors check and recovery again when
"NG" appears.
NOTE
The operation can not be cancelled during the
HDD1 bad sectors check and recovery (the STOP
button or the [Return] key are disabled).

386

HDD1 bad sectors check and recovery do not


prevent the malfunction code.

L.

10. SERVICE MODE

I/O check list

(1) Input check list


Classifica- Symbol Code
tion
Analog

Multi

Name

Display and signal source

code
PS31

01

01

Toner remaining sensor /1

PS32

02

Toner remaining sensor /2

PS33

03

Toner remaining sensor /3

PS34

04

Toner remaining sensor /4

No toner

L
Toner

signal

TH5

02

00

Drum temperature sensor

TH1

03

00

Thermistor /1

TH3

04

00

Thermistor /3

TCSB

05

00

Humidity sensor signal

06

00

Max. density sensor monitor signal

07

00

Max. density sensor output signal

08

00

Gamma sensor output signal

DPSB

09

00

Drum potential sensor output signal

TCSB

10

00

Drum jam sensor output signal

Paper

PS8

11

01

Paper empty sensor /1 (Tray /1)

feed

PS14

02

Paper empty sensor /2 (Tray /2)

PS73

03

Paper empty sensor /1 (Tray /3)

PS79

04

Paper empty sensor /2 (Tray /4)

PS85

05

Paper empty sensor /3 (Tray /5)

01

Remaining paper VR /1 (Tray /1)

VR2

02

Remaining paper VR /2 (Tray /2)

VR10

03

Remaining paper VR /1 (Tray /3)

VR12

04

Remaining paper VR /2 (Tray /4)

VR14

05

Remaining paper VR /3 (Tray /5)

01

Paper size sensor /Fr1 (Tray /1)

PS5

02

Paper size sensor /Rr1 (Tray /1)

PS10

03

Paper size sensor /Fr2 (Tray /2)

PS11

04

Paper size sensor /Rr2 (Tray /2)

PS75

05

Paper size sensor /Fr1 (Tray /3)

PS76

06

Paper size sensor /Rr1 (Tray /3)

PS81

07

Paper size sensor /Fr2 (Tray /4)

PS82

08

Paper size sensor /Rr2 (Tray /4)

PS87

09

Paper size sensor /Fr3 (Tray /5)

PS88

10

Paper size sensor /Rr3 (Tray /5)

01

Paper size VR /1 (Tray /1)

VR4

02

Paper size VR /2 (Tray /2)

VR11

03

Paper size VR /1 (Tray /3)

VR13

04

Paper size VR /2 (Tray /4)

VR15

05

Paper size VR /3 (Tray /5)

VR1

PS4

VR2

12

13

14

0 to 255

Paper

No paper

0 (FULL) to 4 (EMPTY)

ON

OFF

0 to 255

387

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Classifica- Symbol Code


tion
Paper
feed

Multi

Name

Display and signal source

code

15

01
02

Paper size signal (Tray /1)

0: 11 x 17, 1: A3, 2: B4,

Paper size signal (Tray /2)

3: 81/2 x 14, 4: A4S,


5: 81/2 x 11R, 6: B5S,
7: 81/2 x 11, 8: 51/2 x 81/2S,
9: A4, 10: A5S, 11: B5,
12: A5, 13: B6S,
14: 51/2 x 81/2, 15: B6,
16: Special,
17: 81/8 x 131/4,
18: 8 x 13, 19: 81/4 x 13,
20: 81/2 x 13

PS6

16

01

Upper limit sensor /1 (Tray /1)

PS12

02

Upper limit sensor /2 (Tray /2)

PS71

03

Upper limit sensor /1 (Tray /3)

PS77

04

Upper limit sensor /2 (Tray /4)

PS83

05

Upper limit sensor /3 (Tray /5)

01

Tray /1 set signal

02

Tray /2 set signal

03

Tray /3 set signal

04

Tray /4 set signal

05

Tray /5 set signal

01

Handle release sensor /1 (Tray /1)

PS15

02

Handle release sensor /2 (Tray /2)

PS74

03

Handle release sensor /1 (Tray /3)

PS80

04

Handle release sensor /2 (Tray /4)

PS86

05

Handle release sensor /3 (Tray /5)

01

Paper feed sensor /1 (Tray /1)

conveyance PS13

02

Paper feed sensor /2 (Tray /2)

PS72

03

Paper feed sensor /1 (Tray /3)

PS78

04

Paper feed sensor /2 (Tray /4)

PS84

05

Paper feed sensor /3 (Tray /5)

01

Pre-registration sensor /1 (Tray /1)

PS18

02

Pre-registration sensor /2 (Tray /2)

PS89

03

Pre-registration sensor /1 (Tray /3)

PS93

04

Pre-registration sensor /2 (Tray /4)

PS95

05

Pre-registration sensor /3 (Tray /5)

01

Vertical conveyance sensor /1

PS21

02

Vertical conveyance sensor /3

PS90

03

Vertical conveyance sensor /1 (PF)

PS96

04

Vertical conveyance sensor /3 (PF)

PS20

05

Vertical conveyance sensor /2

PS91

06

Intermediate sensor /Up

PS97

07

Intermediate sensor /Lw

PS9

Paper feed, PS7

PS17

PS19

388

17

18

20

21

22

Upper limit

Not at upper
limit

Set

Not set

ON

OFF

Paper

No paper

Classifica- Symbol Code


tion

10. SERVICE MODE


Multi

Name

code

Paper feed, PS41

01

Paper leading edge sensor

02

Loop sensor

PS40

03

Registration sensor

PS92

04

Loop sensor /1 (Tray /3)

PS94

05

Loop sensor /2 (Tray /4)

PS98

06

Loop sensor /3 (Tray /5)

PS99

07

PFU exit sensor

01

Fusing exit sensor

PS3

02

Paper exit sensor

PS48

03

Reverse sensor /1

PS47

04

Reverse sensor /2

PS23

05

Fusing jam sensor

PS50

06

ADU reverse paper exit sensor

01

Door switch /1

PS2

02

Door open/close sensor /2

PS1

03

Door open/close sensor /1

MS1/2

04

Interlock switch /1, /2

PS317

05

APS timing sensor

SW5

06

Door switch /2

07

Fusing section set detection signal

08

Sensitive drum section set detection signal

PS70

09

SW11

Paper

No paper

Open

Close

Set

Not set

Door open/close sensor (PF)

Open

Close

10

Vertical conveyance door switch /Up (PF)

ON

OFF

SW12

11

Vertical conveyance door switch /Lw (PF)

SW10

12

Door switch (PF)

Open

Close

SW13

13

Horizontal conveyance door switch (PF)

ON

OFF

01

Scanner home sensor

Home

Other than

position

home position

No original

Original

PS22

SW4

Scanner PS51
PS52

23

conveyance PS16

Peculiar

Display and signal source

24

25

30
31

01

APS sensor /1

PS53

02

APS sensor /2

PS317

08

APS timing sensor

Open

Close

CNT2

52

00

Key counter

Connected

Unconnected

functions PS37

53

00

Transfer assist home sensor

Home

Other than

PS26

54

01

Charger cleaning home sensor

position

home position

02

Charger cleaning limit sensor

Limit

Other than

position

limit position

Home

Other than

position

home position

Limit

Other than

position

limit position

ON

OFF

PS27
PS38

03

PS39
PS24
PS25

04
55

Transfer/separation home sensor


Transfer/separation limit sensor

01

Blade sensor /1

02

Blade sensor /2

389

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Classifica- Symbol Code


tion
Peculiar

Multi

Name

Display and signal source

code
MFDB1/2

56

00

H
Multi feed detection board /1, /2

Multi feed

functions
DF

FD

L
Other than
multi feed

PS303

Original size sensor /Lt

Paper

No paper

PS302

Original size sensor /Rt

PS306

Original registration sensor /Lt

PS308

Original conveyance sensor

PS309

Original reverse sensor

PS307

Original exit sensor /Lt

PS313

Original reverse exit sensor

PS314

Original exit sensor /Rt

PS305

Original empty sensor

PS301

10

RADF open/close sensor

Open

Close

MS301

11

Cover open/close sensor

PS318

12

Original registration sensor /Rt

Paper

No paper

PS304

13

Reverse jam sensor

PS311

14

Original skew sensor /Fr

PS310

15

Original count sensor

PS312

16

Original skew sensor /Rr

MFS1

17

Multi feed sensor /1

18

19

01

FD entrance sensor

No paper

Paper

PS4

02

PI exit sensor

Paper

No paper

PS5

03

Punch conveyance sensor

No paper

Paper

PS7

04

Main tray folding paper full sensor

Full

Other than full

PS8

05

2 holes punch home sensor

Other than

Home
position

PS1

60

70

PS9

06

3 holes/4 holes home sensor

home position

PS10

07

Alignment plate home sensor

Home

Other than

PS11

08

Punch registration home sensor

position

home position

PS12

09

Punch scraps box set sensor

Set

Not set

PS23

10

Intermediate conveyance sensor

Paper

No paper

PS16

11

Sub tray paper exit sensor

PS17

12

Sub tray paper full sensor

Other than full

Full

PS18

13

Main tray paper exit sensor

Paper

No paper

PS20

14

Main tray upper limit sensor

Upper limit

Other than
upper limit

PS22

15

Main tray lower limit sensor

Lower limit

Other than
lower limit

390

PS23

16

Main tray empty sensor

Other than full

Full

PS26

17

Punch scraps full sensor

Other than full

Full

18

19

Classifica- Symbol Code


tion
FD

10. SERVICE MODE


Multi

Name

Display and signal source

code

70

20

DCPS

21

24 V output

Normal

Abnormal

PS2

22

Folding exit sensor

Paper

No paper

CN90

23

Main tray connection recognition (CN90

Unconnected

Connected

No paper

Paper

Pressure

Non-pressure

Paper

No paper

OFF

ON

connection)
PS51

24

1st folding conveyance sensor

PS52

25

Folding entrance sensor

PS53

26

2nd folding conveyance sensor

PS54

27

3rd folding conveyance sensor

PS55

28

1st folding cam home sensor

PS56

29

2nd folding cam home sensor

PS57

30

3rd folding cam home sensor

PS58

31

S size conveyance sensor

PS6

32

Punch registration sensor

FDOB

33

Staple selection switch

FDOB

34

Punch selection switch

FDOB

35

Folding selection switch

FDOB

36

Start/Stop switch

FDOB

37

Multi feed function select switch

PS46

39

Sub tray paper full sensor

Full

Other than full

PS31

40

PI conveyance sensor /Up

Paper

No paper

PS37

41

PI conveyance sensor /Lw

PS32

42

PI upper limit sensor /Up

Upper limit

Other than
upper limit

PS33

43

PI paper empty sensor /Up

Other than full

Full

PS34

44

PI lift plate home sensor /Up

Home

Other than

position

home position

No paper

Paper

PS35

45

L size sensor /Up

PS36

46

S size sensor /Up

47

PS38

48

PI upper limit sensor /Lw

Upper limit

Other than
upper limit

PS39

49

PI paper empty sensor /Lw

Other than full

Full

PS40

50

PI lift plate home sensor /Lw

Home

Other than

position

home position

No paper

Paper

PS41

51

L size sensor /Lw

PS42

52

S size sensor /Lw

PS43

53

PI cover open/close sensor

Close

Open

PS44

54

PI paper set sensor /Up

No paper

Paper

PS45

55

PI paper set sensor /Lw

56

57

391

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Classifica- Symbol Code


tion
FD

SD

Name

Display and signal source

code

59

60

PS47

61

PI max paper size sensor /Up

PS48

62

PI max paper size sensor /Lw

01

Entrance sensor

PS2

02

Horizontal conveyance sensor /1

PS3

03

Horizontal conveyance sensor /2

PS4

04

Horizontal conveyance exit sensor

PS5

05

Right angle conveyance sensor /1

PS6

06

Right angle conveyance sensor /2

PS7

07

Folding sensor /1

PS8

08

PS17

09

PS1

70

58

71

No paper

Paper

Paper

No paper

No paper

Paper

Folding passage sensor

Paper

No paper

Overlap home sensor

Home

Other than

position

home position

PS18

10

Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr1

Other than

Home

PS49

11

Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Fr2

home position

position

PS20

12

1st folding blade home sensor /1

PS21

13

1st folding blade home sensor /2

Home

Other than

position

home position

Other than

Home

home position

position

PS22

392

Multi

14

2nd folding blade home sensor /1

PS23

15

2nd folding blade home sensor /2

Home

Other than

PS24

16

Folding exit home sensor

position

home position

PS9

17

Tri-folding exit sensor

Paper

No paper

PS10

18

Tri-folding paper full sensor

Other than full

Full

PS11

19

Subtray exit sensor

Paper

No paper

PS12

20

Subtray paper full sensor

Other than full

Full

PS44

21

Folding sensor /2

No paper

Paper

PS19

22

Folding main scan alignment home sensor /Rr

Home

Other than
home position

PS46

23

Guide shaft home sensor

position

HS2/HS4

24

Clincher start sensors /Rt and /Lt

No clinch

Clinch

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

PS13

33

Saddle stitching paper sensor

No paper

Paper

PS14

34

Bundle sensor /1

Classifica- Symbol Code


tion
SD

10. SERVICE MODE


Multi

Name

Display and signal source

code
PS15
PS16
PS25
PS26
PS27

71

35

Bundle sensor /2

No paper

Paper

36

Bundle registration plate home sensor

Other than

Home

home position

position

37
38
39

Stapler movement home sensor

Home

Other than

position

home position

Other than

Home

home position

position

Saddle stitching press home sensor

Home

Other than

position

home position

Upper limit

Other than

Clincher up down home sensor

PS28

40

Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Rt

PS29

41

Saddle stitching alignment home sensor /Lt

PS33

42

Bundle clip upper limit sensor

upper limit
PS30

43

Bundle clip lower limit sensor

Lower limit

Other than
lower limit

PS32

44

Bundle arm home sensor

Home

Other than

PS31

45

Bundle arm rotation home sensor

position

home position

PS34

46

Bundle registration home sensor

PS35

47

Bundle press stage up down home sensor

PS45

48

Bundle press stage up down limit sensor

Upper limit

Other than
upper limit

PS37
PS47

49
50

Bundle press home sensor


Bundle press lower limit sensor

Other than

Home

home position

position

Other than

Lower limit

lower limit
PS48

51

Scraps press home sensor

Other than

Home

home position

position

PS40

52

Scraps box set sensor

Set

Not set

PS41

53

Trimmer scraps full sensor

Other than full

Full

PS36

54

Bundle press movement home sensor

Home

Other than

PS38

55

Bundle arm assist home sensor

position

home position

PS39

56

Bundle arm assist upper limit sensor

Upper limit

Other than
upper limit

SW1

57

Staple empty switch /Rt

No staple

Staple

SW2

58

Staple empty switch /Lt

HS1

59

Stapler home sensor /Rt

Other than

Home

HS3

60

Stapler home sensor /Lt

home position

position

61

62

63

64

PS42

65

Front door sensor /Rt

Open

Close

PS43

66

Front door sensor /Lt

393

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Classifica- Symbol Code


tion
SD

Name

Display and signal source

code
PS54

71

PS55
PS56

FS

Multi

67

Bundle sensor /4

Paper

No paper

68

Trimmer registration sensor

Registration

Other than regis-

position

tration position

69

Folding sub scan alignment home sensor

Home

Other than

position

home position

PS57

70

Bundle exit sensor /2

No paper

Paper

PS58

71

Bundle tray set sensor

Not set

Set

PS59

72

Trimmer board replacement sensor

Replace

Not replace

73

74

PS61

75

Bundle tray paper full sensor

Full

Other than full

76

PS60

77

Folding entrance sensor

No paper

Paper

01

Rear stopper home sensor

Home

Other than

position

home position

Other than

Home

home position

position

Home

Other than

position

home position

Other than

Home

home position

position

Home

Other than

position

home position

Scraps box

No scraps

PS35

72

PS33

02

PS32

03

PS14

04

PS11

05

PS34

06

Intermediate roller home sensor


Stack assist home sensor
Stapler rotation home sensor
Stapler movement home sensor
Staple scraps box set sensor

box
PS30

07

Sub tray paper full sensor

Other than full

Full

PS1

08

Sub tray paper exit sensor

Paper

No paper

PS5

09

Stacker entrance sensor

PS4

10

FNS entrance sensor

No paper

Paper

PS15

11

Counter reset sensor

Reset

Other than
reset

PS12

12

Paper exit opening sensor

Other than

Home

home position

position

PS10

13

Main tray paper exit sensor

Paper

No paper

PS3

14

Tray lower limit sensor

Lower limit

Other than
lower limit

PS7

15

Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor

Other than

Upper limit

upper limit
PS2

16

Tray upper limit sensor

Upper limit

Other than
upper limit

FS

394

17

18

19

72

Classifica- Symbol Code


tion

10. SERVICE MODE


Multi

Name

Display and signal source

code

20

PS47

21

Staple ready sensor /Fr

Other than

Ready

ready
PS43

22

Cartridge set sensor /Fr

No cartridge

Cartridge

PS45

23

Staple empty sensor /Fr

No staple

Staple

PS41

24

Stapler home sensor /Fr

Other than

Home

home position

position

Other than

Ready

PS46

25

Staple ready sensor /Rr

ready
PS42

26

Cartridge set sensor /Rr

No cartridge

Cartridge

PS44

27

Staple empty sensor /Rr

No staple

Staple

PS40

28

Stapler home sensor /Rr

Other than

Home

home position

position

29

PS20

30

Stacker empty sensor

No paper

Paper

PS9

31

Paper exit arm home sensor

Home

Other than

position

home position

MS1

32

Door switch

Open

Close

PS31

33

Alignment home sensor /Fr

Home

Other than

PS8

34

Alignment home sensor /Rr

position

home position

01

Entrance sensor

Paper

No paper

Upper limit

Other than

LS

PS4

tandem

73

PS11

02

Sub tray paper exit sensor

(1st)

PS7

03

Conveyance sensor /1

PS16

04

Conveyance sensor /2 (LS-501 only)

PS17

05

Conveyance sensor /3 (LS-501 only)

PS18

06

Tandem exit sensor (LS-501 only)

PS3

07

Stacker tray upper limit sensor

upper limit
PS6

08

Paper empty sensor

Full

Other than full

PS13

09

2,000 sheets stacked sensor

ON

OFF

10

PS14

11

5,000 sheets stacked sensor

ON

OFF

PS9

12

Sub tray full sensor

Full

Other than full

PS1

13

Stacker tray set sensor

Set

Not set

RS1

14

Hand cart reset switch

PS15

15

Stacker tray arm release sensor

ON

OFF

TOB

16

Paper exit switch

MS1

17

Door switch

Open

Close

RS2

18

JAM door switch

PS8

19

Sub tray door sensor

395

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Classifica- Symbol Code

Name

Display and signal source

code

tion
LS

Multi

MS2

73

20

H
Stacker tray upper limit switch

Upper limit

tandem
(1st)

L
Other than
upper limit

MS3

21

Stacker tray lower limit switch

Lower limit

Other than
lower limit

PS12

22

Alignment home sensor

Home

Other than

PS11

23

Shift unit home sensor

position

home position

PS5

24

Grip conveyance home sensor

01

Entrance sensor

Paper

No paper

Upper limit

Other than

LS

PS4

74

tandem

PS11

02

Sub tray paper exit sensor

(2nd)

PS7

03

Conveyance sensor /1

PS16

04

Conveyance sensor /2 (LS-501 only)

PS17

05

Conveyance sensor /3 (LS-501 only)

PS18

06

Tandem exit sensor (LS-501 only)

PS3

07

Stacker tray upper limit sensor

upper limit
PS6

08

Paper empty sensor

Full

Other than full

PS13

09

2,000 sheets stacked sensor

ON

OFF

10

PS14

11

5,000 sheets stacked sensor

ON

OFF

PS9

12

Sub tray full sensor

Full

Other than full

PS1

13

Stacker tray set sensor

Set

Not set

RS1

14

Hand cart reset switch

PS15

15

Stacker tray arm release sensor

ON

OFF

TOB

16

Paper exit switch

MS1

17

Door switch

Open

Close

MS4

18

JAM door switch

PS8

19

Sub tray door sensor

MS2

20

Stacker tray upper limit switch

Upper limit

Other than
upper limit

MS3

21

Stacker tray lower limit switch

Lower limit

Other than
lower limit

PB

396

PS12

22

Alignment home sensor

Home

Other than

PS11

23

Shift unit home sensor

position

home position

PS5

24

Grip conveyance home sensor

01

Entrance sensor

No paper

Paper

PS2

02

SC entrance sensor

PS3

03

Cover paper entrance sensor

PS4

04

Sub tray exit sensor

PS5

05

Sub tray full sensor

Other than full

Full

M2

06

Intermediate conveyance motor

Abnormal

Normal

M91

07

Sub tray exit motor

Normal

Abnormal

PS1

75

Classifica- Symbol Code


tion
PB

10. SERVICE MODE


Multi

Name

Display and signal source

code
PS12

75

08

H
SC switchback arm pressure detection

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

Home

Other than

position

home position

sensor
PS13

09

SC switchback spring pressure detection sensor

PS14

10

SC alignment HP sensor

PS16

11

SC paper detection sensor

No paper

Paper

PS17

12

SC roller release sensor

Press the

Release the

roller

roller

Home

Other than

position

home position

Press the

Release the

roller

roller

PS18
PS19

13
14

Clamp entrance movement HP sensor


Clamp entrance roller release sensor

PS21

15

Clamp alignment HP sensor

Home

Other than

PS22

16

Clamp HP sensor

position

home position

PS23

17

Clamp pressure sensor

ON

OFF

PS24

18

Clamp rotation HP sensor

Home

Other than

position

home position

Pressurize

Not pressur-

PS25

19

Clamp rotation pressure sensor

ize
PS26

20

Cover paper table upper limit sensor /Fr

Upper limit

Not at upper

PS27

21

Cover paper table upper limit sensor /Rr

PS28

22

Clamp paper sensor

No paper

Paper

PS29

23

Book thickness sensor

Detection

No detection

PS31

24

Glue tank movement limit sensor

Upper limit is

Not reached

limit

reached
PS32

25

Glue apply position detection sensor

No paper

Paper

PS33

26

Glue tank HP sensor

Home

Other than

position

home position

PS36

27

Pellet remain sensor

No Pellet

Pellet

PS37

28

Pellet count sensor

No detection

Detection

PS38

29

Pellet supply arm upper limit sensor

Upper limit

Not at upper
limit

PS39

30

Pellet supply arm lower limit sensor

Lower limit

Not at lower
limit

M32

31

Glue apply roller motor

Normal

Abnormal

PS3

32

Paper exit sensor

No paper

Paper

PS41

33

Cover paper alignment HP sensor

Home

Other than

Cover paper conveyance arm HP sensor

position

home position

No paper

Paper

PS42

34

/Rt
PS43

35

Cover paper conveyance arm HP sensor


/Lt

PS44

36

Cover paper switchback sensor

397

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Classifica- Symbol Code


tion
PB

Multi

Name

Display and signal source

code
PS45

75

37

Cover paper sensor /Rt

PS46

38

Cover paper sensor /Lt

PS47

39

PS53

No paper

Paper

Cover paper table HP sensor /Fr

Other than

Home

40

Cover paper table HP sensor /Rr

home position

position

PS48

41

Cover paper folding plate HP sensor /Rt

Home

Other than

PS49

42

Cover paper folding plate HP sensor /Lt

position

home position

PS50

43

Cover paper folding plate encorder sensor

Detection

No detection

PS51

44

Cover paper folding plate position sensor

At the refer-

Not at the

ence posi-

position

tion
PS52

45

Cover paper folding pressure sensor

Pressurize

Not pressurize

SW41
SW42

46
47

Cutter HP sensor
Cutter HP sensor

Other than

Home

home position

position

Other than

End position

end position
MS2

48

Front door switch

Close

Open

49

PS61

50

Book end sensor

Detection

No detection

PS62

51

Cover paper conveyancebelt movemen-

Home

Other than

tHP sensor

position

home position

Lower limit

Not at lower

PS63

52

Cover paper belt HP sensor

PS64

53

Cover paper belt lower limit sensor

limit
PS65

54

Book load limit sensor

Not at upper

Upper limit

limit
PS66

55

Book sensor /1

PS67

56

Book sensor /2

PS68

57

Book stopper HP sensor

No paper

Paper

Home

Other than

position

home position

PS69

58

Cart set sensor

Set

Not set

OB/2

59

Book stock operation board

SW OFF

SW ON

60

SW1

61

Upper door switch

Open

Close

M81

62

Exhaust fan /2

Abnormal

Normal

M4

63

Pellet supply cooling fan

PBCB

64

FNS connection detection signal

Connected

Not
connected

65

Cover paper tray set detection signal

Not set

Set

PS71

66

Cover paper empty sensor

No paper

Paper

67

power cord connection detection signal

Connected

Not
connected

398

Classifica- Symbol Code


tion
PB

10. SERVICE MODE


Multi

Name

Display and signal source

code
PS74

75

68

H
Cover paper tray upper limit sensor

Upper limit

L
Not at upper
limit

PS75

69

Cover paper conveyance sensor /1

No paper

Paper

PS76

70

Cover paper conveyance sensor /2

PS77

71

Cover paper conveyance sensor /3

PS78

72

Cover paper conveyance sensor /4

PS79

73

Cover paper conveyance sensor /5

PS80

74

Waste box full sensor

Other than full

Full

PS81

75

Waste box set sensor

Set

Not set

M71

76

Cover paper tray fan /1

Abnormal

Normal

M72

77

Cover paper tray fan /2

M74

78

Cover paper feed motor

Abnormal

Normal

M80

79

Exhaust fan /1

PS82

80

Cover paper tray knob sensor

Locked

Unlocked

TH2

81

Glue tank temperature sensor /up

0 to 255

TH3

82

Glue tank temperature sensor /Md

0 to 255

TH4

83

Glue tank temperature sensor /Md

0 to 255

TH1

84

Glue apply roller temperature sensor

0 to 255

OB/1

85

Manual operation board

Glue apply

Glue apply

SW OFF

SW ON

Alignment

Alignment

SW OFF

SW ON

Start SW

Start SW

OFF

ON

OB/1

86

OB/1

87

Manual operation board


Manual operation board

MS1

88

Pellet supply door switch

Close

Open

TH1

89

Glue apply roller temperature sensor

Abnormal

Normal

Paper

No paper

(overheat abnormality)
TH1

90

Glue apply roller temperature sensor


(low-temperature abnormality)

TH2

91

Glue tank temperature sensor /up


(overheat abnormality)

TH2

92

Glue tank temperature sensor /up


(low-temperature abnormality)

TH3

93

Glue tank temperature sensor /Md


(overheat abnormality)

94

Glue tank temperature sensor /Md


(low-temperature abnormality)

TH

95

Glue tank temperature sensor /Lw


(overheat abnormality)

96

Glue tank temperature sensor /Lw


(low-temperature abnormality)

ADU

PS35
PS43

80

01

ADU conveyance sensor /1

02

ADU exit sensor

399

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Classifica- Symbol Code


tion
ADU

400

Multi

Name

code
PS49

80

Display and signal source


H

03

ADU accelerate sensor

PS42

04

ADU deceleration sensor

PS44

05

PS46

Paper

No paper

ADU handle release sensor

Release

Set

06

ADU reverse sensor /1

Paper

No paper

PS45

07

ADU reverse sensor /2

PS36

08

ADU conveyance sensor /2

10. SERVICE MODE

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


(2) Output check list
Note
Do not output codes which are not described in the output check list.
Classifi- Symbol

Code

cation

Multi

Name

code

Analog

L1,FM19

00

00

Exposure lamp + Scanner cooling fan

signal

M6

01

00

Toner bottle motor

02

00

03

00

04

00

05

00

06

00

07

00

08

00

09

00

15

01

Data collection count clear

02

Mode memory clear

98

CS Remote Care memory initialization

Data

Remark

clear

Used in the CS Remote


Care mode

Paper
feed

M22

17

00

Cleaning blade packing lock move

18

01

CL11

02

Forced separation clutch (Tray /4)

03

01

Separation clutch /1 (Tray /1)

CL7

02

Separation clutch /2 (Tray /2)

CL7

03

Separation clutch /1 (Tray /3)

CL10

04

Separation clutch /2 (Tray /4)

CL13

05

Separation clutch /3 (Tray /5)

M4,

06

Paper feed motor + Separation clutch /1

CL5

19

CL5

(Tray /1)

M4,

07

CL7

Paper feed motor + Separation clutch /2


(Tray /2)

M40,

08

CL7

Paper feed motor + Separation clutch /1


(Tray /3)

M40,

09

CL10

Paper feed motor + Separation clutch /2


(Tray /4)

M40,

10

CL13
SD3

Used in re-packing

Paper feed motor + Separation clutch /3


(Tray /5)

20

01

Pick-up solenoid /1 (Tray /1)

SD4

02

Pick-up solenoid /2 (Tray /2)

SD14

03

Pick-up solenoid /1 (Tray /3)

SD15

04

Pick-up solenoid /2 (Tray /4)

SD16

05

Pick-up solenoid /3 (Tray /5)

401

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE


Classifi- Symbol

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Code

cation

Multi

Remark

code

Paper

CL4

01

Paper feed clutch /1 (Tray /1)

feed

CL6

02

Paper feed clutch /2 (Tray /2)

CL6

03

Paper feed clutch /1 (Tray /3)

CL9

04

Paper feed clutch /2 (Tray /4)

CL12

05

Paper feed clutch /3 (Tray /5)

01

Vertical conveyance clutch /1

CL3

02

Vertical conveyance clutch /3

CL1

03

Pre-registration clutch /1 (Tray /3)

CL3

04

Pre-registration clutch /2 (Tray /4)

CL4

05

Pre-registration clutch /3 (Tray /5)

CL2

06

Vertical conveyance clutch /2

CL2

07

Intermediate clutch /Up (PF)

CL5

08

Intermediate clutch /Lw (PF)

M8

09

Vertical conveyance motor (290 mm/s)

10

Vertical conveyance motor (425 mm/s)

11

Vertical conveyance motor (490 mm/s)

12

Vertical conveyance motor (1000 mm/s)

13

Paper feed motor + Vertical conveyance

CL1

21

22

M4,
CL1

clutch /1

M4,

14

CL3
15

CL1

Paper feed motor + Pre-registration


clutch /1 (PF)

M40,

16

CL3

Paper feed motor + Pre-registration


clutch /2 (PF)

M40,

17

CL4

Paper feed motor + Pre-registration


clutch /3 (PF)

M4,

18

CL2

Paper feed motor + Vertical conveyance


clutch /2

M40,

19

CL2

Paper feed motor + Intermediate clutch /


Up (PF)

M40,

20

CL5
M25

Paper feed motor + Vertical conveyance


clutch /3

M40,

Paper feed motor + Intermediate clutch /


Lw (PF)

01

Paper lift motor /1 (Tray /1)

From the tray lowering

M26

02

Paper lift motor /2 (Tray /2)

position to the upper limit

M42

03

Paper lift motor /1 (Tray /3)

M43

04

Paper lift motor /2 (Tray /4)

M44

05

Paper lift motor /3 (Tray /5)

01

Tray lock solenoid /1 (Tray /1)

SD2

02

Tray lock solenoid /2 (Tray /2)

SD10

03

Tray lock solenoid /1 (Tray /3)

SD11

04

Tray lock solenoid /2 (Tray /4)

SD12

05

Tray lock solenoid /3 (Tray /5)

SD1

402

Name

23

24

Classifi- Symbol

Code

cation
Paper

10. SERVICE MODE


Multi

Name

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Remark

code
M5

25

feed

M18

M9

26

27

M13

M4

28

M40

01

Conveyance motor (290 mm/s)

02

Conveyance motor (425 mm/s)

03

Conveyance motor (490 mm/s)

01

Loop motor (1000 mm/s)

02

Loop motor (825 mm/s)

03

Loop motor (520 mm/s)

04

Loop motor (490 mm/s)

05

Loop motor (425 mm/s)

06

Loop motor (290 mm/s)

01

Paper exit motor /1 (290 mm/s)

02

Paper exit motor /1 (425 mm/s)

03

Paper exit motor /1 (490 mm/s)

04

Paper exit motor /1 (520 mm/s)

05

Paper exit motor /1 (825 mm/s)

06

Paper exit motor /1 (1000 mm/s)

10

Reverse paper exit motor (1000 mm/s)

11

Reverse paper exit motor (825 mm/s)

12

Reverse paper exit motor (520 mm/s)

01

Paper feed motor

02

Paper feed motor (PF)

SD5

29

00

Drum claw solenoid

M41

30

01

PF exit conveyance motor (290 mm/s)

02

PF exit conveyance motor (1000 mm/s)

03

PF exit conveyance motor (490 mm/s)

04

PF exit conveyance motor (425 mm/s)

Scanner M27

31

00

Home search + Scan

M21,

32

00

Polygon motor (low speed) + Polygon

FM18

cooling fan
01

Polygon motor (middle speed) + Polygon


cooling fan

02

Polygon motor (high speed) + Polygon


cooling fan

M27,L1

34

00

Shading correction

M27,

35

00

DF scan position move + Scanner cooling

FM19

fan

M27

36

00

Scanner packing lock move

Used in re-packing

37

LDB, M21

38

00

LD current value measurement (LD alarm level) Can be confirmed with list output

403

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE


Classifi- Symbol

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Code

cation
Main

Multi

Name

code
M1

40

body

M2,M3

41

00

Fusing motor

01

Fusing motor (290 mm/s)

02

Fusing motor (425 mm/s)

03

Fusing motor (490 mm/s)

00

Drum motor + Developing motor

01

Drum motor (290 mm/s) + Developing


motor

02

Drum motor (425 mm/s) + Developing


motor

03

Drum motor (490 mm/s) + Developing


motor

FM19

01

Scanner cooling fan

02

Suction fan /1 (high speed)

03

Suction fan /1 (low speed)

FM5

04

Developing suction fan

FM1

06

Cooling fan /1 (high speed)

07

Cooling fan /1 (low speed)

08

Cooling fan /2 (high speed)

09

Cooling fan /2 (low speed)

10

Cooling fan /3 (high speed)

11

Cooling fan /3 (low speed)

13

Suction fan /2, /3 (high speed)

14

Suction fan /2, /3 (low speed)

FM18

15

Polygon cooling fan

FM9

16

Paper exit cooling fan /1

FM10

17

Paper exit cooling fan /2

FM20,

18

Paper feed assist fan /Fr1, /Rr1 (Tray /1)

19

Paper feed assist fan /Fr2, /Rr2 (Tray /2)

20

Paper feed assist fan /Fr1, /Rr1 (Tray /3)

21

Paper feed assist fan /Fr2, /Rr2 (Tray /4)

22

Paper feed assist fan /Fr3, /Rr3 (Tray /5)

FM4

23

Transfer/separation suction fan

FM25,

24

Power supply cooling fan /1, /2

FM12

25

IPB cooling fan

FM11

26

Pump cooling fan

FM27

27

Power supply cooling fan /3 (high speed)

28

Power supply cooling fan /3 (low speed)

FM6

FM2

FM3

FM7,8

42

FM21
FM22,
FM23
FM41,
FM42
FM43,
FM44
FM45,
FM46

FM26

404

Remark

Classifi- Symbol

Code

cation

10. SERVICE MODE


Multi

Name

Remark

code

Main

CNT1

body

01

Total counter

CNT2

02

Key counter

PS54

03

Centering sensor LED

01

Transfer assist motor

M19

43

44

Perform with ADU pulled


out to prevent drum damage

M24

45

06

Web motor

Peculiar M23

46

00

Charger cleaning motor (shuttle)

01

Charger cleaning motor (to the back)

02

Charger cleaning motor (to the front)

00

Transfer/separation cleaning motor (shut-

functions

M20

47

tle)
01

Transfer/separation cleaning motor (to the


back)

02

Transfer/separation cleaning motor (to the


front)

OB2

48

00

Illuminate all LEDs

M20,

49

00

Charger cleaning + Transfer/separation

M23

cleaning (shuttle)

M3,M2

50

00

Developing motor + Drum motor

EL

51

00

Erase lamp

TSL

52

00

Transfer exposure lamp

53

01

Status indicator lamp PAT1 ON

02

Status indicator lamp PAT2 ON

03

Status indicator lamp PAT3 ON

04

Status indicator lamp PAT4 ON

00

Intermediate hopper motor

M7

03

Toner hopper motor

M28

04

Toner pump motor (high speed)

05

Toner pump motor (low speed)

06

Air pump motor (high speed)

07

Air pump motor (low speed)

08

Toner pump motor (high speed) +

M11

54

M29

M28,
M29

Air pump motor (high speed)


09

M10

Toner pump motor (low speed) +

Used after moving the

Air pump motor (low speed)

machine

10

Air separation motor

LCDB

55

00

Message test

M30

56

00

Recycle cut motor

57

58

59

PCS part

405

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE


Classifi- Symbol

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Code

cation
DF

Multi

Name

code
M302

60

Original feed motor forward rotation

M302

Original feed motor reverse rotation

M301

Original conveyance motor forward rotation

M301

Original conveyance motor reverse rotation

M304

Original exit motor /1 forward rotation

M304

Original exit motor /1 reverse rotation

M305

Original exit motor /2 forward rotation

M305

Original exit motor /2 reverse rotation

M303

Tray up down motor forward rotation

M303

10

Tray up down motor reverse rotation

SD302

11

Paper press release solenoid

SD303

12

Gate solenoid

SD304

13

Paper exit gate solenoid

SD301

14

SDF switch solenoid

FM301,

15

Cooling fan /Lt + cooling fan /Rt

01

Entrance conveyance motor

M2

02

Punch conveyance motor

M3

03

Intermediate conveyance motor

M4

04

1st folding motor forward

M4

05

1st folding motor reverse

M5

06

2nd folding motor forward

M5

07

2nd folding motor reverse

M6

08

3rd folding motor forward

M6

09

3rd folding motor reverse

M7

10

PI conveyance motor

M8

11

Paper lift motor /Up (down)

M8

12

Paper lift motor /Up (up)

M9

13

Paper lift motor /Lw (down)

M9

14

Paper lift motor /Lw (up)

M17

15

Main tray paper exit motor

M10

21

Punch motor (3 holes/4 holes)

M10

22

Punch motor (2 holes)

M11

23

Tray up down motor (home search)

M12

24

Alignment motor (home search)

M13

26

Punch registration motor (home search)

M14

27

FM302
FD

M1

70

1st folding release motor (conveyance


position move)

M14

28

1st folding release motor (folding position


move)

406

Remark

Classifi- Symbol

Code

cation
FD

10. SERVICE MODE


Multi

Name

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Remark

code
M15

70

29

2nd folding release motor (conveyance


position move)

M15

30

2nd folding release motor (folding position


move)

M16

31

3rd folding release motor (conveyance


position move)

M16

32

3rd folding release motor (folding position


move)

SD

SD1

61

Entrance gate solenoid

SD3

62

S size gate solenoid

SD4

63

L size gate solenoid

SD5

64

Roller solenoid /1

SD6

65

Roller solenoid /2

SD7

66

Roller solenoid /3

SD8

67

Roller solenoid /4

SD9

68

Sub tray gate solenoid

SD12

69

Paper exit solenoid

SD13

70

PI pick-up solenoid /Up

SD14

71

PI pick-up solenoid /Lw

SD15

72

Folding gate solenoid

73

SD18

74

2nd folding roller solenoid

CL1

75

PI registration clutch /Up

CL2

76

PI registration clutch /Lw

81

MFDB1

82

Multi feed detection board /1 (CLK output)

FDOB

89

FD operation board (lit all LEDs)

JAMIB

90

Jam indicator board (lit all LEDs)

99

01

Entrance conveyance motor

M2

02

Horizontal conveyance motor

M3

03

Folding entrance motor

M4

04

Folding conveyance motor

M4

05

Folding conveyance motor

M6

06

Right angle conveyance motor

M29

07

Stapler motor /Rt (stapling)

M30

08

Stapler motor /Lt (stapling)

M5

09

Bundle exit motor

M8

10

Folding sub scan alignment exit motor

M5

21

Bundle exit motor (home search)

M7

24

Folding main scan alignment motor /Fr

M1

71

(home search)

407

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE


Classifi- Symbol

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Code

cation
SD

Multi

Name

Remark

code
M7

71

25

Folding main scan alignment motor /Fr


(alignment)

M8

27

Folding sub scan alignment exit motor


(home search)

M9

29

Saddle stitching alignment motor /Rt


(home search)

M9

30

Saddle stitching alignment motor /Rt


(inward movement)

M10

31

Bundle arm motor (home search)

M10

32

Bundle arm motor (inward movement)

M11

33

Bundle clip motor (home search)

M12

34

Bundle registration motor (home search)

M13

35

Overlap motor (home search)

M14

36

Folding main scan alignment motor /Rr


(home search)

M14

37

Folding main scan alignment motor /Rr


(forward movement)

M15

39

Stapler movement motor (home search)

M15

40

Stapler movement motor

M16

41

Saddle stitching alignment motor /Lt


(home search)

M16

42

Saddle stitching alignment motor /Lt


(inward movement)

M17

43

Bundle press movement motor (home


search)

M18

44

1st folding blade motor (home search)

M19

45

2nd folding blade motor (home search)

M20

46

Clincher up down motor (home search)

M20

47

Clincher up down motor (stapling)

M21

48

Saddle stitching press motor (home search)

M22

49

Bundle arm rotation motor (home search)

M23

50

Bundle press motor (home search)

M24

51

Bundle press stage up down motor


(home search)

M25

52

Guide shaft motor (home search)

M31

53

Trimmer blade motor (home search)

M31

54

Trimmer blade motor (trimming position)

Available after 71-53


(home search)

M32

55

Trimmer press motor (home search)

M32

56

Trimmer press motor (upper limit search)

M32

57

Trimmer press motor (pressing)

Available after 71-55


(home search)

408

Classifi- Symbol

Code

cation
SD

10. SERVICE MODE


Multi

Name

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Remark

code
M32

71

58

Trimmer press motor (movement to trim-

Available after 71-55

mer board release position)

(home search)

M10

59

Bundle arm motor (inward movement)

M23

60

Bundle press motor (pressing)

M24

61

Bundle press stage up down motor (up)

M24

62

Bundle press stage up down motor (home


search for the bundle registration plate)

FS

M26

63

Bundle arm assist motor (home search)

SD1

71

Entrance gate solenoid

SD2

72

Right angle conveyance gate solenoid

SD3

73

Horizontal conveyance gate solenoid

SD4

74

Roller release solenoid /4

SD5

75

Roller release solenoid /1 (roller press)

SD5

76

Roller release solenoid /1 (roller release)

SD6

77

Roller release solenoid /2

SD7

78

Roller release solenoid /3 (roller press)

SD7

79

Roller release solenoid /3 (roller release)

SD8

80

Folding unit lock solenoid (lock)

SD8

81

Folding unit lock solenoid (release)

SD11

82

Trimmer board solenoid (ON once)

SD11

83

Trimmer board solenoid (ON twice)

CL1

86

Tri-folding exit clutch

FM1

87

Scraps removal fan motor

95

Trimmer board solenoid operation

Reset after replace the

counter reset

trimmer board.

M1
M3

M22

72

01

Conveyance motor (1000 mm/sec)

06

Tray up down motor (home search)

07

Tray up down motor (lower limit move)

08

Tray up down motor (staple mode up down)

11

Alignment motor /Fr (home search)

12

Alignment motor /Fr (A4S standby position move)


Note: effective after 72-11 home search

13

Alignment motor /Fr (A4S position move)


Note: effective after 72-12 A4S standby
position move

14

Alignment motor /Fr (A4S standby position move)


Note: effective after 72-13 A4S position move

M7

M8

16

Main tray paper exit motor (800 mm/sec)

17

Main tray paper exit motor (205 mm/sec)

21

Paper exit opening motor (home search)

409

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE


Classifi- Symbol

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Code

cation
FS

Multi

Name

code
M8

72

22

Paper exit opening motor (full opening:


approx. 55)

23

Paper exit opening motor (half opening:


approx. 44)

24

Paper exit opening motor (small opening:


approx. 27)

M31

M30

M11

26

Stapler motor /Fr (needles out, empty staple)

27

Stapler motor /Fr (staple)

28

Stapler motor /Rr (needles out, empty staple)

29

Stapler motor /Rr (staple)

31

Stapler movement motor (home search)

32

Stapler movement motor (A4 1 staple


position move)

M13

36

Stacker entrance motor (1000 mm/sec)

M26

41

Rear stopper motor (home search)

42

Rear stopper motor (stopper release)

SD5

46

Bypass solenoid

SD2

47

Gate solenoid

SD9

48

Paper exit opening solenoid (ON/OFF)

SD7

49

Intermediate roller release solenoid

M24

51

Stacker assist motor (home search)

M24

52

Stacker assist motor (assist position move)

M25

56

Intermediate roller open/close motor


(home search)

57

Intermediate roller open/close motor


(reserve position move)

M23

61

Paper exit arm motor (home search)

62

Paper exit arm motor (800 mm/sec)

63

Paper exit arm motor (400mm/sec)

M6

66

Sub tray paper exit motor (1000 mm/sec)

M5

71

Alignment motor /Rr (home search)

72

Alignment motor /Rr (A4S standby position move)


Note: effective after 72-71 home search

73

Alignment motor /Rr (A4S position move)


Note: effective after 72-72 A4S standby
position move

74

Alignment motor /Rr (A4S standby position move)


Note: effective after 72-73 A4S position move

M2

76

Paddle motor (ON/OFF)

M5,

78

Alignment motor /Rr, /Fr (home search)

M22

410

Remark

Classifi- Symbol

Code

cation
FS

10. SERVICE MODE


Multi

Name

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Remark

code
M5,

78

79

M22

Alignment motor /Rr, /Fr (A4 standby


position move)
Note: effective after 72-78 home search

80

Alignment motor /Rr, Fr (A4 position move)


Note: effective after 72-79 A4 standby
position move

JAMIB

90

Jam indicator board (illuminate all LEDs)

99

No paper running mode


20 sheets of A3 with 2 staples

LS

M2

01

Conveyance motor (490 mm/s)

02

Conveyance motor (1000 mm/s)

03

Sub tray paper exit motor (490 mm/s)

04

Sub tray paper exit motor (1000 mm/s)

05

Tandem conveyance motor (490 mm/s)

06

Tandem conveyance motor (1000 mm/s)

07

Grip conveyance motor (490 mm/s)

08

Grip conveyance motor (1300 mm/s)

09

Alignment motor (initial operation)

10

Alignment motor

11

Shift unit motor (home search)

12

Shift unit motor

13

Stacker tray up down motor (down)

14

Stacker tray up down motor (up)

SD1

15

1st gate solenoid

SD10

16

2nd gate solenoid (LS-501 only)

SD9

17

Front stopper solenoid

SD3

18

Rear stopper solenoid

SD8

19

Paper press solenoid /3

SD6

20

Paper press solenoid /1

SD4

21

Front door lock solenoid

SD5

22

Entrance conveyance lock solenoid

tandem
(1st)

M3

M6

M4

M7

M5

M1

73

SD11

Tandem conveyance lock solenoid

SD2

23

Job partition solenoid

SD7

24

Paper press solenoid /2

FM1, FM3,

25

Paper cooling fan /Fr, /Mi

FM2, FM6
FM5

Paper cooling fan motor /1, /2


26

Paper cooling fan /Rr

411

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE


Classifi- Symbol

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Code

cation
LS

Name

code
M2

74

01

Conveyance motor (490 mm/s)

02

Conveyance motor (1000 mm/s)

03

Sub tray paper exit motor (490 mm/s)

04

Sub tray paper exit motor (1000 mm/s)

05

Tandem conveyance motor (490 mm/s)

06

Tandem conveyance motor (1000 mm/s)

07

Grip conveyance motor (490 mm/s)

08

Grip conveyance motor (1300 mm/s)

09

Alignment motor (initial operation)

10

Alignment motor

11

Shift unit motor (home search)

12

Shift unit motor

13

Stacker tray up down motor (down)

14

Stacker tray up down motor (up)

SD1

15

1st gate solenoid

SD10

16

2nd gate solenoid (LS-501 only)

SD9

17

Front stopper solenoid

SD3

18

Rear stopper solenoid

SD8

19

Paper press solenoid /3

SD6

20

Paper press solenoid /1

SD4

21

Front door lock solenoid

SD5

22

Entrance conveyance lock solenoid

tandem
(2nd)

Multi

M3

M6

M4

M7

M5

M1

SD11

Tandem conveyance lock solenoid (LS501 only)

SD2

23

Job partition solenoid

SD7

24

Paper press solenoid /2

FM1,

25

Paper cooling fan /Fr, Mi

26

Paper cooling fan /Rr

01

Entrance conveyance motor

M2

02

Intermediate conveyance motor

SD1

03

Entrance gate solenoid

SD2

04

Bypass gate solenoid

SD3

05

Sub tray gate solenoid

SD4

06

Sub tray exit solenoid

M11

07

SC entrance conveyance motor

M12

08

SC switchback conveyance motor

FM3
FM5
PB

M1

75

(F rotation)
09

SC switchback conveyance motor


(R rotation)

412

Remark

Classifi- Symbol

Code

cation
PB

10. SERVICE MODE


Multi

Name

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Remark

code
M13

75

10

SC switchback release motor


(home position search)

11

SC switchback release motor


(High pressing position move)

12

SC switchback release motor


(Low pressing position move)

M15

13

SC alignment motor (home position


search)

14

SC alignment motor (A4 standby position

75-13 must have been

move)

performed in advance.

15

SC alignment motor (alignment)

M17

16

SC bundle conveynace motor

M18

17

SC roller release motor


(home position search)

18

SC roller release motor


(movement to the pressing position)

M19

19

Clamp entrance movement motor (home


position search)

20

Clamp entrance movement motor(move-

The following adjustments must

ment to the entrance position)

have been made in advance.


1. 75-96
2. 75-31
3. 75-32
4. 75-19
5. 75-29

M20

21

Clamp entranse roller release motor


(home position search)

22

Clamp entranse roller release motor


(pressing position move)

SD11

23

FD alignment solenoid

SD12

24

SC stopper solenoid

SD13

25

SC pressure arm solenoid

M21

26

Clamp alignment motor (home position


search)

27

Clamp alignment motor (A4 standby position move)

M22

28

Clamp alignment motor (alignment)

29

Clamp motor (home position search)

30

Clamp motor (movement to the clamp


position)

M23

31
32

Clamp rotation motor (home position

75-19 must have been

search)

performed in advance.

Clamp rotation motor (movement to the

75-19 must have been

compile position)

performed in advance.

413

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE


Classifi- Symbol

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Code

cation
PB

Multi

Name

Remark

code
SD91
M31

75

33

Straight gate solenoid

34

Glue tank movement motor (home posi-

The following adjust-

tion search)

ments must have been


made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-29

35

Glue tank movement motor (tank forward

The following adjust-

movement )

ments must have been


made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-29
3. 75-34
4. 75-49
5. 75-51

36

Glue tank movement motor (tank back-

The following adjust-

ward movement )

ments must have been


made in advance.
1. 75-35
2. 75-29
3. 75-34
4. 75-49
5. 75-51
6. 75-35

M32

37

Glue apply roller motor

SD31

38

Glue tank up solenoid /1

SD32

39

Cover paper glue up solenoid

H1

40

Glue tank heater

H2

41

Glue apply roller heater

M33

42

Pellet supply motor

The following adjustments must have been


made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-29
3. 75-34
4. 75-44

M34

43

Pellet supply arm motor


(home position search)

44

Pellet supply arm motor

The following adjust-

(movement to the supply position)

ments must have been


made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-29
3. 75-34

M41

414

45

Cover paper alignment motor

75-55 must have been

(home position search)

performed in advance.

Classifi- Symbol

Code

cation
PB

10. SERVICE MODE


Multi

Name

Remark

code
M41

75

46

Cover paper alignment motor

The following adjust-

(A3 standby position move)

ments must have been


made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-45
3. 75-57
4. 75-60

47

Cover paper alignment motor (alignment)

The following adjustments must have been


made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-45
3. 75-57
4. 75-60
5. 75-46

M42

48

Book exit motor

75-55 must have been


performed in advance.

M43

49

Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Rt

The following adjust-

(home position search)

ments must have been


made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-29
3. 75-34

50

Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Rt

The following adjust-

(roller pressure)

ments must have been


made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-29
3. 75-34
4. 75-49

M44

51

Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Lt

The following adjust-

(home position search)

ments must have been


made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-29
3. 75-34

52

Cover paper conveyance arm motor /Lt

The following adjust-

(roller pressure)

ments must have been


made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-29
3. 75-34
4. 75-51

415

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE


Classifi- Symbol

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Code

cation
PB

Multi

Name

Remark

code
M45

75

53
54

M46

55

M47

Cover paper conveyance motor (F rota-

75-55 must have been

tion)

performed in advance.

Cover paper conveyance motor (R rota-

75-55 must have been

tion)

performed in advance.

Cover paper table up down motor /Fr, /Rr


(home position search)

56

Cover paper table up down motor /Fr, /Rr

The following adjust-

(book spine corner creation)

ments must have been


made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-29
3. 75-34
4. 75-49
5. 75-50
6. 75-51
7. 75-52
8. 75-19
9. 75-31
10. 75-30
11. 75-32
12. 75-45
13. 75-58
14. 75-61

M48

57
58

Cover paper folding motor /Rt

75-55 must have been

(home position search)

performed in advance.

Cover paper folding motor /Rt

The following adjust-

(movement to the open position)

ments must have been


made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-45

59

Cover paper folding motor /Rt

The following adjust-

(movement to the close position)

ments must have been


made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-45
3. 75-58

M49

60
61

Cover paper folding motor /Lt

75-55 must have been

(home position search)

performed in advance.

Cover paper folding motor /Lt

The following adjust-

(movement to the open position)

ments must have been


made in advance.
1. 75-55
2. 75-45

416

Classifi- Symbol

Code

cation
PB

10. SERVICE MODE


Multi

Name

Remark

code
M50

75

62

Cutter motor (home position search)

75-55 must have been


performed in advance.

63

Cutter motor(cut position movement)

75-55 must have been


performed in advance.

SD41

64

Cover paper lift solenoid

65

66

M61

67

Cover paper belt motor

M62

68

Cover paper belt movement motor


(home position search)

69
70

Cover paper belt movement motor

75-68 must have been

(A4 standby position move)

performed in advance.

Cover paper belt movement motor


(book stock alignment)

M63

71

Cover paper belt up down motor


(home position search: upper limit)

72

Cover paper belt up down motor

The following adjust-

(movement to the lower position)

ments must have been


made in advance.
1. 75-68
2. 75-69

M64

73

Book movement motor

M65

74

Book stopper motor


(home position search)

75

Book stopper motor

75-74 must have been

(A4 standby position move)

performed in advance.

M73

76

Cover paper tray lift motor

M74

77

Cover paper feed motor

SD71

78

Cover paper pick up solenoid

SD72

79

Cover paper tray solenoid

M71

80

Cover paper tray fan /1

M72

81

Cover paper tray fan /2

MC71

82

Cover paper pick up clutch

MC72

83

Cover paper separation clutch

SD80

84

Front door lock solenoid (locked)

85

Front door lock solenoid (released)

M80

86

Exhaust fan /1

87

Multi feed clock output signal

JAMIB/

88

Jam indicator board /1 /2 (all the lights on)

89

Manual operation board (all the lights on)

1
JAMIB/
2
OB/1

417

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE


Classifi- Symbol

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Code

cation
PB

Multi

Name

M81

75

SD61

90

Exhaust fan /2

91

Book door solenoid (lock)

92

Book door solenoid (release)

95

Cover paper feed operation for the

75-96 must have been

M72,

adjustment of the multi feed detection

performed in advance.

M73,

board.

M71,

M74,
SD71,
SD72,
MC71,
MC72

ADU

96

All initial operation

01

Reverse/exit solenoid

SD6

02

ADU lock solenoid

SD8

03

Thick paper assist solenoid

01

Registration motor (490 mm/s)

02

Registration motor (290 mm/s)

03

Registration motor (425 mm/s)

01

Reverse motor (F rotation: 1000 mm/s)

02

Reverse motor (F rotation: 490 mm/s)

03

Reverse motor (R rotation: 1000 mm/s)

04

Reverse motor (F rotation: 520 mm/s)

05

Reverse motor (F rotation: 290 mm/s)

06

Reverse motor (R rotation: 520 mm/s)

07

Reverse motor (F rotation: 825 mm/s)

08

Reverse motor (F rotation: 425 mm/s)

09

Reverse motor (R rotation: 825 mm/s)

01

ADU conveyance motor /1 (1000 mm/s)

02

ADU conveyance motor /1 (490 mm/s)

03

ADU conveyance motor /1 (520 mm/s)

04

ADU conveyance motor /1 (290 mm/s)

05

ADU conveyance motor /1 (825 mm/s)

06

ADU conveyance motor /1 (425 mm/s)

07

ADU conveyance motor /2 (1000 mm/s)

08

ADU conveyance motor /2 (490 mm/s)

09

ADU conveyance motor /2 (520 mm/s)

10

ADU conveyance motor /2 (290 mm/s)

11

ADU conveyance motor /2 (825 mm/s)

12

ADU conveyance motor /2 (425 mm/s)

01

Reverse paper exit motor (F rotation:

SD7

M17

M12

M15

80

83

84

85

M16

M13

86

1000 mm/s)
02

Reverse paper exit motor (F rotation: 490


mm/s)

418

Remark

code

Classifi- Symbol

Code

cation
ADU

10. SERVICE MODE


Multi

Name

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

Remark

code
M13

86

03

Reverse paper exit motor (R rotation:


1000 mm/s)

04

Reverse paper exit motor (F rotation: 520


mm/s)

05

Reverse paper exit motor (F rotation: 290


mm/s)

06

Reverse paper exit motor (R rotation: 520


mm/s)

07

Reverse paper exit motor (F rotation: 825


mm/s)

08

Reverse paper exit motor (F rotation: 425


mm/s)

09

Reverse paper exit motor (R rotation: 825


mm/s)

FM13,

00

ADU cooling fan /3

FM14,

ADU cooling fan /1

FM15

ADU cooling fan /2

M14

Others

87

88

90
91

01

ADU accelerate motor (1000 mm/s)

02

ADU accelerate motor (490 mm/s)

03

ADU accelerate motor (520 mm/s)

04

ADU accelerate motor (290 mm/s)

05

ADU accelerate motor (825 mm/s)

06

ADU accelerate motor (425 mm/s)

00

Finishing option adjustment data EEPROM Perform after installation

00

storage (installation data)

adjustment

Main body adjustment data parameter

Perform after installation

board storage (installation data)

adjustment

92

00

Parameter board data reset

Cannot adjust in the field

93

00

Finishing option adjustment data each

Cannot adjust in the field

EEPROM storage

94

00

Adjustment data display

96

00

Main body adjustment data parameter

Cannot adjust in the field

board storage (initial data)

97

00

Image memory (DRAM) capacity check

98

00

Image memory (DRAM) check

HDD1

99

01

HDD1 total capacity

02

HDD1 remaining capacity check

03

HDD1 bad sectors check and recovery

419

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

10.7 List output

tion modes and the results of communications


are displayed in the numbers of 4 digit number.

Conduct various list outputs, test pattern outputs and

For the meaning of them, refer to the table

running tests.

below.

10.7.1

Communication mode

List output

Results of
communication

Output various lists.


0000

Transmitted
successfully

(1) Procedure
0001 Initial transmission

1. Enter the service mode.

Connection time out


when transmitting

2. "Service mode menu screen"

0002 Emergency trans-

Press the [05 List Output] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the

mission
0004 Emergency recovery

screen.

transmission

Press the [01 List Output] key.

4. "List output mode menu screen"


The list output mode menu includes the following items.

Received
successfully

0005

Reception failed

0008 Transmission for

warning
0010 Warning recovery

Machine Management List

transmission

Adjustment Data List

0020 Maintenance start

Pixel Ratio Data List

transmission

Parameter List

0040 Maintenance com-

Font Pattern

pletion transmission

Communication Log List *1


Memory Dump List

0080 Administrator trans-

mission
Note

0100 Fixed date transmis-

If you set DIPSW30-1 to 1, the parameter


list and after are displayed.

sion
0200 Response transmis-

Do not use the parameter list and the memory dump list in the field because they are
for development.

5. Press the key for an item you want to output.


6. "List output mode menu screen"
Press the [COPY] key.

7. Press the Start button to output the selected


list.

To output other lists, repeat steps 4 to 8.


Prints out the latest 30 items of the sending and
receiving history of the mail remote notification
system and the CS Remote Care. The start time
of communications, the time period of communi(modem

only),

the communication

modes, the results of communications, and the


senders (mail only) are printed. The communica-

420

0***

Transmission failed

1000 Enquiry

2000 Data rewrite

4000 Response reception

8000 Test mail

RFC1846, 2554 and 2821 are displayed in this place

9. "List output mode menu screen"

cations

sion

The SMTP reply codes (200 to 554) prescribed in the

8. Press the [SERVICE] key.

*1

of ***.

10. SERVICE MODE

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

10.8 Test mode


10.8.1

Test pattern output mode

Output various test patterns to use them for troubleshooting.


NOTE
Do not use any test pattern number not
described in the service manual.
(1) Procedure

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [06 Test Mode] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.
Press the [01 Test Pattern Output Mode] key.

4. "Test pattern output mode screen"


Enter the test pattern No. you want to output
through the numeric keys and press the [Set]
key and then press the [COPY] key.

5. Set A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start button


to output the test pattern.

6. Press the [SERVICE] key.


7. To output other test patterns, repeat steps 4 to
6.

421

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

halftone (8-bit output)


No.1 Overall
(created by random dot pattern)
[Check item]
When density is set to 70 (halftone)
If there are white stripes, black stripes, determine whether the fault is with the scanner system or the process system.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Developing unit, cleaning unit, charger unit, transfer/separation charger
unit, scanner mirrors, slit glass, original glass
When density is set to 0 (white)
If the test pattern is gray background image, determine whether the fault is with the process.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Charger, high voltage contact
When density is set to 255 (black)
If the density is light, determine whether the fault is with the process.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Write unit
*

For information about setting the density, see "10.8.2 Test pattern density".

Note
All print outputs in the user mode are outputted with 1-bit or 2-bit error diffusion. However, since
this pattern is output in 8-bit, an uneven density is apt to conspicuous. Therefore, when checking an uneven density in halftones (other than 0 and 255 in the density setting), be sure to use
the test pattern No. 9.

Test patterns
When the density is set to 70

When the density is set to 0

When the density is set to 255

1050fs3011c

422

10. SERVICE MODE

No.3 Gradation pattern (8-bit output)


[Check item]
Check the pattern to see if the laser output of LD1/LD2 is uniform with the gradation continuously reproduced.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Write unit, LD offset adjustment
*

For LD offset adjustment, see "10.4.2 Drum peculiarity adjustment".

Test patterns

LD1 LD2

1050fs3054c

423

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

No.5 Gradation pattern (8-bit output)


[Check item]
Check the pattern to see if the laser output of LD1/LD2 is uniform with the gradation continuously reproduced.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Write unit, LD offset adjustment
*

For LD offset adjustment, see "10.4.2 Drum peculiarity adjustment".

Wichtig: Test pattern density auf 255 einstellen !

Test patterns

LD1 LD2

1050fs3012c

424

10. SERVICE MODE

screen halftone (8-bit output)


No.9 Line
(created by line dot pattern)
[Check item]
Check if there is any uneven density or transfer jitter.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Moisture absorption of paper, developing unit, charger unit, transfer/separation charger unit, transfer jitter adjustment
*

For the transfer jitter adjustment see "12.4 Transfer jitter adjustment"

Note
The density of halftone changes according to the test pattern density adjustment.
All print outputs in the user mode are outputted with 1-bit or 2-bit error diffusion. However, since
this pattern is output in 8-bit, an uneven density is apt to conspicuous, but less conspicuous
than the test pattern No. 1.

Wichtig: Test pattern density auf 255 einstellen !

Test patterns

1050fs3055c

425

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

No.11 Beam check (8-bit output)


[Check Items 1]
Check the solid black pattern to see if there is uneven density found in the main scan and sub scan directions.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Charger unit, transfer/separation charger unit, developing unit, writing
dust-proof glass.
[Check Items 2]
Check to see if there is any image repelling in the gradation pattern at the leading/trailing edge of the test
pattern in the sub scan direction.
[Recommended checkpoints]: transfer/separation charger unit

Wichtig: Test pattern density auf 255 einstellen !

Test pattern

[1]

[2]

1050fs3013c

[1] Solid black pattern

426

[2] Gradation pattern

10. SERVICE MODE

No.16 Linearity evaluation pattern (1-bit error diffusion output)


[Check item]
Judge from this test pattern whether the scanner system or the printer system is abnormal.
Items that can be checked include main scan magnification, sub scan magnification, image skew, and leading
edge timing of the printer system. If the copy image is defective despite no abnormality being visible on the
test pattern, the scanner system is defective.

Wichtig: Test pattern density auf 255 einstellen !

Test pattern

[1]

237mm

20mm

31mm

190mm

0m
28

205.7mm

28

0m

190mm

[1]

190mm

1050fs3014c

[1] Edge of pager

427

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE


10.8.2

Test pattern density

Set the density of test pattern.

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


10.8.3

Running test mode

Conduct a test while in the continuous print opera-

Wichtig: Test pattern density auf 255 einstellen ! tion.


(1) Procedure

1. Enter the service mode.

In this mode, the following items can be selected:


Intermittent copy mode

2. "Service mode menu screen"

After completion of the printing operation for the

Press the [06 Test Mode] key.

set print count, the machine changes into the

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.
Press the [02 Test Pattern Density] key.

4. "Test pattern density setting screen"

ready state and waits for 0.5 sec. before resuming the same operation.
Paperless running mode
Without detecting paper or jam, the printing

Enter a numeric value through the numeric keys

operation is made nearly at the same timing as

and press the [Set] key and then press the

the normal operation. In the same manner as the

[COPY] key.

intermittent mode, after completion of the print-

Setting range: 0 (light) to 255 (dark).

5. Set the A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start


button to output the test pattern.

ing operation for the set print count, the machine


changes into the ready state and waits for 0.5
sec. before resuming the same operation.
Paperless mode
Without detecting paper or jam, the printing
operation is made nearly at the same timing as
the normal operation.
Paperless endless mode
The machine operates with the print count infinitely set automatically. In the same manner as
the paperless mode, without detecting paper or
jam, the printing operation is made nearly at the
same timing as the normal operation.
Running mode
The printing operation is made in the paperless
endless mode plus the scanning operation and
the auto paper feed tray switching.
(1) Procedure

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [06 Test Mode] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.
Press the [03 Running Mode] key.

4. "Running mode menu screen"


Select a mode and press the [COPY] key.

5. Press the Start button to start the running test.


6. Press the STOP button to stop the running
test.

428

10.9 System setting


10.9.1
10.

10. SERVICE MODE

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

B. Software DIPSW setting screen

Software DIPSW setting

Configure settings for the software DIPSW.


Config
E
NOTE
W bits data are written into the parame DIPSW
ter board
d (PB) every time a change is made.
Do not change
hastily, for they cannot
ange data
d
be automatically
lly restored.
res
Do not change any switch
not described in
sw
the service manual.
A. Procedure

[1] [2] [3]

[4]

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [07 System Setting] key.

[1]

DIPSW number

[2]

8-bit switch values indicated in hexadecimals from 00 to FF.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.

[3]

Bit number (0 to 7)

Press the [01 Software SW Setting] key on the

[[4]

Bit data: On (1), Off (0)

sub menu.

4. "Software switch setting mode screen"


Press the [S], [T] key or the numeric keys to
select a DIPSW bit number.

5. Press the [On (1)] or [Off (0)] key to set the


selected bit number ON/OFF.

6. Press the [Return] key to return to the "Service


mode menu screen" on which the sub menu
was displayed.

Info HJG:
Siehe DIPSW Liste von HJG

429

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

C. List of software DIPSW


Note
Be sure not to change bits with no particular reference made of the function.

DIPSW
No Bit
DIP

DIPSW1
IPSW

Function

Default setting
Japan

Inch

Metric

Print stop condition after toner

*1

supply display

Print stop method after toner

*2

*2

supply display

Pro
Prohibition of printing when the

Enabled

Disabled

count is reached
PM c

DIPSW2

Print
number setting until printnt num

ing is prohibited
after PM is
prohib

displayed
ed

All charger cleaning


(fixaning cycle
c

ing temperature 50C o


or less

*4

*4

when turning ON)

e (afte
All charger cleaning cycle
(after

turned ON)

*5

*5

Blade auto replacement cycle

*6

*6

Disa
Disabled

Enabled

Unlatched
ched

Latched

7
DIPSW3

3
3
3

4
5

Transfer assist timing adjust-

3
3

ment
1

SC latch (SC23-14, 23-17, 34-**, 35-**, 36-**,


78-40 to 62)

Charger cleaning function

Enabled

Disabled
D

Transfer/separation charger

Enabled

Disabled
Disa

Disabled

Enabled
ed

cleaning function
5

I/O check mode output 15


memory clear

DIPSW4

430

PageScope JobEditor recognition

Disabled

Enabled

RADF auto skew adjustment

Enabled

Disabled

Key counter removal recovery

Disabled

Enabled

APS when change magnification

Enabled

Disabled

DIPSW No Bit

DIPSW4

10. SERVICE MODE


Function

Large-size paper count method

Count as 1

Count as 2

Default setting
Japan

Inch

Metric

(other than PM counter)


DIPSW5

Causes a message to notify a


waste toner full status when
using RC.

Printer operation at waste toner


full status

65 to 80%: Near- 45 to 65%: Nearfull

full

80% or more: Full 60% or more: Full


Not allowed

Allowed (switched to

(SC23-50)

toner recycling mode)


*7

Image density selection (laser

*7

PWM) for copier

D
Display of CMS button of the

toner collection box


tone

DIPSW6

Background
adjustnd density
den

*9

*9

ment (photo mode)

ontrol
Transfer assist control

Disabled

Enabled

Minimum black band


width in
nd wid

black band creation control


ontrol

10

Image stabilization controll

*11

*11

cycle

11

Drum potential auto adjust-

Enabled

Disabled

10
10

11

10

ment
DIPSW7

Background density adjustment

12

12

2
3

12

12

Control to change the black band

13

13

width
DIPSW8

Image density selection (laser

PWM) for printer

Fusing initial rotation condition

16

Count as 1

Count as 2

Long ( 1 )

Short (- 1 -)

431

14
15
15

Fusing initial rotation time

5
6

14

16
16

Large-size paper count

14
14
15
15
16

method (PM counter)


7

Page number dash length for


Stamp/Overlay mode

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

DIPSW No Bit

DIPSW9

Function

Operation at key counter


removal (copier)

Operation at key counter

Same as

Immediate

the stop key

stop (jam)

Ignored

Same as

removal (printer)

Japan

Inch

Metric

DIPSW9-0
*

17

*18

*18

*18

*18

19

*19

*19

Message switchover

17
17

Copy quantity limit

18
18

e mem
Image
memory usable area

DIPSW11

Default setting

DIPSW10

19

17

18
18

Definition change
ge of th
the large size

paper in counter control


ontrol

lowed for
Number of pages allowed

21

saddle stitch (paper weight:


eight: 90
9

*21

*21

to 244 g/m2)

*21

*21

Automatic paper supply

Disabled
D

Enabled

Erasure amount of trailing edge

3m
mm

1 mm

F/E code
e screen
scre

F code screen

switch
h

only

Disabled

Enabled

2bitED

1b
1bitED

*22

*22

Disabled

Enabled

23

Disabled

20
20
21

20
20

of tab paper
3
4

SC screen switchover
Filter for jagged edges on
slanting lines

Gradation switchover in the


photo mode

Criterion for judging custom


paper or wide paper as large
size

DIPSW12

Jam code display

Control for high coverage origi-

23

nal correspondence
1

Switching of default Job List

Enabled

screen when using RC


2
3

Printer auto centering correction

Enabled

Disabled

RC recognition

Disabled

Enabled

Konica Minolta logo when

Enabled

Disabled

power switch is turned ON


7

432

DIPSW No Bit

DIPSW13

10. SERVICE MODE


Function

Default setting
Japan

Inch

Metric

Original size detection switchover 1

A5

51/2 x 81/2

Original size detection switchover 2

A4S

8 / x 11S

Original size detection switcho-

ver 3

24

8K/16K/16KS

Limited

Not limited

24
24

7
DIPSW14

24

Original size detection switcho- B4, 11 x 17/B5,


ver 4
ve

Wider
Wider-sized
paper + punch

12

24
24

8 /2 x 11/B5S
1

pport in printer mode


support

DIPSW15

CMS function

Not use

Use

*25

Number of "Fine" paper that


at

*25

can be stapled

*25

*25

Finishing option alarm stop

*26

*26

*2
26

*26

3
4
5

CS Remote Care recognition

Disabled
isabled

Enabled

Maximum density in printer mode

1.43
43

1.35

Trigger the display of developer/

Number of prints

Running time

Displayed

Not displayed

Enabled

Disabled
Disable

Disabled

Enabled
d

Enabled

Disabled

drum replacement icon


DIPSW16

Developer/drum running time


display

Copy reservation function

Count of the key counter in


printer mode

Utility mode installation date


display

Non-image area erase mode

judge level

27

NIC selection for E-Mail CS

Machine NIC

433

27
27

Controller NIC

27

Remote Care

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

DIPSW No Bit
DIPSW17

Function

Default setting
Japan

Inch

Metric

Density selection at scanning

tab paper

29

Not rotate

Rotates

Summer time setting

28
28

28

28

28

28

28

29

29

29

29

29

6
7

28

Switching of custom size


paper in printer mode

DIPSW18

DIPSW19

Faulty part isolation: Tray /1

Normal

Unavailable

Faulty part isolation: Tray /2

Normal

Unavailable

Faulty part isolation: Tray /3

Normal

Unavailable

Faulty part isolation: Tray /4

Normal

Unavailable

Faulty part isolation: RADF

Normal

Unavailable

Faulty part isolation: HDD1

Normal

Unavailable

31

31

29

Fusing temperature setting

29

29

29

29

29

29

Black band width when the

29

inside temperature is high

DIPSW20

Maximum black band width

(when connecting RC)

32

Group staple

Enabled

33 Original priority

Based on

Image scanning area with

32

32

32

Disabled
*

33 Normal

image shift
2

Total page number standard in Based on original


stamp mode

DIPSW21

434

Keyboard layout

Faulty part isolation: Tray /5

transfer paper
ABC layout

QWERTY layout

Normal

Unavailable

Tandem connection

*34

*34

Mixed size paper staple

Allowed

Prohibited

(real-time output)

(batch output)

DIPSW No Bit

DIPSW21

10. SERVICE MODE


Function

Minimum custom size

main

main

Default setting
Japan

Inch

Metric

scanning: 182mm scanning: 150mm

Touch panel adjustment method

sub scanning:

sub scanning:

140mm

132mm

Utility/setting but-

hard key

Not target settings

ton +hard key


6

Target settings to judge

Target settings

unmatched paper type in front

(not overwrites the

and back registrations value of

front and back registrations value)

a job read out from HDD

DIPSW22

Machine
achine NIC setting

Number
ber of punch holes

2
3

Image position
on for tthe non-stan-

Disabled

Enabled

35

*35

*35

35

Based on user Based on APS at

dard size original


al (at DF)
D

selection

DF

er save button
Function of power

Enabled

Disabled

SD trimmer board moving tim-

Not displayed

Displayed

Request staple

Selectable staple

supply

supply or staple
0

ing adjustment
6

mpty
Operation when staple empty
of FNS

release
7
DIPSW23

Jam screen selection

Described by

display
disp

illustration

Toner density of developer

selection

36

*36

*36

DIPSW24

Jam position

36
36

36

Default settings of PageScope

Manual

Automatic

JobEditor when turned ON


2

Z-fold output number limit

*37

*37

4
5

DIPSW25

37

37

Z-fold + Staple output number

limit

38

PI size detection switchover 1

A5

5.5 x 8.5

PI size detection switchover 2

A4S

8.5 x 11S

38
38

38

435

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

DIPSW No Bit
DIPSW25

Function

Default setting
Japan

Inch

Metric

39

8K/16K/16KS

12 x 18

PI size detection switchover 3

39
39
39

PI size detection switchover 4

B4, 11 x 17/B5,

39
39

8 /2 x 11/B5S
1

DIPSW26

PI size detection switchover 5

A3

Transfer assist control size

switchover

40

Multi feed detection control

Enabled

Disabled

Enabled

Disabled

Operate only in

Operate always

40
40

40

(main body)
3

Multi feed detection control (PI)

Tray /4 forced separation


clutch control

high temp.

Multi feed detection control

Enabled

Disabled

For Japan

For other than

(DF)
DIPSW27

Paper weight-line speed control switchover

Japan

Fusing roller type

Hard roller

Image density selection (toner

control patch density)

41

41

Thin characters reproduction

Thin-character

41

Standard

Soft roller
41

correspondent

improvement (usage of smaller


laser dot)

DIPSW28

Selection of page margin method

set on main body for printer job

Side1 and side2 Side1 and side2


collectively

separately

Changing direction of adjusting

To the direction

To the direction

print start position at back side

opposite to that

same as that of

in fine increments (other than

of the frontside

the frontside

Changing direction of adjusting

To the direction

To the direction

print start position at back side

same as that of

opposite to that

the frontside

of the frontside

book)
3

in fine increments (book)

436

DIPSW No Bit

DIPSW28

10. SERVICE MODE


Function

Standard of shifting with the

Based on image Based on paper

Default setting
Japan

Inch

Metric

shifting direction specified two


repeat.
7

SD-501 Limitation for multi half

Limited

Not Limited

fold
DIPSW
DIPSW29

Switching of suction fan /4


Sw

Idling

ON for 10 minutes

(FM29) operation control


(FM2

OFF

after finishing printing


(when the drum temperature is 45C
or more)

DIPSW30

Service mode, restriction


tion of

Restricted

Not restricted

data collection display

DIPSW31

DIPSW32

437

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

DIPSW No Bit

DIPSW33

Function

Faulty part isolation: FD-fold/

Default setting
Japan

Inch

Metric

Normal

Unavailable

Normal

Unavailable

punch function
1
2

Faulty part isolation: FD main


tray paper exit

Faulty part isolation: PI function

Normal

Unavailable

Faulty part isolation: FD

Normal

Unavailable

Faulty part isolation: LS main


Fault

Normal

Unavailable

Normal

Unavailable

Normal

Unavailable

Normal

Unavailable

Normal

Unavailable

Normal

Unavailable

N
Normal

Unavailable

tray-tandem
(1st)
ay-tan
7

Faulty
ty part isolation: LS main
tray-tandem
ndem (2nd)

DIPSW34

Faulty partt isolation:


SD saddle
isolat
stitch

Faulty part isolation:


SD multi
tion: S
center fold

Faulty part isolation: SD mu


multi
tri-fold

mFaulty part isolation: SD trimming

Faulty part isolation: SD connection/ sub-tray exit

DIPSW35

Normal

Unavailable

Normal

Unavailable
Unav

Faulty part isolation: FS staple


function

Faulty part isolation: FS main


tray paper exit

Faulty part isolation: FS

Normal

ailable
Unavailable

Faulty part isolation: PB cover

Normal

Unavailable
able

Normal

Unavailable

Normal

Unavailable

paper insertion
4

Faulty part isolation: PB binder


function

DIPSW36

438

Faulty part isolation: PB

DIPSW No Bit

DIPSW36

DIPSW37

10. SERVICE MODE


Function

Default setting
Japan

Inch

Metric

PB perfect binding limit

Enabled

Disabled

(includes Z-fold)
3

Upper limit setting for the num- Limited according Limited accordber of papers to be stapled

to paper size, paper ing to the paper


weight, or paper

size

type, whichever is
the minimum.
4

setting for the numUpper limit


l

Limited by the

Limited by the

ber of papers
to be ejected for
pap

software

FS-503 main tray

stapling
folding
g or fo

DIPSW38

lower limit sensor

Default folder when


n selecting
selec

Private folder

Shared folder

box function
1

File name overwriting with box functio


function

Disabled

Enabled

age
Print quantity and output page

Enabled

Disabled

selection for Wait or Proof output for box function


3

Automatic change of tray set-

42

d
Disabled

Enabled

Buck side trailing edge erasure

*43

*43

amount with duplex output

43
4

Tray1 paper leading edge

Disabled

Enable
Enabled

Disabled

Enabled
ed

Disabled

Enabled

Disabled

Enabled

Disabled

Enabled

42

ting names
5

Peripheral image erasure of


custom size

DIPSW39

43

buckling prevention control


1

Tray2 paper leading edge


buckling prevention control

Tray3 paper leading edge


buckling prevention control

Tray4 paper leading edge


buckling prevention control

Tray5 paper leading edge


buckling prevention control

439

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

DIPSW No Bit

DIPSW40

Function

Default setting
Japan

Inch

Metric

Cover sheet single fold control

with folding&stapling/multi

44

44

2
3

44

44

center

DIPSW42

DIPSW43

print
TIFF direct
d

Not output

Output

TIFF
direct print
F direc

45

APS target
paper size (F4)
arget p

*45

*45

Change of the scanner comom-

MMR

MH

45

pression method

DIPSW46

440

Visual Counter Master counter

value read-off intervals

46

46

46

46

10. SERVICE MODE


*5

NOTE

All charger cleaning cycle (after turned ON)

Bold boxes show default settings.


*

Mode

Print stop condition after toner supply display


Mode

1-1

1-0

Stops after 500 prints

Stops after 750 prints

Stops after 1,000 prints

Stops after 2,000 prints

*2

2-5

2-4

Every 10,000 prints

Every 20,000 prints

Every 30,000 prints

Every 5,000 prints

2-7

2-6

Every 375,000 prints

Every 250,000 prints

Every 300,000 prints

Every 500,000 prints

*6

Blade auto replacement cycle


Mode

Print stop method after toner supply display


Mode

1-3

1-2

Stops after exit paper in the

density.

NOTE

machine
Stops at a break between

*7

print set

Image density selection (laser PWM) for copier

Change the image writing laser PWM to change image

Stops at the end of the current job


Does not stop

There are two kinds of DIPSWs to lighten image


*3

Print number setting until printing is prohibited after

density: laser PWM (5-2/3) and toner control patch

PM is displayed

density (27-2/3). As a priority of adjustment,

Mode

adjust in the following order.

1-7

1-6

1-5

1,000 prints

2,000 prints

down

3,000 prints

Using this setting alone may cause white spot

4,000 prints

on the solid section. Be sure to use together

5,000 prints

with DIPSW23-2/3/4 (toner density of devel-

1,000 prints

1,000 prints

1,000 prints

*4

1) Laser PWM
2) Toner control patch density: approx. 0.5%

oper) approx. 0.25% up or 0.5% up.


Select Dark when the image density become
lighter, approx. 10,000 prints after changing the
developer.

All charger cleaning cycle (fixing temperature 50C


Mode

or less when turning ON)


Mode

2-3

2-2

2-1

Cleaning every time

At 5,000 prints

At 10,000 prints

At 15,000 prints

At 20,000 prints

At 25,000 prints

At 30,000 prints

No cleaning

5-3

5-2

Standard (*200/200/186)

Lighter (*167/167/137)

Lightest (*142/142/112)

Dark (*230/230/200)

0 (white) to 255 (black) represent density within the


image density range. Numbers represent each image
density at the line speed 490 mm/s, 425 mm/s, 290
mm/s from left.

441

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


*12 Background density adjustment

*8

Change the charging potential and set the image density

Toner collection box CMS display


Mode

5-4

Disabled

Enabled

of the highlight section.


Mode

7-3

7-2

Standard

Dark (25 V down)

NOTE

Lighter (25 V up)

This setting is enabled when DIPSW5-1, 12-5, and

Lightest (50 V up)

15-0 are set to "1".


*9

Background density adjustment (photo mode)

Change the laser PWM and set the image density for the
highlight section while in the photo mode.

*13 Black band width change control


Set black band to prevent the overflow toner and the
cleaning fault.
Mode

The numerical values given in the table represent the


density in the image density range of 0 (white) to 255

Changes in synchronization

(black).

with toner supply amount


Mode

7-7
0

Black band width fixed

6-1

6-0

PWM 16

PWM 0

Change the image writing laser PWM to change image

PWM 8

density.

PWM 24

Select "Dark" when the image density become

*14 Image density selection (laser PWM) for printer

lighter, approx. 10,000 prints after changing the


*10 Minimum black band width of black band creation

developer.

control

Mode

8-1

8-0

Standard (*200/200/186)

Lighter (*167/167/137)

Lightest (*142/142/112)

Dark (*230/230/200)

Specifies Minimum black band width of black band creation control


Mode

6-4

6-3

0.25 mm

0.5 mm

0.75 mm

No black band

0 (white) to 255 (black) represent density within the


image density range. Numbers represent each image
density at the line speed 490 mm/s, 425 mm/s, 290
mm/s from left.

*11 Image stabilization control cycle


Changes cycle of the image stabilization control (drum
potential, maximum density, gamma auto adjustment).
Mode

442

6-6

6-5

Every 20,000 prints

Every 30,000 prints

Every 40,000 prints

Every 50,000 prints

10. SERVICE MODE


*18 Copy quantity limit

*15 Fusing initial rotation condition


In the low temperature environment, fusibility may be

Mode

insufficient immediately after the power is turned ON.

9-7

9-6

9-5

9-4

So, rotate the fusing roller while in the warm-up to

No limit

obtain an even heat distribution of the fusing roller to

1 prints

avoid the insufficient fusing.

3 prints

In this adjustment, determine the environment in

5 prints

which you implement the fusing initial rotation.

9 prints

10 prints

20 prints

rotation in the low and normal temperature envi-

30 prints

ronment

50 prints

99 prints

No limit

Low temperature: perform the fusing initial rotation


in the low temperature environment only.
Low/normal temperature: perform the fusing initial

Low/normal/high temperature: perform the fusing


initial rotation in all environments.
8-3

8-2

No limit

Low temperature

No limit

Low/normal temperature

No limit

Low/normal/high temper-

No limit

Mode

ature
No preparatory rotation

*19 Image memory usable area


Changes the usable area of DRAM (256 MB) on the
image processing board (IPB). Compression memory

*16 Fusing initial rotation time

is used within the memory area of compressed image


8-5

8-4

data, and expansion memory is used for page mem-

180 sec

ory of expanded image data. There are 2 types of

300 sec

image memory; DRAM on IPB and hard disk/1 (10

60 sec

0 sec

Mode

GB of total 40 GB is used). DRAM is used by priority.


If hard disk/1 is damaged and memory overflow
occurs during scanning or transferring data from PC,
increase compression memory. If memory overflow

*17 Message switchover

occurs before printing starts, increase expansion


memory.

Mode

9-3

9-2

Please insert key counter

Please insert copy card

Compression memory

Please insert coin

187MB

Please insert key counter

Expansion memory 69 MB

Mode

Compression memory

10-1

10-0

220MB
Expansion memory 36 MB
Compression memory
159MB
Expansion memory 97 MB
Compression memory
46MB
Expansion memory 210 MB

443

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

*20 Definition change of the large size paper in


counter control

NOTE
When this setting is enabled, the background
optical density (DIPSW7-2 and 7-3) must be

Mode

10-3

10-4

A3 11 x 17 12 x 18

When this setting is enabled, be sure to carry

Small size only

out cleaning of the conveyance belt every

A3 11 x 17 12 x 18

20,000 prints.

set to " Lighter (50V up)".

Print density may drop immediately after

81/2 x 14 B4 8K
A3 11 x 17 12 x 18

changing the setting from "enabled" to "disabled".

81/2 x 14 B4 8K F4

The density will return to normal

while printing a dozen pages.


*21 Allowable number of pages for saddle stitch with
2

Enabling this setting increases toner consumption. Print density becomes lower as

paper weight 92 to 244 g/m

the remaining amount of toner gets lower. Be


Mode
+0

10-7

10-6

10-5

careful not to cause a cartridge empty status


while printing is in progress.

+5

Transfer/separation output value of this con-

+10

trol is [User paper 1 to 3]. Be sure to set the

+15

appropriate current value.

+20

+25

+30

*24 Original size detection switchover 3


Default setting for inch is 8.5 x 14 and 8 x 13 for metric.
Mode

*22 Criterion for judging custom size or wide size


paper as large size
Mode

11-6

330mm*

298mm

Only valid when DIPSW10-3 and 10-4 are 0/1


and 1/1,respectively.

*23 Control for printing high print ratio pages


Supports originals with high printing coverage by
measuring

developing

conditions,

toner

supply

period, and changes in line speed. Valid when "1" is


selected for this setting and the paper settings are as
follows: (RC-501 must be installed to use this function.)
Paper type: Rough paper
Paper weight: 131 to 161 g/m2
Mode

444

12-0

Disabled

Enabled

13-7

13-6

13-5

8 x 13

8.25 x 13

8.125 x 13.25

8.5 x 13

8.5 x 14

Not used

Not used

Not used

10. SERVICE MODE

*25 Number of "Fine" paper that can be stapled

Mode

17-3 17-2 17-1 17-0

15-2

15-1

110 minutes

100 sheets

120 minutes

50 sheets

130 minutes

40 sheets

140 minutes

30 sheets

150 minutes

Mode

*29 Density selection at scanning tab paper

*26 Finishing operation alarm stop


Alarm stop means the following full detection functions. FD/FS/LS tray lower limit, FD/FS/LS/SD number of sheets on the tray, FD punch, FS staple
scraps, SD trim scraps.
Mode
Stops immediately after

40 (Lightest)

60

120

160

200

255 (Darkest)

0
*30 Fusing temperature setting
Temperature up: Decrease insufficient fusing or wrapping jam at fusing.
Temperature down: decrease paper exit curling or
waving.

16-6

16-5

Standard

Correspond to dark origi-

Mode

19-3 19-2 19-1 19-0


0

Standard + 5C

Standard + 10C

Standard + 15C

Standard -5C

10 C lower than the

Standard
(default for a soft roller
and a hard roller for met-

nal

ric and inch area)

ference

*28 Summer time setting


Mode

*27 Non-image area erase mode judge level

Not used

ing

Correspond to light inter-

80

Mode

17-4

100

ing
Does not stop while print-

17-5

15-3

print set after detection


Does not stop while print-

17-6

15-4

detection
Stops at a break between

Mode

17-3 17-2 17-1 17-0

standard

0 minute

(default for a hard roller for Japan)

10 minutes

Standard -15C

20 minutes

Standard -20C

30 minutes

Standard -25C

40 minutes

Standard -30C

50 minutes

Standard -35C

60 minutes

Standard -40C

70 minutes

Standard -45C

80 minutes

Standard -50C

90 minutes

Standard -55C

100 minutes

Standard -60C

445

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

*31 Black band width when internal temperature

*35 Number of punch holes

Black band is created with the width set in DIPSW6Mode

3, 4 when "1" is selected for this setting and the drum

22-2

22-1

temperature sensor (TH5) detects temperature above

Not used

45 C.

2 and 3 holes

2 and 4 holes

Not used

Mode

19-4

Changes in synchronization with toner

supply amount

*36 Toner density of developer selection

Fixed black band width*


*

Width set in DIPSW6-3 and 6-4.

Change developing roller rotation and toner density of


developer (toner and carrier ratio) to change only
toner density of developer without changing image

*32 Maximum black band width (when connecting


RC)

density.
If increasing toner density of developer resulted in

Sets the maximum width of the black band in black

image background, decrease toner density. If lighten-

band creation control.

ing image in other DIPSW (5-0/1, 27-2/3) resulted in

Only valid when RC is installed.

white spot on the solid section, increase toner den-

Mode

sity.

19-7

19-6

20mm

10mm

After change the DIPSW, image density does

5mm

not appear as the setting value until printing

Follows the DIPSW6-3 and 6-4

about 500 prints because it need to add toner

NOTE

to increase toner density of developer or

settings

need to consume toner to reduce it.


*33 Image scanning area with shift function
Mode

Normal: Compare the original size and the transfer

23-4

23-3

23-2

paper size, the smaller one is to be the image area.

Standard toner density

Original priority: Original size is to be the image area.

Approx. 0.5% down

Approx. 1.0% down

Approx. 1.5% down

Approx. 0.25% up

Approx. 0.5% up

*34 Tandem connection mode

Approx. 0.75% up

Select "Enabled" in the setting to make the tandem

Approx. 1.0% up

Mode

20-1

Normal

Original priority

connection.
The firmware of the main unit must have been set to

*37 Z-fold output number limit

use the option. And the fusing rollers must be the

Mode

same type; hard rollers or soft rollers.

24-4

50 sheets

20-7

40 sheets

Disabled

30 sheets

Enabled

20 sheets

Mode

446

24-5

10. SERVICE MODE


*41 Image density selection (toner control patch den-

*38 Z-fold + Staple output number limit

sity)
Mode

24-7

24-6

5 sheets

bias for the toner control patch formed on the drum

8 sheets

to determine the toner density.

10 sheets

3 sheets

Changes the image density by setting the developing

NOTE
After changing the DIPSW, image density

*39 PI size detection switchover 3

does not appear as the setting value until

Default setting for inch is 8.5 x 14 and 8 x 13 for met-

printing about 500 prints because it needs to

ric.

add toner to increase the toner density of


developer or consume toner to reduce it.
Mode

25-4

25-3

25-2

8 x 13

background or toner spillage. Be sure to use

8 /4 x 13

together with DIPSW23-2/3/4 (toner density

81/8 x 131/4

of developer) approx. 0.5% down or 1.0%

81/2 x 13

down.

81/2 x 14

Not used

Not used

of adjustment, adjust in the following order.

Not used

1) Laser PWM

Using this setting alone may cause image

There are two kinds of DIPSWs to lighten


image density: laser PWM (5-2/3) and toner
control patch density (27-2/3). For the priority

2) Toner control patch density: approx. 0.5%


*40 Transfer assist control size switchover

down

Default setting for inch is "Between 279 mm and 297

Using this setting alone may cause white

mm" and "297 mm or more" for metric.

spots on the solid section. Be sure to use


together with DIPSW23-2/3/4 (toner den-

NOTE

sity of developer) approx. 0.25% up or

When you make the transfer assist sheet

0.5% up.

PCS-compliant, be sure to set this switch to


Mode

27-3

27-2

Standard

Approx. 0.5% up

Approx. 1.0% up

Approx. 0.5% down

"Correspond to PCS."

Mode

26-1

26-0

297 mm or more

Between 279 mm and

Do not transfer assist

Correspond to PCS

297 mm

*42 Tray name is automatically changed.


Mode

38-4
0

Automatically changes the name to


the name of selected paper type,
when the name has been set to
"paper type".

Automatically changes the name to


the name of selected paper type,
when paper type, paper weight, color,
and punch settings are changed.

447

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

*43 Buck side trailing edge erasure amount with

10.9.2

Telephone number setting

Set the telephone number and FAX number of the

duplex output

service center displayed when malfunction occurs.


Mode

38-7

38-6

6mm

1. Enter the service mode.

8mm

2. "Service mode menu screen"

10mm

* 2mm (copier)

A. Procedure

0mm (printer)

It becomes 4 mm when the paper size is userdefined with the DIPSW38-5 has been set to "1".

*44 Cover sheet single fold control with folding&sta-

Press the [07 System Setting] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.
Press the [02 Telephone Number Setting] key
on the sub menu.

4. "Customer support TEL/FAX setting screen"

pling/multi center
Enabling this setting improves accuracy of folding

Press either the [Service Center Tel (16)] or the

cover paper.

[Service Center Fax (16)] key you want to set.

5. Enter the telephone number or FAX number


Mode

40-3

40-2

Normal control

* Enables the control

under a certain condition


Enables the control all the

sure to use hyphen to fill up the blanks.

6. Press the [OK] key to register data.

Enables the control only when the weight of


cover paper fed from the main body is 131 g/m2
or heavier.

*45 TIFF direct print APS target paper size (F4)


Mode

42-1

42-2

8 x 13

8.5 x 13

8.25 x 13

8.125 x 13.25

*46 Visual Count Master counter value read-off intervals


Mode

448

Note
When a number is less than 16 digits, be

time

you register through the numeric keys.

46-0

46-1

Once every 10 minutes

Once every 1 minute

Not read off

Once every 1 hour

Press the [Cancel] key to cancel the setting you


entered.

10.9.3

Serial number setting

10. SERVICE MODE


10.9.4

Setting date input

Set and display the serial number of the main body

Set the starting date of the total counter that is dis-

and options.

played on the utility mode.


When setting the DIPSW 16-4 to 1, the starting date

Caution:
Never change the serial number of the main
body. Otherwise, the fixing temperature
abnormality or the drum damage may occur.

of the total counter is not displayed.


A. Procedure

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"

A. Procedure

Press the [07 System Setting] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


1. Enter the service mode.

screen.

2. "Service mode menu screen"

Press the [04 Setting Date Input] key on the

Press the [07 System Setting] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the

sub menu.

4. "Setting date input screen"

screen.

Enter the starting date through the numeric

Press the [03 M/C Serial Number Setting] key

keys.

on the sub menu.

4. "Serial number setting mode screen"


Press the key for the option you want to set,

5. Press the [OK] key to update data.


Press the [Cancel] key to cancel the setting you
updated.

and enter the serial number through the


numeric keys.

5. Press the [OK] key to register data.


Press the [Cancel] key to cancel the setting you
entered.
NOTE
When the entered data is incorrect, a notice
screen appears. Press the [OK] key to close
the screen and enter data again.

449

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

10.10 ROM version


Display the ROM version of the main body and
options.
NOTE
The [Image control] that is displayed on the
screen represents the ROM version of the
overall control board (OACB).
(1) Procedure

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [08 ROM Version] key.

3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the


screen.
Press the [01 ROM Version]] key on the sub
menu.

4. "Indication of ROM version screen"


Each ROM version is displayed.

450

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

10. SERVICE MODE

10.11 CS Remote Care


10.11.1 Outline
The CS Remote Care is a system that manages the main body by sending and receiving various kinds of the
management data of the main body between the main body and the CS Remote Care center computer through
the phone line or E-mail.
It enables the main body to call the center computer, and the center computer to inquire regularly the main body
for various data.
The data handled by the CS Remote Care can be classified into the 3 following groups.
a. Data that allow you to grasp the use conditions of the main body, such as the total count and the PM count.
b. Data that give us the general information of when and how often an abnormality occurred with the main body.
c. All sorts of adjustment data
Note
When the security enhanced mode is set to ON, the use of the main body NIC is not allowed.
10.11.2 Setup procedure of the CS Remote Care
When a change in use is made between the main body NIC and the controller NIC, or when the mail remote
notification system is jointly used, care should be taken of the mail account and the DIPSW setting.
For particulars, see "10.11.3 List of combinations of E-Mail CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification system".
In case you setup again the once setup main body, clear the RAM for CS Remote Care and start from step 5.
About how to clear the RAM for CS Remote Care, see "10.11.3 List of combinations of E-Mail CS Remote Care
and Mail remote notification system"
Step

Operation
When using the phone line modem

When using the E-mail


Main body NIC

Controller NIC

Registered the machine ID in the application on the CS Remote Care center side.
When the machine ID is not registered, no initial connection cannot be made.

Modem connection

When using the E-mail, remove the modem for the

Turn off the power of the modem, connect the

phone line.

main body and the modem with a modem cable,


and the modem and the wall outlet with a modular cable.
* For the connection of a modular cable, see the
instructions of the modem to be used.
2

I/O check mode and data collection clear available


(Service mode 07 System Setting 01 Software SW Setting Set 03-6 to "On (1)")

CS Remote Care memory initialization


(Service mode 04 Machine Condition 01 I/O Check Mode [1] [5] [ACCESS] [9] [8] [Start]
button ON)

CS Remote Care function ON


(Service mode 07 System Setting 01 Software SW Setting Set 15-5 to "On (1)")

451

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE


Step

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Operation

When using the phone line modem

When using the E-mail


Main body NIC

Proceed to the step 6.

Controller NIC

CS Remote Care used

CS Remote Care used

NIC selection (main

NIC selection (controller

body NIC used)

NIC used)

(Service mode 07

(Service mode 07

System Setting 01

System Setting 01

Software SW Setting

Software SW Setting

Set 16-7 to "On (1)")

Set 16-7 to "Off (0)")

CS Remote Care function selection

CS Remote Care function selection

(Service mode 09 CS Remote Care 01 CS

(Service mode 09 CS Remote Care 01 CS

Remote Care Set 02 Modem)

Remote Care Set 01 E-mail)

No. code entry


(Service mode 09 CS Remote Care 01 CS Remote Care Press No. Code Enter the No.
code* Press No. Code)
* For the No. code, enter a specified code.

Date and time setting for the CS Remote Care


(Enter the No. code Detail setting 02 Date and time setting Press Setting Time Enter the
current time Press SET Press Time Zone Enter the time zone)

Center ID setting
(Enter the No. code Detail setting 01 Basic setting Press the Center No. Enter the center
No.*)
* Enter the center No. in five digits.

10

11

Center telephone Number setting

Response time out setting: Optional

(Enter the No. code Detail setting 01 Basic

(Enter the No. code Detail setting 03

setting Press Center Telephone Number

Response time out setting Enter the response

Enter the center telephone Number*)

time out time)

* Make an entry using "T" and "P" as required.

(This is usually left as default.)

Machine telephone Number setting

Proceed to the step 12.

(Enter the No. code Detail setting 01 Basic


setting Press Machine Telephone Number
Enter the machine telephone Number *)
* Make an entry using "T" and "P" as required.
12

452

Modem initialization AT command entry

Main body mail address

Controller mail address

(Enter the No. code Detail setting 04 AT

setting

setting

command Press First command Enter the

This is set from the Web

This is set by the admin-

initialization command *)

utility on the browser of

istrator set network set-

* For particulars of the initialization command,

the PC connected to

ting through the

see the instructions of the modem to be used.

the main body NIC by

operation panel of the

the network.

main body.

Be sure to conduct the

Be sure to conduct the

sending and receiving

sending and receiving

test.

test.

Step

10. SERVICE MODE


Operation

When using the phone line modem

When using the E-mail


Main body NIC

13

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

DIPSW setting for the CS Remote Care

Controller NIC

Proceed to the step 14.

(Enter the No. code Detail setting Software


SW setting)
(Baud rate setting: Select the baud rate at the
software DIPSW setting 01-4 to 7.)
14

Turn on and off the power switch (SW2) of the main body.

15

First call execution

Initial connection mail

Initial connection mail

(Service mode 09 CS Remote Care 01 CS

reception

reception

Remote Care Press No. Code twice Detail

The initial connection

The initial connection

setting 01 Basic setting First call*)

mail is sent to the mail

mail is sent to the mail

* When the connection to the center completes

address of the main

address of the controller

successfully, the CS Remote Care setting screen

body NIC from the cen-

NIC from the center.

is displayed.

ter.

* When the CS Remote

* When the CS Remote

Care related window is

Care related screen is

opened while receiving

opened while receiving

the initial connection

the initial connection

mail from the center, the

mail from the center, the

information being cre-

information being cre-

ated is destroyed and

ated is destroyed and

the CS Remote Care

the CS Remote Care

setting screen is dis-

setting screen is dis-

played.

played.

453

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

10.11.3 List of combinations of E-Mail CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification system
To change a combination of E-Mail CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification system, refer to this table to
configure the DIPSW setting or the mail account setting.
Case

Mail remote

E-Mail CS

E-Mail CS

notification

Remote Care

Remote Care

system

Setting item

Value

"Use the mail remote notification

Use

Remark

using the main using the conbody NIC

troller NIC
system" of the main body NICs
Web utility

"Service mode - Software

(*3)

DIPSW": 15-5 (*1)


"Service mode - Software

DIPSW": 16-7 (*2)


"Use the mail remote notification

Use

system" of the main body NIC


Web utility
2

"Service mode - Software

(*4)

DIPSW": 15-5 (*1)


"Service mode - Software

DIPSW": 16-7 (*2)


"Use the mail remote notification

Use

system" of the main body NIC


Web utility
3

"Service mode - Software

DIPSW": 15-5 (*1)


"Service mode - Software

DIPSW": 16-7 (*2)


"Use the mail remote notification
system" of the main body NIC

Do not
use

Web utility
4

"Service mode - Software

DIPSW": 15-5 (*1)


"Service mode - Software

DIPSW": 16-7 (*2)


"Use the mail remote notification
system" of the main body NIC

Do not
use

Web utility
5

"Service mode - Software

DIPSW": 15-5 (*1)


"Service mode - Software

DIPSW": 16-7 (*2)


*1

Service mode - Software DIPSW: 15-5 (CS Remote Care function ON, 0=OFF, 1=ON)

*2

Service mode - Software DIPSW: 16-7 (NIC selection of E-Mail CS Remote Care, 0=controller NIC, 1=main
body NIC)

*3

Mail remote notification system and CS Remote Care using the main body NIC share the same mail account

*4

Mail remote notification system and CS Remote Care using the controller NIC use separate mail accounts

454

10.11.4 Detailed setup procedure


A. I/O check mode, data collection clear valid

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [07 System Setting] key.

3. "Sub menu screen"

10. SERVICE MODE

5. Set the bit data to "On (1)".


On (1): CS Remote Care function enabled
Off (0): CS Remote Care function disabled
(default)

6. Press the [Return] key to finish the configuration.

Press the [01 Software SW Setting] key.

4. "Software SW Setting screen"


Set "03" with the DIPSW number.
Set "6" with the DIPSW bit number.

5. Set the bit data to "On (1)".


On (1): I/O check mode, data collection clear
enabled
Off (0): I/O check mode, data collection clear
disabled (default)

6. Press the [Return] key to finish the configuration.

D. NIC selection for E-Mail CS Remote Care

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [07 System Setting] key.

3. "Sub menu screen"


Press the [01 Software SW Setting] key.

4. "Software SW Setting screen"


Set "16" with the DIPSW number.
Set "7" with the DIPSW bit number.

5. Set the bit data to the NIC you use.


On (1): Use the main body NIC
B. CS Remote Care memory initialization

1. Enter the service mode.

Off (0): Use the controller NIC (default)

6. Press the [Return] key to finish the configuration.

2. "Service mode menu screen"


Press the [04 Machine Condition] key.

3. "Sub menu screen"


Press the [01 I/O Check Mode] key.

4. "I/O Check Mode screen"


Enter "15" with the numeric keys. Confirm that
"15-00" is displayed on the message display
area.

5. Press the [Access] button.


6. Enter "98" with the numeric keys.
7. Press the [Start] button.
Confirm that the output check display switches
to "FIN."

E. CS Remote Care function selection (E-Mail/


Phone line modem)

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [09 CS Remote Care] key.

3. "Sub menu screen"


Press the [01 CS Remote Care] key.

4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"


Select the key for the function you use.
01 E-Mail: Use the E-Mail CS Remote Care
02 Modem: Use the Modem CS Remote Care

5. Press the [No. Code] key.


C. CS Remote Care function ON

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [07 System Setting] key.

3. "Sub menu screen"


Press the [01 Software SW Setting] key.

4. "Software SW Setting screen"


Set "15" with the DIPSW number.
Set "5" with the DIPSW bit number.

6. Enter the No. code* with the numeric keys.


7. Press the [No. Code] key.
8. Press the [Detail setting] key.
9. "Setting menu screen"
Press the [02 Date and time setting] key.

10. Enter the date with the numeric keys, and


press the [Set] key.

11. Enter the month with the numeric keys, and


press the [Set] key.

455

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

12. "Date and Time setting screen"

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


*1

When entering the telephone number, keys on

Enter the year in 2 digits with the numeric keys,

the screen other than numeric keys represent

and press the [Set] key.

the followings.

13. Enter time with the numeric keys, and press the
[Set] key.

14. Press the [Time Zone] key.


15. Enter the time zone with the numeric keys, and
press the [Set] key.

16. Press the [OK] key to return to the "Setting


menu screen."
*

Enter the No. code that is assigned in advance.

F.

Modem initial setting

[ , ] Pause: holds the self-dial delivery for some time


[W] Wait: detects the destination dial tone
[T] Tone dial: tone dialing
[P] Pulse dial: pulse dialing
[] Number delimiter: ignored when actually dialed
[*] [#] []: use as necessary
*2

Change the modem initialization command if


necessary (Usually, there is no need to change).
For details, refer to the manual of the modem.

G. Baud rate setting

1. "Modem setting menu screen"


Press the [01 Basic setting] key.

2. "Basic setting screen"


Press the [Center No.] key.

3. Enter the center ID with the keyboard, and


press the [OK] key.

4. Press the [Center Telephone Number] key.


5. Enter the center telephone number with the

NOTE
In case you changed bit data by accident, be
sure to restore the previous state.

1. "Modem setting menu screen"


Press the [05 Software SW setting] key.

2. "Software SW Setting screen"


Set "01" with the DIPSW number.

numeric and symbolic keys.

Set the modem baud rate using the DIPSW bit

Use [T]s and [P]s depending on the modem

number "4 to 7".*

and the phone line. *1

6. Press the [Machine Telephone Number] key.

3. Press the [Return] key to return to the "Modem


setting menu screen."

7. Enter the machine telephone number with the


numeric and symbolic keys.
Use [T]s and [P]s depending on the modem
and the phone line. *1

8. Press the [OK] key to return to the "Modem setting menu screen."

9. "Modem setting menu screen"


Press the [04 AT command] key.

10. "AT command setting screen"


Press the [First command] key.

11. Enter the modem initialization command with


the keyboard, and press the [OK] key. *2

12. Press the [OK] key to return to the "Modem setting menu screen."

456

* Modem baud rate


Baud rate

01-7 01-6 01-5 01-4

1200 bps

2400 bps

4800 bps

9600 bps

19200 bps

38400 bps

57600 bps

10. SERVICE MODE

H. E-Mail initial setting

10.11.5 Software DIPSW setting for CS Remote


Care

1. "E-Mail Setting Menu screen"


Press the [01 Basic setting] key.

2. "Basic setting screen"

NOTE
DIPSW bits data are written into the Parame-

Press the [Center No.] key.

ter board (PB) every time a change is made.

3. Enter the center ID with the keyboard, and

In case you changed bit data by accident, be

press the [OK] key.

sure to restore the previous state.

4. Press the [OK] key to return to the "E-Mail Setting Menu screen."

5. "E-Mail Setting Menu screen"


Press the [03 Response time out setting] key. *

6. Enter the response time out time with the


numeric keys. (in minutes)

7. Press the [OK] key to return to the "E-Mail Setting Menu screen."

A. Input procedure

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [09 CS Remote Care] key.

3. "Sub menu screen"


Press the [01 CS Remote Care] key.

4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"


Press the [No. Code] key.

NOTE
The response time out setting is automati-

5. Use the sheet setting keys to enter the No.


code. *1

cally set on receiving the initial connection


mail. Change the setting if necessary.

6. Press the [No. Code] key.


7. Press the [Detail setting] key.
8. "Setting menu screen"
Press the [05 Software SW Setting] key.

9. "Software SW Setting screen"


Select the DIPSW number.
Use the left arrow key or the numeric keys.

10. Select the DIPSW bit number.


Use the right arrow key or the numeric keys.

11. Select DIPSW On (1), Off (0).


Use the [On (1)], [Off (0)] key.

12. Press the [Return] key to return to the "Setting


menu screen."
*1

If the No. code is already entered, confirm that


No. code.

NOTE
About functions of each switch, see to "B.
List of software DIPSW for CS Remote Care".

457

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

B. List of software DIPSW for CS Remote Care


Note
Do not change any bit not described on this table.
DIPSW No

Bit

DIPSW1

Modem reception

DIPSW2

Functions

Default

Receive*1

Do not receive*1

Baud rate

*2

*2

*2

*2

*2

*2

*2

*2

Auto call on SC occurrence

Do not call

Call

Auto call on date specification

Do not call

Call

Auto call on the part replacement

Do not call

Call

Auto call on the drum replacement

Do not call

Call

Auto call on the periodic maintenance

Do not call

Call

(PM)

DIPSW3

Auto call on the toner supply

Do not call

Call

Auto call on frequent JAM occurrence

Do not call

Call

CS Remote Care communication mode

*3

*3

*3

*3

Modem redial interval

*4

*4

*4

*4

*4

*4

*4

*4

Modem redial times

*5

*5

*5

*5

*5

*5

*5

*5

*5

*5

*5

*5

*5

*5

Do not redial

Redial

3 to 7
DIPSW4

0
1
2 to 7

DIPSW5

4 to 7
DIPSW6

DIPSW7

Redial for response time out

1 to 7

458

10. SERVICE MODE

DIPSW No

Bit

Functions

Default

DIPSW8

Retransmission interval on E-Mail delivery

*6

*6

error

*6

*6

*6

*6

*6

*6

Retransmission times on E-Mail delivery

*7

*7

error

*7

*7

*7

*7

*7

*7

*7

*7

*7

*7

*7

*7

4 to 7
DIPSW9

DIPSW10

DIPSW11

DIPSW12

DIPSW13

Time zone setting

*8

*8

*8

*8

*8

*8

*8

*8

*8

*8

*8

*8

*8

*8

*8

*8

Timer 1

*9

*9

RING reception CONNECT reception

*9

*9

*9

*9

*9

*9

*9

*9

*9

*9

*9

*9

*9

*9

Timer 2

*10

*10

Dial request completed CONNECT

*10

*10

reception

*10

*10

*10

*10

*10

*10

*10

*10

*10

*10

*10

*10

Timer 3

Not used

459

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

DIPSW No

Bit

DIPSW13

5
6

Functions

Default

Timer 3

Not used

Timer 4

*11

*11

Line connection Start request telegram

*11

*11

delivery

*11

*11

*11

*11

*11

*11

*11

*11

*11

*11

*11

*11

7
DIPSW14

DIPSW15

DIPSW16

DIPSW17

DIPSW18

Timer 5

*12

*12

Wait time for other side's response

*12

*12

*12

*12

*12

*12

*12

*12

*12

*12

*12

*12

*12

*12

Retry data, timer 6

*13

*13

Initialization OK Dial request

*13

*13

*13

*13

*13

*13

*13

*13

*13

*13

*13

*13

*13

*13

Call JAM date (main body)

*14

*14

Valid copy quantity

*14

*14

Call ADF JAM date

*15

*15

Valid original feed quantity

*15

*15

Call JAM date

*16

*16

MCBJ setting

*16

*16

Call ADF JAM date

*17

*17

MOBJ setting

*17

*17

Attention display

Do not call

Call

1 to 7

DIPSW19 to 0 to 7

DIPSW40

460

*1

10. SERVICE MODE

Modem reception

*6

Mode

Mode

01-1

Receive

Issue ATA by RING delivery


Do not receive

Do not issue ATA by RING delivery


*2

Retransmission interval on E-Mail delivery error

Baud rate
Mode

01-7 01-6 01-5 01-4

08-3 08-2 08-1 08-0

0 minute

10 minutes

20 minutes

30 minutes

40 minutes

50 minutes

60 minutes

1200 bps

70 minutes

2400 bps

80 minutes

4800 bps

90 minutes

9600 bps

100 minutes

19200 bps

110 minutes

38400 bps

120 minutes

57600 bps

1
*7

*3

Retransmission times on E-Mail delivery error

CS Remote Care communication mode


Mode
Mode

03-0

Data modem

0 to 9 times

FAX (not used)

10 times

E-Mail

11 to 99 times

Reservation

1
*8

Modem redial interval

000 0000 to 000 1001


0

000 1011 to 110 0011

DIPSW10

05-3 05-2 05-1 05-0

1 minute

-12 to -1

2 minutes

3 minutes

1 to 12

4 minutes

5 minutes

6 minutes

7 minutes

Mode

8 minutes

DIPSW11

9 minutes

0 to 31 sec

10 minutes

32 sec

*9

1111 0100 to 1111 1111


0

0000 0001 to 0001100

Timer 1 (RING reception CONNECT reception)

33 to 255 sec
*5

Time zone setting


Mode

Mode

DIPSW09

03-1

*4

0000 0000 to 0001 1111


0

0010 0001 to 1111 1111

Modem redial times


Mode

DIPSW06
0 to 9 times
10 times
11 to 99 times

000 0000 to 000 1001


0

000 1011 to 110 0011

461

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

*10 Timer 2 (Dial request completed CONNECT

Valid original feed quantity

reception)
Mode

DIPSW12
0 to 63 sec
64 sec

0000 0000 to 0011 1111


0

65 to 255 sec

0100 0001 to 1111 1111

*11 Timer 4 (Line connection Start request telegram delivery)


Mode

Mode

17-3

17-2

600 sheets

1200 sheets

1800 sheets

2400 sheets

17-5

17-4

1000

2000

3000

5000

17-7

17-6

100

200

400

600

*16 Call JAM date


MCBJ setting

DIPSW14
0 to 31 (x 100 msec)
32 (x 100 msec)

*15 Call ADF JAM date

0000 0000 to 0001 1111


0

33 to 255

0010 0001 to 1111 1111

Mode

(x 100 msec)
*17 Call ADF JAM date
*12 Timer 5 (Wait time for other side's response)
Mode

MOBJ setting
0

DIPSW15
0 to 29 sec
30 sec

0000 0000 to 0001 1101


0

31 to 255 sec

0001 1111 to 1111 1111

*13 Retry data, timer 6 (Initialization OK Dial


request)
Mode

DIPSW16
0 to 254 (x 5 msec)
255 (x 5 msec)

0000 0000 to 1111 1110


1

*14 Call JAM date (main body)


Valid copy quantity
Mode

462

17-1

17-0

3000 copies

6000 copies

9000 copies

12000 copies

Mode

10.11.6 Mail address setting


A. Procedure for setting the main body NIC

10. SERVICE MODE

5. Click [E-Mail Initial Setting]. The mail initial setting screen is displayed.

Display the Web utility on the browser of the PC that


is connected to this machine by the network to set
the mail address. The mail setting method of the CS
Remote Care that uses the main body NIC is the
same as that for the mail remote notification system.
Corresponding browser: Internet Explorer 5.5 or
Netscape4.7x or above

1. Start up the PC that is connected to this


machine by the network.

2. Open the browser and select "Open" in the file


menu.

3. Enter the IP address of this machine or the host


name, and press the [Enter] key. The main page
of the Web utility screen of this machine is displayed.

4. Click [Extension for maintenance].


Enter "ce" for the user name and then enter the
8-digit CE password (default: 92729272) for
the password, and then click the [OK] button.
The CE extended function screen is displayed.

463

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE

6. Set the following items.


Enable E-mail notification:

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


Supplement:
[Communication log]

Select "Yes."

The CE extended function page shows 5 sent-out

The setting method of the CS Remote Care

and 5 received mail logs. The CS Remote Care

that uses the main body NIC is the same as

related mails are displayed as "Kind: CS Remote

that of the mail remote notification system.

Care Mail."

Sending mail (SMTP) server:


Set the IP address of the sending mail server.
Interval between fetching mails:
Set the intervals from 1 minute to 60 minutes to
check the receiving mail server to see if a mail is
newly received.
Receiving mail server:
Set the IP address of the receiving mail server.
Kind of mail spool:
Select either of POP3 and IMAP according to
the mail server to be used by the main body.
Default: "POP3"
User name on the server:
Enter the account name assigned to the main
body by the receiving mail server.
Password:
Enter the password to the above account
name.
E-mail address of this copy machine:

1. Press the [Utility] button on the operation panel.


2. "Utility menu screen"
Press the [06 Machine Manager Setting] key.

3. "Machine manager setting menu screen"


Press the [04 Network Setting] key.

4. "Sub menu screen"


Press the [02 Controller NIC Setting] key.

5. "Controller NIC setting menu screen"


Press the [11 CSRC] key.

6. "CSRC setting menu screen"


Press the [01 CSRC Send Setting] key.

7. Configure the following items.


CSRC Send
Select [Yes].
SMTP Server Address

Enter the mail address assigned to the main

Specify the SMTP server address. You can use

body.

symbols and alphanumeric characters within

CE password:
Enter any alphanumeric characters (including
symbols) up to 20 characters.
Enable POP (IMAP) before SMTP:
After authentication is made by the receiving

63 characters.
Port Number
Specify the SMTP port number within the range
from 1 to 65535. Default is [25].
Connection Time Out Time

mail server, a selection is made if the mail is to

Specify the SMTP time out time with in the

be sent out or not. Default: "To be sent."

range from 30 to 300 (sec). Default is [60] sec-

* : Change "SMTP port No." and "POP (IMAP)

onds.

port No." as necessary.

Machine Manager From Address

* : "Nickname for the copier," "Mail transfer

Specify the From address of mails from the

option," "E-mail address for transfer" and "Dis-

controller NIC.

play of the time required in the mail" are set for

==========================

the mail remote notification system. Set them

In case you use a server in which authentication is

as necessary.

required for sending and receiving mails, press the

7. Press the [Apply] button to decide the entry.

[Next] key to configure necessary settings.

8. Click the [Sending and Receiving test] button to

8. Press the [OK] key.

conduct the sending and receiving test of the


mail.
When the test is completed successfully, proceed to the next step. When the test fails,
check the setting again according to the error
message to conduct the test once more.

464

B. Procedure for setting the Controller NIC

9. "CSRC setting menu screen"


Press the [02 CSRC Receive Setting] key.

10. Configure the following items.

10. SERVICE MODE


10.11.7 Modem First Call

CSRC Receive

Send the machine ID and telephone number to the

Select [Yes].

CS Remote Care center computer to establish con-

POP Server Address


Specify the POP server address. You can use
symbols and alphanumeric characters within
63 characters.

nection with the center.

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [09 CS Remote Care] key.

User Name
Enter the user name to login to the POP server.

3. "Sub menu screen"


Press the [01 CS Remote Care] key.

You can use symbols and alphanumeric characters within 63 characters.

4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"


Press the [No. Code] key.

Password
Enter the password to login to the POP server.

5. Enter the No. code with the numeric keys. *1

You can use symbols and alphanumeric char-

6. Press the [No. Code] key.

acters within 16 characters.

7. Press the [Detail setting] key.

APOP

8. "Setting menu screen"

Select [On] to use the APOP function.


Port Number
Specify the POP port number within the range

Press the [01 Basic setting] key.

9. "Basic setting screen"


Press the [First Call] key.

from 1 to 65535. Default is [110].


Connection Time Out Time

10. Confirm that the connection with the center is

Specify the POP time out time with in the range

properly completed. *2

from 30 to 300 (sec). Default is [60] seconds.

When properly completed, the "CS Remote


Care setting screen" appears.

Press the [Next] key to configure the following two

*1

No. code.

settings.
Auto Check
Select [Yes].
Auto Check Interval Time
Specify the interval between checking new

If the No. code is already entered, confirm that

*2

In case an error occurred in the communication


with the center, check the displayed code. For
details on error codes, see "10.11.14 Error code
list".

mails within the range from 1 to 60 (minutes).


Default is 15 minutes.

11. Press the [OK] key.


12. "CSRC setting menu screen"
Press the [03 CSRC Communication Test] key.

13. "CSRC Communication Test"


Press the [Start] key.
Confirm that the sending and receiving are correctly performed and go to next step. If the test
failed, re-confirm the settings and perform the
test again following the error message.

465

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE


10.11.8 Receiving the initial connection mail
In case E-Mails are used, after settings are done on
the main body, the center needs to send an initial
connection mail to the mail address of the main body,
thus enabling mail transmission between the center
and the main body.

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


10.11.9 Setup confirmation

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [09 CS Remote Care] key.

3. "Sub menu screen"


Press the [01 CS Remote Care] key.

MEMO:
About how to send the initial connection mail, refer
to the CS Remote Care center's manual.
Mail transmission are possible only between the
center and the main body that the initial connection has been established.
The initial connection mail is sent from the center.
The mail address of the center used then is stored
in the main body.
To check the center's mail address on the main
body, output "Machine Management List." Procedure: Service mode 05 List Output 01 List
Output Machine Management List. Press the
[COPY] key at upper left of the screen to output
the list from the basic screen.

466

4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"


Make sure that only selected items for
"Modem" or "E-Mail" are displayed.

10. SERVICE MODE

10.11.10 Maintenance call

10.11.11 Center call from manager

As the CE starts the maintenance, enter the ID code

If the setup of CS Remote Care is completed, the

of CE (7-digit number with which each CE is identi-

manager can call the center of CS Remote Care.

fied, managed by a distributor.) to notify the center


the start of maintenance. After the maintenance,
pressing the maintenance completion key notifies the
center the completion of maintenance.

1. Enter the utility mode.


2. "Utility Menu screen"
Press the [06 Machine Manager Setting] key.

3. "Machine manager setting menu screen"


<At the start of maintenance>

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [09 CS Remote Care] key.

3. "Sub menu screen"


Press the [01 CS Remote Care] key.

4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"

Press the [06 System Connection] key.

4. "Sub menu screen"


Press the [01 User Call] key.

5. "User Call screen"


Press the [Start] key.
If the setup is not completed, or if other call is
made, the [Start] key is grayed out, disabling to
make a call.

Press the [No. Code] key.

5. Enter the No. code with the numeric keys.

About how to call the center and send various data of

6. Press the [No. Code] key.

the main body on the specified date and time, refer to


the CS Remote Care center's manual.

During the maintenance, the [Start] button blinks until


the completion of the maintenance.
<At the end of maintenance>

1. Enter the service mode.


2. "Service mode menu screen"
Press the [09 CS Remote Care] key.

3. "Sub menu screen"


Press the [01 CS Remote Care] key.

4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"


Press the [Maintenance comp] key.

467

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


/1050e/1050eP

10. SERVICE MODE


10.11.12 Confirm communication log

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


10.11.13 Initialization of RAM for CS Remote

You can output and confirm the communication log.

1. Enter the service mode.

Care
Initializing the RAM for CS Remote Care enables you
to perform the setup again.

2. "Service mode menu screen"


1. Enter the service mode.

Press the [05 List Output] key.

2. "Service mode menu screen"

3. "Sub menu screen"

Press the [09 CS Remote Care] key.

Press the [01 List Output] key.

3. "Sub menu screen"

4. "List output mode menu screen"

Press the [01 CS Remote Care] key.

Press the [Communication Log List] key.

4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"

5. Press the [COPY] key to output the list from the

Press the [No. Code] key.

basic screen.

5. Enter the No. code with the numeric keys. *1


For details of logs, see "10.7 List output".

6. Press the [No. Code] key.


7. Press the [Detail setting] key.
8. "Setting menu screen"
Press the [04 RAM Clear] key.

9. "RAM Clear setting screen"


10. The confirmation screen appears.
Press the [OK] key.

11. The RAM is cleared, and the "CS Remote Care


setting screen" appears.

12. Perform the setup again if necessary.


*

If the No. code is already entered, confirm that


No. code.

468

10. SERVICE MODE

bizhub PRO 1050/1050P


1050e/1050eP

Field Service Ver3.0 Nov.2006


10.11.14 Error code list
Error code
K00_00

Error
Connection NG (Cannot connect from the modem,

Solution
Redial and wait for re-reception.

timed out).
K00_01

No response (After connection, no start telegram

Redial and wait for re-reception.

from the center detected).


K00_02

Copying. Could not be written in non-volatile memory, and line disconnected.

K00_03

Center ID mismatch.

Confirm the center ID.

K00_04

Serial number mismatch.

Confirm the serial number.

Grammar error (when receiving undefined com-

Redial.

K00_05

mands or parameters).
K00_06

Received a write order for an unwritable item.

K00_07

Unread item error.

K00_08

Signal reception time out after a response detection

Redial.

(after the start telegram shuttled).


K00_09

Already registered serial number.

K00_10

Communication error occurred because of the car-

Redial.

rier OFF (NO CARRIER detected in the modem).


K00_11

Dialtone (NO DIALTONE) detected in the modem.

Redial.

K00_12

Busy signal (BUSY) detected in the modem.

Redial.

K00_13

NO ANSWER detected in the modem.

Redial.

K00_14

Telegram error (irregular telegram received in

Retry standard times, and redial.

response to the telegram you sent).


K00_15

Serial number not registered in the center (4 x 40


telegrams received).

K00_16

Errors not defined in the above -00 to 15 (last 2 dig-

Redial.

its).
K00_17

Telephone number you must call was not registered.

K01_00

DSR turned OFF or remains turned OFF.

K01_01

Error on creating a message queue.

K01_02

Error on generating a task.

K01_03

Error on sending a message.

K01_04

Error on receiving a message.

K01_05

Received an error (NG) from the timer task.

K02_01

Modem initialization NG.

K03_00

Center call evacuation buffer is full. Cannot evacuate


any more.

K05_90

Because of memory shortage, unable to